Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION
Section 1: Introduction - Solutions Guide Section 6: Sanitary Sensors
Your solutions guide....................................................................................1-4 Probes...............................................................................................................6-2
Solutions for industry applications ........................................................1-5 Assemblies......................................................................................................6-3
Solutions for optimal performance ...........................................1-6 to 1-7 Installation and accessories......................................................................6-4
TemptranTM temperature transmitters ..................................................1-8
Custom and integrated solutions ...........................................................1-9

ASSEMBLIES
RTD, thermocouple, or thermistor? .....................................................1-10 Section 7: Miniature Sensors
Choosing sensor elements......................................................................1-11 Embedment RTDs ........................................................................................7-2
RTD connections: 2-wire, 3-wire, 4-wire?...........................................1-12 Embedment thermocouples....................................................................7-3
Resistance/temperature tables ..............................................1-13 to 1-14 Non-sparking embedment sensors ..........................................7-4 to 7-7
Thermocouple voltage/temperature tables.....................................1-14 Bolt-on sensors..............................................................................................7-8
Temperature coefficient of resistance (TCR).....................................1-15 Economy sensors..........................................................................................7-9
SensorCalc program..................................................................................1-15 Installation and accessories ...................................................................7-10

PROBES
Miscellaneous specifications and codes ............................................1-15
Material selection guide ..........................................................................1-16
Section 8: Stators RTDs
Increased safety RTDs ....................................................................8-2 to 8-3
Section 2: Temperature Sensor Assemblies Single element RTDs ......................................................................8-4 to 8-5
Tip-sensitive spring loaded ..........................................................2-2 to 2-3 Dual element RTDs ......................................................................................8-6

ACCESSORIES
Tip-sensitive direct immersion....................................................2-4 to 2-5 Corona resistant RTD...................................................................................8-7
Tip-sensitive with thermowells...................................................2-6 to 2-7 Machinery protection products..............................................................8-8
High temp. with thermowells......................................................2-8 to 2-9
Explosionproof/Flameproof ....................................................2-10 to 2-15
Flameproof ....................................................................................2-16 to 2-21 Section 9: HVAC Sensors
Eurostyle.........................................................................................2-22 to 2-23 Chill-Out™ combination sensor..................................................9-2 to 9-3
Specifying custom assemblies...............................................................2-24 Averaging temperature sensors .............................................................9-4

INSTRUMENTS
Duct and outside air temperature sensors .........................................9-5
Room air temperature sensors ................................................................9-6
Section 3: Probes Flexible Thermal-Ribbon™ pipe sensors ..............................................9-7
Tip-sensitive RTDs and thermocouples ...................................3-2 to 3-3 Humidity sensor/transmitter assembly ...................................9-8 to 9-9
Fast response RTDs..........................................................................3-4 to 3-5 Hazardous area humidity assembly.....................................9-10 to 9-11
Bayonet mount tip-sensitive RTDs, thermocouples............3-6 to 3-7 Intrinsically safe humidity assembly....................................9-12 to 9-13
Electrically isolated RTDs, thermocouples ..............................3-8 to 3-9 Thermal Vial™ temperature sensing system .....................9-14 to 9-15
550°C RTDs, thermocouples....................................................3-10 to 3-11 Refrigeration and freezer temperature system...............................9-16

SANITARY
SENSORS
600°C RTDs....................................................................................................3-12 Fluid immersion temperature sensors ...............................................9-17
Mineral-insulated RTDs ............................................................................3-13 Elements and probes................................................................................9-18
Compact plug sensor................................................................................3-14 Temptran 4 to 20 mA transmitters.......................................................9-19
Integrated sensor transmitter................................................................3-15
Conductivity level sensor.........................................................3-16 to 3-17
How to shorten cut-to-length probes ................................................3-18 Section 10: Thermal-Ribbons™

MINIATURE
Thermal-Ribbons™ .....................................................................10-2 to 10-3

SENSORS
PFA, FEP encapsulation tubing..............................................................3-18
Thermal-Tabs™.............................................................................10-2 to 10-3
Discoil™ Thermal-Ribbons ......................................................................10-4
Section 4: Accessories Strip sensing Thermal-Ribbons.............................................................10-5
Connection heads............................................................................4-2 to 4-3 Thermistor Thermal-Ribbons.................................................................10-6
Spring-loaded holders ................................................................................4-4 Thermocouple Thermal-Ribbons .........................................................10-6
Fluid immersion fittings .............................................................................4-5 Installation and accessories ...................................................................10-7

STATOR RTDs
Economy thermowells ................................................................................4-6
HVAC thermowells........................................................................................4-6
Reduced tip thermowells...........................................................................4-7 Section 11: Elements
Tapered thermowells...................................................................................4-7 Wire-wound elements .............................................................................11-2
Flanged thermowells...................................................................................4-8 Thin-film elements ....................................................................................11-2
Bayonet fittings .............................................................................................4-9 Installation....................................................................................................11-3

HVAC SENSORS
Extensions .......................................................................................................4-9 Extension leads...........................................................................................11-3
Metric accessories ......................................................................................4-10
Feedthroughs ..............................................................................................4-11
Leadwire and cable seal............................................................4-12 to 4-13 Section 12: Reference
Elastomer rubber-filled cable.................................................................4-14 Part number index .....................................................................12-2 to 12-3
Extension wire .............................................................................................4-15 Industry specifications.............................................................................12-4
Next steps .....................................................................................................12-5
THERMAL-
Section 5: Instruments RIBBONS
RTD transmitters ...............................5-2 to 5-5, 5-8 to 5-9, 5-12 to 5-13
Thermocouple transmitters .....5-6 to 5-7, 5-10 to 5-11, 5-14 to 5-15
Isolated transmitters.....................................................................5-8 to 5-11
Field rangeable transmitters ...................................................5-12 to 5-15
Programmable transmitters ....................................................5-16 to 5-17
HART® transmitters ....................................................................5-18 to 5-19
ELEMENTS

Temperature range table..........................................................5-20 to 5-21

Look for the Minco Truck
High accuracy calibration........................................................................5-22 to order STOCKED PARTS!
Mounting accessories ...............................................................................5-22
Loop-powered indicators.........................................................5-23 to 5-24
CT224 12-channel monitor......................................................5-25 to 5-26
CT424 Temperature Alarm/Monitor .....................................5-27 to 5-28
REFERENCE

CT325 miniature DC temperature controller ....................5-29 to 5-30

CT335 PC board mount temperature controller..............5-31 to 5-32
CT15 controller/alarm ...............................................................5-33 to 5-34
CT16A temperature controller ...............................................5-35 to 5-36
CT15/CT16A accessories..........................................................................5-37

Page 1-3
Your Sensors & Instruments Solutions Guide

How To Get Started

1. Understand and define your application requirements
Many factors should be a part of the sensor system design
process. The factors listed below can help you define the
sensing requirements for your application.

Define the typical and extremes of these environmental

conditions:
• minimum and maximum temperatures
• pressure
• humidity
• shock
• vibration
• flow rate

Also ask:
• What is the sensed medium (a surface or immersed in solid,
liquid or gas)? 3. Compare sensor construction alternatives for best fit
• Is the medium chemically reactive (corrosive) or hazardous and ease of use
(explosive)?
While a sensing technology may appear to be capable of
• Is there high electromagnetic interference potential from
meeting the requirements of your application, the actual sensor
power switching, rectification, or radio waves?
packaging and construction must be evaluated in order to
select the optimal cost/performance balance from the available
Finally, define the significance of these performance
technology options.
specifications in your application?
• sensing accuracy at a calibration point and/or over
Regardless of which sensing technology you consider, the
a temperature span
packaging of the sensor introduces some level of specification
• repeatability
compromise in terms of cost, performance or durability. Use
• stability
this guide to compare Minco’s various sensor constructions and
• sensor time constant
instrumentation solutions to find the best fit for your
• insulation resistance
application.

2. Determine which sensing technology options meet your 4. Obtain parts for testing as prototypes in your application
requirements Minco has a wide selection of standard sensor components that
Several potential sensing technologies may meet the can often be used for prototype testing and production
essential environmental and performance specifications systems. We would appreciate the opportunity to discuss your
of your application. This section of the Sensors and Instruments application with you. We can help ensure that the right sensor
Solutions Guide will provide you with a basic understanding of construction is selected for your application as well as any
Minco’s sensing and instrumentation technology. For more accessory components. Often times, we are able to offer
information go to www.minco.com. recommendations for customization to improve performance
and/or lower installed cost.

Order sensors and instruments easily online with our Sensors

Configurator at www.minco.com or contact Minco Sales
and Customer Service today to talk to an engineer about
your application.

Page 1-4
Solutions for Industry Applications

INTRODUCTION
Process Control and Building Automation Machinery and Motor Protection
Minco temperature and humidity sensors and instruments are Minco RTDs and Thermocouples are used worldwide to
used in process and HVAC/R applications in the most critical en- safeguard valuable rotating apparatus machinery. Accurate
vironments. Our sensing solutions achieve the lowest total cost and fast-responding temperature measurement provides
of ownership (TCO) while maintaining accuracy, reliability and overtemperature protection, and our sensors can be
ease of installation. manufactured to integrate with any instrumentation package.

Bearing and stator sensors provide accurate sensing

in this motor component while Minco’s 12-channel
temperature monitor (CT224) provides easy and
efficient thermal protection.

The Thermal-Vial Temperature Sensing

System encompasses a wire-wound
RTD element capable of -200°C opera-
tion to provide accurate measurement
and documentation of freezing, process
and storage methodology.

Defense and Aerospace Industrial and Commercial Equipment

Minco temperature sensors are used when ruggedness and Minco products are manufactured to provide dependability
reliability are key to an applications success. Our sensors can and repeatability in any application. Our sensors and
be manufactured to fit in the smallest spaces or across wide instruments are used in industrial and commercial
expanses. Fast time response and wide temperature capabilities equipment to ensure accurate process and quality output.
(from -260°C to 650°C) handle nearly any type of harsh or
extreme environment.
Fast response RTDs monitor oil
temperature for perfect cooking results.

RTDs monitor the temperature

of a heated windshield.

Flexible Thermal-Ribbons sense Temperature sensors in hydraulic

wing surface temperatures for lines monitor fluid temperatures
wing surface de-icing. to prevent overheating.

Page 1-5
Solutions for Optimal Performance

Minco offers the perfect fit for any temperature and humidity
sensing application. From miniature detectors to 100 foot
•
averaging thermometer and heavy duty probe assemblies,
our selection lets you choose the best model for your needs.

Sensing technology options provide flexibility

Minco can supply sensors to work with nearly any type of
instrument option.
• Resistance Temperature Detectors (RTDs)
• Assembly with signal conditioning electronics, standard
• Platinum RTDs with wide range of TCRs
or customized
• Range from 0.00375 to 0.003927
• 0.00385 (Minco element "PD") is most popular • Certified measurement and test in our metrology lab
• Nickel, copper, and nickel-iron RTD elements • Certified designs for hazardous locations
• Non-standard resistance-temperature curves
• Base resistances up to thousands of ohms
• Thin film or wire wound constructions Machining and materials
• Thermistor temperature sensors A sensor’s construction has a large impact on its thermal time
response and resistance to corrosive media. Minco has an
• Thermocouple temperature sensors advanced machine shop with CAD/CAM capability for
• Integrated Circuit temperature sensors economic production of cases and fittings.

• High accuracy humidity sensors and transmitters We have extensive machining capabilities in a variety
of materials:
• Signal conditioning
• Stainless steel in various grades • Brass
• Linearizing transmitters with 4 to 20 mA, 1 to 5 VDC
or other voltage/current outputs, and HART® Protocol • Copper • Monel

• Explosionproof temperature and humidity sensor and • Hastelloy • Titanium

transmitter assemblies • Rubber, PTFE, plastics
• Controllers, monitors and alarms for optimal compatibility We can plate with nickel, gold, and other metals. Additional
with sensors services include electro-polishing, passivating, and pressure
testing.
From simple elements to complex assemblies
Minco can configure a sensor style to best fit your application Leadwires
and capabilities:
Sensors may be furnished with many different types of
• Basic sensing elements for assembly into your own housing or leadwire and cables to meet application parameters:
protective sheath
• PTFE, silicone rubber, polyimide, Tefzel, PVC, mica/glass, and
• Addition of leadwires and terminations to elements glass braid insulation over silver or nickel plated copper wire
• Packaging into protective sheaths, laminates, custom are common selections or specify your own leadwire or cable
housings, cabling requirements

• Bendable case designs or preformed to your specifications • Stainless steel overbraid or flexible armor

• Assembly with fittings, connection heads, thermowells, • Flat ribbon leads or sensor/flex circuit hybrids
connectors, feedthroughs

Page 1-6
 INTRODUCTION
Lamination Solution: Minco specializes in fast response RTDs. Most models
in this guide have a time constant of 2 seconds or less.
Minco’s winding and lamination technology enables
Certain custom-designed models are faster yet.
manufacture of flat, flexible sensors in any size or shape.
The custom Thermal-Ribbon™ Time constant is defined as the time it takes a sensor to reflect
below has a wire element to 63% of a step temperature change:
average temperatures over
its entire area.

Step temp. change

Testing 63%

Minco has complete in-house

testing and metrology equipment to meet
Time
stringent quality requirements:
Time Constant
• NIST traceable calibrations
Conduction errors: Heat conducted into sensors from ambient
• Hydrostatic testing of thermowells air alters the temperature of the sensing tip.
• Helium leak testing Solution: Use smaller sensors or tip-sensitive probes, and be
sure they are sufficiently immersed or embedded in the sensed
• Automated resistance measurement
medium.
• Humidity testing

Point sensing errors: In places where temperatures are strati-

Designing for accuracy fied or gradients are large, the temperature at a single point
may be unrepresentative or misleading.
How accurate is a temperature sensor? To many, the answer to
this question is the sensor’s interchangeability specification. For Solution: Use temperature averaging probes or Thermal-
example, 100 Ω platinum RTDs are typically interchangeable Ribbons.
within 0.1 Ω (0.3°C) at 0°C.
But interchangeability only tells how closely the electrical Leadwire resistance: Resistance in the leads between RTDs
characteristics of a sensor conform to its published tables. What and control points elevates apparent readings.
you really want to know is how much the temperature seen at
Solutions:
your readout or controller deviates from the actual temperature
of the material you are sensing. Interchangeability is only one • Specify sensors with higher resistances.
of the potential sources of error in the system, and it is usually
• Use 3 or 4-wire compensating circuits (see page 1-12).
not the largest. Following are some other error modes along
with suggested solutions. • Eliminate leadwire effects with a 4 to 20 mA transmitter.

Repeatability/stability: Repeatability tells how well the sensor Self-heating: The measuring current through an RTD can raise
repeats subsequent readings at the same temperature. Stability its temperature above the true value.
is the absence of long term drift. In many cases, the user is less
Solution: As a general rule, limit current to 5 mA for industrial
concerned with absolute accuracy than with the ability of a sen-
applications. Most Minco RTDs, and especially Thermal-
sor to maintain a process at the same point once properly set.
Ribbons, have a large surface area to dissipate heat and reduce
Solution: Platinum RTDs are the most stable sensor in common self-heating effects.
use and are used to interpolate over the standard temperature
scale from -260 to 962°C. Ordinary industrial models will drift
Custom designs
less than 0.1°C per year in normal use.
If you have special requirements - or an OEM design -
Minco can typically manufacture a custom sensor solution
Time lag: When temperatures change rapidly, sensors may not to improve accuracy and reduce cost at the same time.
keep up. Contact Minco Sales and Customer Service today to discuss
your application.

Page 1-7
Temptran™ Transmitter Solutions

Why use Temptrans?

Long distance accuracy Easy to install

Temptran transmitters amplify the low-level signals from RTDs or Compact Temptrans fit nearly anywhere. You can install most
thermocouples to an industry-standard 4 to 20 mA current signal models in standard electrical utility boxes and elbows. Or Minco
proportional to temperature or HART® Protocol/output. Unlike offers a complete selection of complementary connection
resistance or voltage, current signals are immune to resistance heads in Section 4.
in extension wires and stray electrical noise. This lets you receive
accurate signals from a sensor located thousands of feet away. Intrinsic safety
The 4 to 20 mA or HART® output signal and DC power share Most Temptrans are rated intrinsically safe by Factory Mutual
the same wire pair. You don’t need to run power wires to every (FM), a recognized testing authority for safety in hazardous areas.
sensor location. In fact, using HART® transmitters configured in Division 1 installations must include a suitable barrier. Go to
multidrop mode, up to 15 transmitters can be connected in www.minco.com for a list of barriers FM approved under the
parallel on the same pair of wires. system concept for use with Temptrans.

RTD transmitters also linearize the signal to temperature,

making them excellent low cost signal conditioners. Their signal Special high-accuracy calibration
increases from 4mA at the lowest temperature to 20mA at the Standard transmitters can be calibrated to the nominal
highest temperatures. resistance values of the RTD at the zero and span points.
Total system error includes the tolerance of both the
Engineered for reliability
transmitter and the RTD sensor. If you order Minco Temptrans
Over 500,000 Minco transmitters are currently giving trouble- match calibrated to the actual resistance of the RTD (traceable
free service in installations around the world. Two factors to NIST), this effectively eliminates the sensor tolerance from
behind Temptran’s exceptional stability and longevity are: the system accuracy specifications.
• Minco encapsulates all electronics in epoxy to exclude Temptrans match calibrated to a sensor are always ordered
contaminants and protect components. as assemblies. Common examples are shown in Section 2.
• Standard fixed-range transmitters feature ±5% adjustability For example, consider a transmitter with a range of 0 to 500°C.
using 20 turn trimpots. Because a complete rotation of the The transmitter itself is accurate to ±1.0°C (±0.2% of span,
trimpot represents only 0.25% of the adjustment range, slight including calibration accuracy and linearity). The RTD inter-
movements from mechanical shock cause only negligible changeability contributes an additional error of ±0.3°C at 0°C
output change. In contrast, many competitive transmitters and ±2.8°C at 500°C. Total system error would be ±1.3°C at 0°C
have wide ranging zero and span. With zero and span far and ±3.8°C at 500°C. Calibration of the sensor and transmitter
more sensitive to potentiometer shifts, a minor bump can as a set cancels the sensor error, reducing system error to
void the transmitter’s calibration. ±1.0°C over the full range — all for a nominal extra cost.
See Section 5 for complete details Get more information on page 5-22.

and ordering information.

Page 1-8
Custom and Integrated Solutions

INTRODUCTION
Minco designs and manufactures three different product lines, all coordinated in the same facility for faster, seamless integration that
can decrease your time-to-market. This makes us unique in our ability to customize and integrate components into turnkey assemblies
and complete solutions. All of our components can be designed, manufactured, and integrated to perfectly fit your application while
providing matched system accuracy.

Custom Solutions
Minco’s customized products provide an affordable solution to meet your exact specifications. We work diligently to
build our products with the greatest efficiency, quality, and accuracy to meet your critical standards and ensure ROI.

Sensors and Instruments

• RTD and thermistor elements to match any TCR (temperature coefficient of resistance) curve
• Unlimited packaging options available to provide critical thermal response and perfectly
fit your application
• Leadwire and cable options to meet your application parameters
• Custom transmitters, controllers, and monitors for accurate sensing solutions

Thermofoil™ Heaters
• Thin and flexible, Thermofoil heaters provide critical temperature uniformity
and rapid thermal response
• Profiled and multi-zone heaters put the heat exactly where you need it
• Limitless shape and size possibilities offer a precise fit in virtually any application
• Leadwire, flex circuit or solder pad terminations offer easy integration into your assembly

Flex Circuits
• Single sided, double sided, multilayer and rigid-flex circuits with high layer counts meet
your interconnection needs
• Fine lines, circuit forming and selective bonding add to space and weight savings
• Stiffeners, pins, connectors and full turnkey electronics packaging offer efficient integration
into your application
• Inductive communication coils can be integrated with flex circuits to provide critical
communication assemblies

Integrated Solutions
All of Minco’s products - Thermofoil Heaters, Flex Circuits, Sensors, Instruments - can be
integrated into a single component for greater efficiency. Whether it is a complete thermal
optimization system or interconnection application, Minco's design engineers will partner
with you to ensure success.
With integrated solutions there is less work on your end, and less that can go wrong.
Our integrated assemblies truly lower your total cost of ownership (TCO) because of
less front end assembly, easy installation, and unparalleled quality and reliability.

Page 1-9
RTD, Thermocouple, or Thermistor?
Resistance temperature detectors (RTDs) • Ruggedness: The inherent simplicity of thermocouples
makes them resistant to shock and vibration.
An RTD sensing element consists of a wire coil or deposited film
of pure metal. The element’s resistance increases with • Small size/fast response: A fine-wire thermocouple junction
temperature in a known and repeatable manner. RTDs exhibit takes up little space and has low mass, making it suitable for
excellent accuracy over a wide temperature range and point sensing and fast response. Note, however, that many
represent the fastest growing segment among industrial Minco RTDs have time constants faster than equivalent
temperature sensors. Their advantages include: thermocouples.
• Temperature range: Minco models cover temperatures from Thermistors
-260 to 650°C (-436 to 1202°F).
A thermistor is a resistive device composed of metal oxides
• Repeatability and stability: The platinum resistance formed into a bead and encapsulated in epoxy or glass.
thermometer is the primary interpolation instrument A typical thermistor shows a large negative temperature
used by the National Institute of Standards and Technology coefficient. Resistance drops dramatically and non-linearly
from -260 to 962°C. Ordinary industrial RTDs typically drift less with temperature. Sensitivity is many times that of RTDs but
than 0.1°C/year. useful temperature range is limited. Some manufacturers offer
• Sensitivity: The voltage drop across an RTD provides thermistors with positive coefficients. Linearized models are
a much larger output than a thermocouple. also available.

• Linearity: Platinum and copper RTDs produce a more There are wide variations of performance and price between
linear response than thermocouples or thermistors. RTD thermistors from different sources. Typical benefits are:
non-linearities can be corrected through proper design • Low sensor cost: Basic thermistors are quite inexpensive.
of resistive bridge networks. However, models with tighter interchangeability or extended
• Low system cost: RTDs use ordinary copper extension temperature ranges often cost more than RTDs.
leads and require no cold junction compensation. • High sensitivity: A thermistor may change resistance by
• Standardization: Manufacturers offer RTDs to industry tens of ohms per degree temperature change, versus a
standard curves, most commonly 100 Ω platinum to fraction of an ohm for RTDs.
EN60751 (Minco element code PD or PM). • Point sensing: A thermistor bead can be made the size of
a pin head for small area sensing.
Thermocouples
A thermocouple consists of two wires of dissimilar metals
welded together into a junction. At the other end of the RTD Thermocouple Thermistor
signal wires, usually as part of the input instrument, is
-80 to 150°C
another junction called the reference junction, which is Temp. -260 to 850°C -270 to 1800°C
(-112 to 302°F)
electronically compensated for its ambient temperature. range (-436 to 1562°F) (-454 to 3272°F)
(typical)
Heating the sensing junction generates a thermoelectric
potential (emf ) proportional to the temperature difference Sensor cost Moderate Low Low
between the two junctions. This millivolt-level emf, when System cost Moderate High Moderate
compensated for the known temperature of the reference Stability Best Low Moderate
junction, indicates the temperature at the sensing tip. Sensitivity Moderate Low Best
Thermocouples are simple and familiar. Designing them Linearity Best Moderate Poor
into systems, however, is complicated by the need for special • General purpose
extension wires and reference junction compensation. Thermo- • Best sensitivity
sensing
couple advantages include: • Highest • Narrow ranges
Specify for: • Highest accuracy
temperatures (e.g. medical)
• Temperature
• Extremely high temperature capability: Thermocouples • Point sensing
averaging
with precious metal junctions may be rated as high as 1800°C
(3272°F).

Page 1-10
Choosing Sensor Elements
RTD element types

INTRODUCTION
Platinum is the most widely specified RTD element type due to its wide temperature range, stability, and standardization between
manufacturers. Copper, nickel, and nickel-iron can offer comparable accuracy at lower cost in many applications.
Element Temperature Benefits Typical base Sensitivity TCR Ω/Ω/°C
material range resistance (Avg. Ω/°C, 0 to
100°C)

• Greatest range
-260 to 650°C 100 Ω at 0°C 0.39 0.00375 to
Platinum • Best stability
(-436 to 1202°F) 1000 Ω at 0°C 3.90 0.003927
• Good linearity
-100 to 260°C
Copper • Best linearity 10 Ω at 25°C 0.04 0.00427
(-148 to 500°F)
-100 to 260°C • Low cost 100 Ω at 0°C 0.62 0.00618
Nickel
(-148 to 500°F) • High sensitivity 120 Ω at 0°C 0.81 0.00672
604 Ω at 0°C 3.13
-100 to 204°C • Low cost 0.00518 to
Nickel-iron 1000 Ω at 70°F 4.79
(-148 to 400°F) • Highest sensitivity 0.00527
2000 Ω at 70°F 9.58

RTD and thermistor interchangeability

The tables below show temperature tolerance — the allowable deviation from nominal curves — for RTDs and thermistors in this
guide. Minco can supply sensors with tighter overall tolerance, or with the narrowest tolerance at a point other than 0°C.
Temperature Interchangeability
°C Platinum RTD
0.06% at 0°C 0.1% at 0°C 0.22% at 0°C 0.36% at 0°C 0.5% at 0°C 0.1% at 70°F 0.24% at 70°F
(Class A) (Class B)
-200 ±0.55°C ±1.3°C ±2.1°C
-100 ±0.35°C ±0.8°C ±1.3°C ±1.7°C
0 ±0.15°C ±0.3°C ±0.5°C ±0.9°C ±1.3°C ±0.3°C ±0.7°C
20 ±0.19°C ±0.4°C ±0.7°C ±1.3°C ±1.6°C ±0.3°C ±0.6°C
100 ±0.35°C ±0.8°C ±1.8°C ±2.3°C ±2.9°C ±0.7°C ±1.1°C
200 ±0.55°C ±1.3°C ±3.1°C ±3.7°C ±4.4°C ±1.3°C ±1.8°C
260 ±0.67°C ±1.6°C ±3.7°C ±4.6°C ±5.5°C
300 ±0.75°C ±1.8°C
400 ±0.95°C ±2.3°C
500 ±1.15°C ±2.8°C
600 ±1.35°C ±3.3°C
700 ±3.8°C
800 ±4.3°C
850 ±4.6°C
Interchangeability
Temperature
Copper RTD Nickel RTD Nickel-iron RTD Thermistor
°C
±0.2% ±0.5% ±0.3% ±0.5% ±0.26% ±0.5% ±0.5% ±0.12% ±0.25% ±0.1%
at 25°C at 25°C at 25°C at 0°C at 0°C at 0°C at 25°C at 70°F at 70°F at 0°C
-100 ±1.5°C ±2.2°C ±2.5°C ±2.9°C
0 ±0.7°C ±1.5°C ±0.5°C ±0.8°C ±0.6°C ±1.1°C ±1.4°C ±0.5°C ±1.4°C ±0.2°C
20 ±0.5°C ±1.3°C ±0.8°C ±1.2°C ±0.8°C ±1.4°C ±1.2°C ±0.3°C ±0.7°C ±0.2°C
100 ±1.5°C ±2.5°C ±1.8°C ±2.2°C ±1.7°C ±2.4°C ±2.2°C ±1.1°C ±2.0°C ±0.3°C
150 ±2.2°C ±3.3°C ±2.5°C ±3.0°C ±2.3°C ±3.1°C ±2.9°C ±1.6°C ±2.9°C ±1.0°C
200 ±2.8°C ±4.1°C ±3.1°C ±3.7°C ±2.9°C ±3.8°C ±3.6°C ±2.1°C ±3.8°C
260 ±3.6°C ±5.1°C ±3.4°C ±4.0°C
Thermocouple limits of error per NBS (NIST) Monograph 175, based on ITS-90
Junction type: E (Chromel-Constantan) J (Iron-Constantan) K (Chromel-Alumel) T (Copper-Constantan)
±1.7°C or ±0.5% ±2.2°C or ±0.75% ±2.2°C or ±0.75% ±1.0°C or ±0.75%
Limits of error:
0 to 900°C 0 to 750°C 0 to 1250°C 0 to 350°C

Page 1-11
RTD Connections: 2-Wire, 3-Wire, 4-Wire?
R1 L1
Because an RTD is a resistance type sensor, resistance RT
introduced by connecting copper extension wires between the ES EO
L2
RTD and control instrument will add to readings. Furthermore,
this additional resistance is not constant but increases with R2 R3

ambient temperature. To estimate leadwire error in 2-wire

2-wire circuit
circuits, multiply the total length of the extension leads times Shown above is a 2-wire RTD connected to a typical Wheat-
the resistance per foot in the table below. Then divide by the stone bridge circuit. ES is the supply voltage; EO is the output
sensitivity of the RTD, given in the next two pages, to obtain voltage; R1, R2, and R3 are fixed resistors; and RT is the RTD.
an error figure in °C. For example, assume you have connected In this uncompensated circuit, lead resistances L1 and L2
100 feet of AWG 22 wires to a 100 Ω platinum RTD add directly to RT.
(PD element). Lead resistance is:
R1 L1
R = (200 ft.) x (0.0165 Ω / ft.) = 3.3 Ω RT
L2
ES EO
Approximate error is: L3
R2 R3
3-wire circuit
Copper Leadwire AWG Ohms/ft. at 25°C In this circuit there are three leads coming from the RTD instead
12 0.0016 of two. L1 and L3 carry the measuring current while L2 acts only
14 0.0026 as a potential lead. No current flows through it while the bridge
16 0.0041 is in balance. Since L1 and L3 are in separate arms of the bridge,
18 0.0065 resistance is canceled. This circuit assumes high impedance at
EO and close matching of resistance between wires L1 and L3.
20 0.0103
Minco matches RTD leads within 5%.
22 0.0165
24 0.0262
L1
26 0.0418
28 0.0666 L2
IS EO RT
30 0.1058
L3
You can reduce leadwire error by: 4-wire circuit
L4
• Using larger gauge extension wires. 4-wire RTD circuits not only cancel leadwires but remove the
effects of mismatched resistances such as contact points.
• Specifying an RTD with greater sensitivity; 1000 Ω
A common version is the constant current circuit shown above.
instead of 100 Ω, for example.
IS drives a precise measuring current through L1 and L4. L2 and L3
• Employing a 3 or 4-wire resistance canceling circuit as measure the voltage drop across the RTD element. EO must
shown at right. Common leads, connected to the same have high impedance to prevent current flow in the potential
end of the sensing element, are the same color. leads. 4-wire circuits may be usable over longer distances than
• Using a 2-wire current transmitter. Its linearized signal is 3-wire, but you should consider using a transmitter in electri-
immune to electrical noise as well as resistance and can cally noisy environments.
maintain accuracy over runs of several thousand feet.
See Section 5 for more information on temperature If necessary you can
transmitters. connect a 2-wire RTD Extension leads RTD leads RT
to a 3-wire circuit or
4-wire circuit, as shown to
the right. As long as the Extension leads RTD leads RT
junctions are near the RTD,
as in a connection head,
errors are negligible.

Page 1-12
Resistance/Temperature Tables

INTRODUCTION
Platinum elements
Element code PJ PA PB PD, PE* PN PL PH PP PG PF PW PS
Resistance at 0°C 25.5 Ω 100 Ω 100 Ω 100 Ω 200 Ω 470 Ω 500 Ω 500 Ω 500 Ω 1000 Ω 1000 Ω 10k Ω
TCR (Ω/Ω/°C) 0.00392 0.00392 0.00391 0.00385 0.00385 0.00392 0.00392 0.00391 0.00385 0.00385 0.00375 0.00385
Sensitivity (Average Ω/°C) 0.1 0.392 0.391 0.385 0.77 1.845 1.963 1.955 1.925 3.85 3.75 38.5
Temperature (°C) Resistance (ohms)
-200 4.33 17.00 17.26 18.52 37.04 79.88 84.98 86.30 92.60 185.20 1,852
-180 6.56 25.72 25.97 27.10 54.19 120.88 128.59 129.84 135.48 270.96 2,710
-160 8.75 34.31 34.54 35.54 71.09 161.28 171.57 172.72 177.72 355.43 3,554
-140 10.91 42.80 43.01 43.88 87.75 201.15 213.99 215.03 219.38 438.76 4,388
-120 13.05 51.19 51.37 52.11 104.22 240.57 255.93 256.83 260.55 521.10 5,211
-100 15.17 59.49 59.64 60.26 120.51 279.58 297.43 298.19 301.28 602.56 6,026
-80 17.27 67.71 67.83 68.33 136.65 318.23 338.55 339.17 341.63 683.25 6,833
-60 19.35 75.87 75.96 76.33 152.66 356.57 379.53 379.80 381.64 763.28 7,633
-40 21.41 83.96 84.03 84.27 168.54 394.63 419.82 420.13 421.35 842.71 846.57 8,427
-20 23.46 92.01 92.04 92.16 184.32 432.43 460.03 460.19 460.80 921.60 923.55 9,216
0 25.50 100.00 100.00 100.00 200.00 470.00 500.00 500.00 500.00 1000.00 1000.00 10,000
20 27.53 107.95 107.92 107.79 215.59 507.35 539.73 539.58 538.96 1077.94 1075.96 10,779
40 29.54 115.85 115.78 115.54 231.08 544.47 579.23 578.92 577.70 1155.41 1151.44 11,554
60 31.54 123.70 123.60 123.24 246.48 581.38 618.49 618.02 616.21 1232.42 1226.44 12,324
80 33.53 131.50 131.38 130.90 261.79 618.06 657.51 656.90 654.48 1308.97 1300.96 13,090
100 35.51 139.26 139.11 138.51 277.01 654.53 696.31 695.54 692.53 1385.06 1375.00 13,851
120 37.48 146.97 146.79 146.07 292.14 690.77 734.86 733.94 730.34 1460.68 1448.56 14,607
140 39.43 154.64 154.42 153.58 307.17 726.79 773.18 772.11 767.92 1535.84 1521.63 15,358
160 41.37 162.25 162.01 161.05 322.11 762.59 811.27 810.05 805.27 1610.54 1594.22 16,105
180 43.31 169.82 169.55 168.48 336.96 798.18 849.12 847.75 842.39 1684.78 1666.33 16,848
200 45.22 177.35 177.04 175.86 351.71 833.54 886.74 885.22 879.28 1758.56 1737.96 17,586
220 47.13 184.82 184.49 183.19 366.38 868.68 924.12 922.46 915.94 1831.88 1809.11 18,319
240 49.02 192.25 191.89 190.47 380.95 903.59 961.27 959.46 952.36 1904.73 1879.78 19,047
260 50.91 199.64 199.24 197.71 395.42 938.29 998.18 996.22 988.56 1977.12 1949.96 19,771
280 52.78 206.97 206.55 204.91 409.81 972.77 1034.86 1032.76 1024.52 2049.05 2019.67 20,490
300 54.64 214.26 213.81 212.05 424.10 1007.03 1071.31 1069.06 1060.26 2120.52 2088.89 21,205
320 56.48 221.50 221.02 219.15 438.30 1041.06 1107.51 1105.12 1095.76 2191.52 2157.63 21,915
340 58.32 228.70 228.19 226.21 452.41 1074.88 1143.49 1140.95 1131.03 2262.06 2225.89 22,621
360 60.14 235.85 235.31 233.21 466.43 1108.47 1179.23 1176.55 1166.07 2332.14 2293.67 23,321
380 61.95 242.95 242.38 240.18 480.35 1141.85 1214.73 1211.91 1200.88 2401.76 2360.96 24,018
400 63.75 250.00 249.41 247.09 494.18 1175.00 1250.00 1247.04 1235.46 2470.92 2427.78 24,709
420 65.54 257.01 256.39 253.96 507.92 1207.93 1285.03 1281.94 1269.81 2539.62 2494.11 25,396
440 67.31 263.97 263.32 260.79 521.57 1240.64 1319.83 1316.60 1303.92 2607.85 2559.96 26,078
460 69.07 270.88 270.21 267.56 535.12 1273.14 1354.40 1351.03 1337.81 2674.62 2625.33 26,756
480 70.83 277.75 277.04 274.29 548.59 1305.41 1388.73 1385.22 1371.46 2742.93 2690.22 27,429
500 72.56 284.57 283.84 280.98 561.96 1337.46 1422.83 1419.18 1404.89 2808.78 2754.63 28,098
520 74.29 291.34 290.58 287.62 575.23 1369.28 1456.69 1452.91 1438.08 2876.16 28,762
540 76.01 298.06 297.28 294.21 588.42 1400.89 1490.31 1486.40 1471.04 2942.08 29,421
560 77.71 304.74 303.93 300.75 601.51 1432.28 1523.70 1519.66 1503.77 3007.54 30,075
580 79.40 311.37 310.54 307.25 614.51 1463.45 1556.86 1552.68 1536.27 3072.54 30,725
600 81.08 317.96 317.09 313.71 627.42 1494.39 1589.78 1585.47 1568.54 3137.08 31,371
620 82.75 324.49 323.60 320.12 640.23 1525.12 1622.47 1618.02 1600.58 3201.16
640 84.40 330.98 330.07 326.48 1555.62 1654.92 1650.35
660 86.04 337.43 336.49 332.79 1585.91 1687.14 1682.43
680 87.67 343.82 342.86 339.06 1615.97 1719.12 1714.29
700 89.29 350.17 349.18 345.28 1645.81 1750.87 1745.91
720 351.46
740 357.59
760 363.67
780 369.71
800 375.70
820 381.65
840 387.55
850 390.48
* PD is the most common platinum sensor element used by industry. PE has a wider manufacturing tolerance than PD.
Note: More element options and complete tables in 1°C or 1°F increments are available from Minco at www.minco.com/

Page 1-13
Resistance/Temperature Tables
Most RTD tables follow the modified Callendar-Van Dusen equation:

or some variation thereof, where Rt is the modified resistance at temperature t, R0 is the ice point resistance, and A, B, and C are
coefficients describing a given thermometer. Download Minco’s white paper entitled Resistance Thermometry: Principles and Applications
of Resistance Thermometers and Thermistors at www.minco.com for a complete set of equations and coefficients for numerical
calculation of resistance vs temperature.
Copper Nickel Nickel-iron Thermistors
Element code CA NA FA FB FC TA TB TF TK
Base 10 Ω 120 Ω 604 Ω 1000 Ω 2000 Ω 2252 Ω 10k Ω 50k Ω 10k Ω
resistance at 25°C at 0°C at 0°C at 70°F at 70°F at 25°C at 25°C at 25°C at 25°C

TCR (Ω /Ω /°C) .00427 .00672 .00518 .00527 .00527 R25/R125 = 29.2 R25/R125 = 23.5 R25/R125 = 31.2 R25/R125 = 26.6
Sensitivity (Average Ω/°C) 0.039 0.806 3.133 4.788 9.576 -72 -287 -1523 -324
Temperature (°C) Resistance (ohms)
-100 5.128 372.79
-80 5.923 66.60 410.73 1660 K 3558 K
-60 6.712 79.62 452.82 316.5 K 845.9 K
-40 7.490 92.76 499.06 75.79 K 239.8 K 1380 K 348.9 K
-20 8.263 106.15 549.46 826.90 1653.81 21.87 K 78.91 K 431.8 K 100.2 K
0 9.035 120.00 604.00 908.40 1816.81 7355 29.49 K 155.6 K 33.15 K
20 9.807 134.52 660.97 995.04 1990.09 2814 12.26 K 62.24 K 12.52 K
40 10.580 149.79 720.79 1086.49 2172.99 1200 5592 26.64 K 5323
60 11.352 165.90 783.45 1182.50 2365.01 560.3 2760 12.31 K 2510
80 12.124 182.84 848.97 1282.83 2565.66 282.7 1458 6117 1293
100 12.897 200.64 917.33 1387.21 2774.44 152.8 816.8 3256 718.5
120 13.669 219.29 988.54 1495.42 2990.84 87.7 481.8 1836 425.0
140 14.442 238.85 1062.60 1607.18 3214.37 53.0 297.2
160 15.217 259.30 1139.50 1722.26 3444.54
180 15.996 280.77 1219.26 1840.41 3680.84
200 16.776 303.46 1301.86 1961.38 3922.77
220 17.555 327.53
240 18.335 353.14
260 19.116 380.31

Note: More element options and complete tables in 1°C or 1°F increments are available from Minco at www.minco.com

Thermocouple Voltage/Temperature Tables

Junction type: E Chromel-Constantan J Iron-Constantan K Chromel-Alumel T Copper-Constantan
+ _ + _ + _ + _
Purple Red White Red Yellow Red Blue Red
Sensitivity (mV/°C): 0.063 0.053 0.041 0.043
Temperature (°C) Millivolts
-200 -8.824 -7.890 -5.891 -5.603
-150 -7.279 -6.499 -4.912 -4.648
-100 -5.237 -4.632 -3.553 -3.378
-50 -2.787 -2.431 -1.889 -1.819
0 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
50 3.047 2.585 2.022 2.035
100 6.317 5.268 4.095 4.277
150 9.787 8.008 6.137 6.702
200 13.419 10.777 8.137 9.286
250 17.178 13.553 10.151 12.011
300 21.033 16.325 12.207 14.860
350 24.961 19.089 14.292 17.816
400 28.943 21.846 16.395 20.869
450 32.960 24.607 18.513
500 36.999 27.388 20.640
550 41.045 30.210 22.772
Note: Complete tables in 1°C or 1°F increments are available from Minco at www.minco.com

Page 1-14
Temperature Coefficient of Resistance (TCR)

INTRODUCTION
TCR differentiates RTDs by their resistance/temperature curves. Stated another way, TCR is the average resistance increase per
Sometimes called alpha ( α ), it is specified in various ways by degree of a hypothetical RTD measuring 1 Ω at 0°C.
different manufacturers.
The most common use of TCR is to distinguish between curves
In this guide TCR is the RTD’s resistance change from 0 to 100°C, for platinum, which is available with TCRs ranging from 0.00375
divided by the resistance at 0°C, divided by 100°C: to 0.003927. The highest TCR indicates the highest purity
platinum, and is mandated by ITS-90 for standard platinum
thermometers.
There are no technical advantages of one TCR versus another
For example, a platinum thermometer measuring 100 Ω at 0°C
in practical industrial applications. 0.00385 platinum is the
and 139.11 Ω at 100°C has TCR 0.00391 Ω/Ω/°C:
most popular worldwide standard and is available in both
wire-wound and thin-film elements.
In most cases, all you need to know about TCR is that it must be
For a copper RTD, 10 Ω at 25°C, TCR is: properly matched when replacing RTDs or connecting them to
instruments.

SensorCalc Program
RTD and thermocouple tables are available online at You can create and store tables in a variety of formats. You can
www.minco.com also enter resistances and coefficients for custom tables, using
Callendar-Van Dusen or ITS-90 equations.

Miscellaneous Specifications and Codes

Thread specifications Ingress Protection (IP) Codes
Thread Applicable specifications First Number Second Number
Protection against solid bodies Protection against liquid
• ISO 228/1
• DIN 259 0 No protection No protection
G1/2
• BS 2779 1 Objects > 50 mm Vertically dripping water
• JIS B0202
2 Objects > 12 mm 75° to 90° dripping water
• ISO 7/1
3 Objects > 2.5 mm Sprayed water
R1/4 • DIN 2999
R1/8 • BS 21 4 Objects > 1 mm Splashed water
• JIS B0203 5 Dust-protected Water jets
6 Dust-tight Heavy seas
Wire gauge conversion
7 Effects of immersion
Wire Gauge Cross Sectional Area mm2 Resistance
Number AWG Stranded Solid Ω/ft. at 25°C 8 Indefinite immersion

30 0.057 0.051 0.1058 Approximate US Enclosure Type Equivalent to IPXX

28 0.089 0.080 0.0666
Type IP Type IP Type IP
26 0.141 0.128 0.0418
1 10 3S 54 6 & 6P 67
24 0.227 0.205 0.0262
2 11 4 & 4X 55 12 & 12K 52
22 0.355 0.324 0.0165
3 54 5 52 13 54
20 0.563 0.519 0.0103
18 0.897 0.823 0.0065 3R 14

| Page 1-15
Material Selection Guide
This guide lists the least expensive materials compatible with various corrosive media. The user should also consider
unusual temperatures or levels of concentration. Contact Minco Sales and Customer Service for assistance.
Medium °F (°C) Material Medium °F (°C) Material
Acetic acid 212 (100) Monel Hydrofluoric acid 60% 212 (100) Monel
Acetic anhydride 300 (149) Nickel Hydrogen fluoride, dry 175 (79) Steel
Acetone 212 (100) 304 SS Hydrofluogilicic acid 40% 212 (100) Monel
Acetylene 400 (204) 304 SS Hydrogen peroxide 10-100% 125 (52) 304 SS
Alcohols 212 (100) 304 SS Kerosene 300 (149) Steel
Alum. (Potassium or sodium) 300 (149) Hastelloy C Lacquers & thinners 300 (149) 304 SS
Aluminum chloride 212 (100) Hastelloy B Lactic acid 300 (149) 316 SS
Aluminum sulfate 212 (100) 316 SS Lime 212 (100) 316 SS
Ammonia, dry 212 (100) 316 SS Linseed oil 75 (24) Steel
Ammonium hydroxide 212 (100) 316 SS Magnesium chloride 50% 212 (100) Nickel
Ammonium chloride 50% 300 (149) Monel Magnesium hydroxide (or oxide) 75 (24) 304 SS
Ammonium nitrate 300 (149) 304 SS Magnesium sulphate 40% 212 (100) 304 SS
Ammonium sulfate 212 (100) 316 SS Mercuric chloride 10% 75 (24) Hastelloy C
Amyl acetate 300 (149) 304 SS Mercury 100% 700 (371) Steel
Aniline 25 (-4) Monel Methylene chloride 212 (100) 304 SS
Asphalt 250 (121) 304 SS Methyl chloride, dry 75 (24) Steel
Atmosphere (industrial and marine) 304 SS Milk, fresh or sour 180 (82) 304 SS
Barium compounds See calcium Molasses See glucose
Beer 70 (21) 304 SS Natural gas 70 (21) 304 SS
Benzene 212 (100) Steel Nitric acid 75 (24) 304 SS
Benzoic acid 212 (100) 316 SS Nitric acid 300 (149) 316 SS
Bleaching powder 15% 70 (21) Monel Oxygen 75 (24) Steel
Borax 212 (100) Brass Oleic acid See fatty acids
Bordeaux mixture 200 (93) 304 SS Oxalic acid 212 (100) Monel
Boric acid 400 (204) 316 SS Photographic bleaching 100 (38) 304 SS
Bromine, dry 125 (52) Monel Palmitic acid See fatty acids
Butane 400 (204) Steel Phosphoric acid 212 (100) 316 SS
Butyric acid 212 (100) Hastelloy C Phenol 212 (100) 316 SS
Calcium bisulphite 75 (24) Hastelloy C Potassium compounds See sodium compounds
Calcium chloride 212 (100) Hastelloy C Propane 300 (149) Steel
Calcium hydroxide 20% 300 (149) Hastelloy C Rosin 100% 700 (371) 316 SS
Calcium hypochlorite See bleaching powder Sea water 75 (24) Monel
Carbolic acid See phenol Soap & detergents 212 (100) 304 SS
Carbon dioxide, dry 800 Brass Sodium bicarbonate 20% 212 (100) 316 SS
Carbonated water 212 (100) 304 SS Sodium bisulphite 20% 212 (100) 304 SS
Carbonated beverages 212 (100) 304 SS Sodium bisulphate 20% 212 (100) 304 SS
Carbon disulfide 200 (93) 304 SS Sodium carbinate 40% 212 (100) 316 SS
Carbon tetrachloride 125 (52) Monel Sodium chloride 30% 300 (149) Monel
Chlorine, dry 100 (38) Monel Sodium chromate 212 (100) 316 SS
Chlorine, moist 100 (38) Monel Salt or brine See sodium chloride
Chloracetic acid 212 (100) Monel Sodium cyanide 212 (100) 304 SS
Chloroform, dry 212 (100) Monel Sodium hydroxide 30% 212 (100) 316 SS
Chromic acid 300 (149) Hastelloy C Sodium hypochlorite 10% 75 (24) Hastelloy C
Cider 300 (149) 304 SS Sodium nitrate 40% 212 (100) 304 SS
Citric acid 212 (100) Hastelloy C Sodium nitrite 20% 75 (24) 316 SS
Copper (10) chloride 212 (100) Hastelloy C Sodium phosphate 10% 212 (100) Steel
Copper (10) nitrate 300 (149) 316 SS Sodium silicate 10% 212 (100) Steel
Copper (10) sulfate 300 (149) 316 SS Sodium sulfide 30% 212 (100) 316 SS
Copper plating solution (cyanide) 180 (82) 304 SS Sodium sulfite 10% 212 (100) 316 SS
Copper plating solution (acid) 75 (24) 304 SS Sodium sulfate 30% 212 (100) 304 SS
Corn oil 200 (93) 304 SS Sodium thiosulfate 212 (100) 304 SS
Creosote 200 (93) 304 SS Steam 304 SS
Crude oil 300 (149) Monel Stearic acid See fatty acids
Ethyl acetate See lacquer thinner Sugar solution See glucose
Ethyl chloride, dry 500 (260) Steel Sulfur 500 (260) 304 SS
Ethylene glycol (uninhibited) 212 (100) 304 SS Sulfur chloride, dry 75 (24) 316 SS
Ethylene oxide 75 (24) Steel Sulfur dioxide, dry 500 (260) 316 SS
Fatty acids 500 (260) 316 SS Sulfur trioxide, dry 500 (260) 316 SS
Ferric chloride 75 (24) Hastelloy C Sulfuric acid 10% 212 (100) 316 SS
Ferric sulphate 300 (149) 304 SS Sulfuric acid 10-90% 212 (100) Hastelloy B
Formaldehyde 40% 212 (100) 316 SS Sulfuric acid 90-100% 212 (100) 316 SS
Formic acid 300 (149) 316 SS Sulfuric acid, fuming 175 (79) Hastelloy C
Freon 300 (149) Steel Sulfurous acid 20% 75 (24) 316 SS
Fluorine, anhydrous 100 (38) 304 SS Titanium tetrachloride 75 (24) 316 SS
Furfural 450 (232) 316 SS Tannic acid 40% 75 (24) Hastelloy B
Gasoline 300 (149) Steel Toluene 75 (24) Steel
Glucose 300 (149) 304 SS Trichloracetic acid 75 (24) Hastelloy B
Glue, pH 6-8 300 (149) 304 SS Trichloroethylene, dry 300 (149) Monel
Glycerine 212 (100) Brass Turpentine 75 (24) 316 SS
Hydrobromic acid 212 (100) Hastelloy C Varnish 150 (66) Steel
Hydrochloric acid 37-38% 225 (107) Hastelloy B Zinc chloride 212 (100) Hastelloy B
Hydrogen chloride, dry 500 (260) 304 SS Zinc sulfate 212 (100) 316 SS
Hydrocyanic acid 212 (100) 304 SS

Page 1-16
 SECTION 2: ASSEMBLIES

• Easy-to-order temperature sensor assemblies to fit a variety of applications

• RTDs, thermocouples, and transmitters
• Fittings, connection heads, and thermowells included
• Tip-sensitive, high temperature, explosionproof, and flameproof options

Tip-sensitive spring loaded.........................................2-2 to 2-3

To specify custom assemblies see: Direct immersion ............................................................2-4 to 2-5
Tip-sensitive with thermowells..................................2-6 to 2-7
Probes Section 3 High temp. with thermowells ....................................2-8 to 2-9
Accessories Section 4 Explosionproof/Flameproof...................................2-10 to 2-15
Transmitters Section 5 Flameproof...................................................................2-16 to 2-21
Eurostyle........................................................................2-22 to 2-23
Specifying custom assemblies .............................................2-24
To specify humidity assemblies see
Section 9

Page 2-1
Tip-sensitive Spring-loaded RTDs
5.0" (127 mm) MAX. INSERTION DEPTH D
1.0" (25 mm) MINIMUM

0.250" (6.4 mm)

½ –14 NPT DIAMETER

SHOWN WITH STAINLESS STEEL HEAD

Temperature Transmitters
CONDUIT THREAD
Minco’s Temptran™ RTD transmitters provide a 4 to 20 mA
signal or HART® Protocol that can be sent over long distances
Overview with a simple 2-wire system. See Section 5 for complete
Fast and accurate readings from bearings, blocks, and other temperature transmitter specifications.
solids. Minco’s spring-loaded holder ensures solid contact in
Special high-accuracy calibration: For high system accuracy,
drilled holes and has a built-in oil seal. The sensing probe features
specify transmitters with matched calibration. Calibration data
a copper alloy tip for quick response to temperature changes.
traceable to NIST will also be provided. Get more information
• Tip-sensitive RTD probe for use to 260°C (500°F) on page 5-22.

• Spring-loaded holder with fluid seal

Specification and order options
• Cast iron, stainless steel, or aluminum connection head
AS5004 Assembly number
AS5004: Single element RTD
Specifications AS5005: Dual element RTD
PA Sensing element from table
Temperature range: -50 to 260°C (-58 to 500°F).
67 Insertion depth D:
Material: Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 67 = 6.7 inches)
Probe: Stainless steel with copper alloy tip. Y Leads per sensing element:
Y = 2 leads
Holder: Stainless steel with Viton O-ring. Z = 3 leads (required for CA and CC elements)
Connection head: Cast iron, aluminum, or stainless steel. X = 4 leads (PD elements only)
Pressure rating: 50 psi (3.4 bar). 2 Conduit thread:
1 = 1/2 - 14 NPT
Insulation resistance: 100 megohms minimum at 2 = 3/4 - 14 NPT
100 VDC, leads to case. C Connection head:
C = Cast iron
Connection: Terminal block for wires to AWG 14. A = Aluminum
Time constant: Typical value in moving water: S = Stainless steel
Single element: 1.5 seconds. To order sensor assembly, stop here.
Dual element: 3.0 seconds. To order with transmitters (single platinum element only) add:
211 Temptran™ transmitter model:
211 = TT211: Fixed Range (2-lead RTDs)
Sensing Elements 520 = TT520: Programmable (2, 3, & 4-lead RTDs)
Element Code 521 = TT521: HART® Programmable (2, 3, & 4-lead RTDs)
Platinum (0.00392 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C PA A Temperature range codes starting on page 5-20
or at www.minco.com
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C PD
(Meets EN60751, Class B) 1 Calibration:
1 = Nominal calibration
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C PE 2 = Match calibrated, 0.75% total system accuracy.
Copper (0.00427 TCR) 10 Ω ±0.2% at 25°C CA For other calibration options, contact Minco
(dual) 10 Ω ±0.5% at 25°C CC AS5004PA67Y2C211A1 = Sample part number
Nickel (0.00672 TCR) 120 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C NA

Specifications subject to change

Page 2-2
Tip-sensitive Spring-loaded Thermocouples
5.0" (127 mm) MAX. INSERTION DEPTH D
1.0" (25 mm) MINIMUM

ASSEMBLIES
0.250" (6.4 mm)
½ –14 NPT DIAMETER

CONDUIT THREAD SHOWN WITH ALUMINUM HEAD

Overview Specification and order options

Fast and accurate readings from bearings, blocks, and other AS5192 Assembly number
solids. Minco’s spring-loaded holder ensures solid contact in AS5191: Single junction
drilled holes and has a built-in oil seal. The sensing probe features AS5192: Dual junction
a copper alloy tip for quick response to temperature changes. E Junction type:
E = Chromel-Constantan
• Tip-sensitive Thermocouple for use to 260°C (500°F) J = Iron-Constantan
K = Chromel-Alumel
• Spring-loaded holder with fluid seal T = Copper-Constantan
• Cast iron, stainless steel, or aluminum connection head U Junction grounding:
G = Grounded
U = Ungrounded
Specifications 133 Insertion depth D:
Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 133 = 13.3 inches)
Temperature range: -50 to 260°C (-58 to 500°F).
P
Material: 1 Conduit thread:
Probe: Stainless steel with copper alloy tip. 1 = 1/2 - 14 NPT
Holder: Stainless steel with Viton O-ring. 2 = 3/4 - 14 NPT
Connection head: Cast iron, aluminum, or stainless steel. C Connection head:
C = Cast iron
Pressure rating: 50 psi (3.4 bar). A = Aluminum
S = Stainless steel
Insulation resistance: 10 megohms minimum at 100 VDC,
To order sensor assembly, stop here.
leads to case. Ungrounded junctions only.
To order with transmitter, add:
Connection: Terminal block for wires to AWG 14. 520 Temptran™ transmitter model:
205 = TT205: Fixed Range, Miniature
Time constant: Typical value in moving water:
520 = TT520: Programmable, Hockey Puck
Grounded junction: 1.5 seconds.
521 = TT521: HART® Programmable, Hockey Puck
Ungrounded junction: 7 seconds
A Temperature range codes starting on page 5-20
or at www.minco.com
Temperature Transmitters AS5192EU133P1C520A = Sample part number

Minco’s Temptran™ thermocouple transmitters provide

a 4 to 20 mA signal or HART® Protocol that can be sent over
long distances with a simple 2-wire system. See Section 5 for
complete temperature transmitter specifications.
Specifications subject to change

Page 2-3
Tip-sensitive Direct Immersion RTDs
5.0" (127 mm) MAX. INSERTION DEPTH D

0.250" (6.4 mm)

½ –14 NPT DIAMETER

SHOWN WITH CAST IRON HEAD

CONDUIT THREAD
Temperature Transmitters
Minco's Temptran™ RTD transmitters provide a 4 to 20 mA
signal or HART® Protocol that can be sent over long distances
Overview with a simple 2-wire system. See Section 5 for complete
temperature transmitter specifications.
Mount sensors directly in fluid flow for fast response. Probes are
rated to 100 psi (6.9 bar). For use in non-corrosive fluids only. Special high-accuracy calibration: For high system accuracy,
specify transmitters with matched calibration. Calibration data
• RTD probe for use to 260°C (500°F)
traceable to NIST will also be provided. Get more information
• Adjustable fluid seal fitting on page 5-22.

• Cast iron, stainless steel, or aluminum connection head

Specification and order options
Specifications AS5200 Assembly number
AS5200: Single element
Temperature range: -50 to 260°C (-58 to 500°F). AS5201: Dual element
PD Sensing element from table
Material:
100 Insertion depth D:
Probe: Stainless steel with copper alloy tip. Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 100 = 10.0 inches)
Fitting: Stainless steel, silicone rubber O-ring. Z Leads per sensing element:
Connection head: Cast iron, aluminum, or stainless steel. Y = 2 leads
Z = 3 leads (required for CA and CC elements)
Pressure rating: 100 psi (6.9 bar). X = 4 leads (PD elements only)
Insulation resistance: 100 megohms minimum at 2 Conduit thread:
1 = 1/2 - 14 NPT
100 VDC, leads to case. 2 = 3/4 - 14 NPT
Connection: Terminal block for wires to AWG 14. C Connection head:
C = Cast iron
Time constant: Typical value in moving water: A = Aluminum
Single element: 2.0 seconds. S = Stainless steel
Dual element: 5.0 seconds. To order sensor assembly, stop here.
To order with transmitters (single platinum element only) add:
520 Temptran™ transmitter model:
Sensing elements 211 = TT211: Fixed Range (2-lead RTDs)
Element Code 520 = TT520: Programmable (2, 3, & 4-lead RTDs)
521 = TT521: HART® Programmable (2, 3, & 4-lead RTDs)
Platinum (0.00392 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C PA
A Temperature range codes starting on page 5-20
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C PD or at www.minco.com
(Meets EN60751, Class B)
1 Calibration:
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C PE 1 = Nominal calibration
Copper (0.00427 TCR) 10 Ω ±0.2% at 25°C CA 2 = Match calibrated, 0.75% total system accuracy.
For other calibration options, contact Minco
(dual) 10 Ω ±0.5% at 25°C CC
AS5200PD100Z2C520A1 = Sample part number
Nickel (0.00672 TCR) 120 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C NA

Specifications subject to change

Page 2-4
Tip-sensitive Direct Immersion Thermocouples

5.0" (127 mm) MAX. INSERTION DEPTH D

ASSEMBLIES
0.250" (6.4 mm)
½ –14 NPT DIAMETER

CONDUIT THREAD SHOWN WITH ALUMINUM HEAD

Overview Specification and order options

Mount sensors directly in fluid flow for fast response. Probes are AS5205 Assembly number
rated to 100 psi (6.9 bar). For use in non-corrosive fluids only. AS5205: Single junction
AS5206: Dual junction
• Thermocouple for use to 260°C (500°F) E Junction type:
E = Chromel-Constantan
• Adjustable fluid seal fitting
J = Iron-Constantan
• Cast iron, stainless steel, or aluminum connection head K = Chromel-Alumel
T = Copper-Constantan
Specifications U Junction grounding:
G = Grounded
Temperature range: -50 to 260°C (-58 to 500°F).
U = Ungrounded
Material: 215 Insertion depth D:
Probe: Stainless steel with copper alloy tip. Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 215 = 21.5 inches)
Fitting: Stainless steel, silicone rubber O-ring. P
Connection head: Cast iron, aluminum, or stainless steel. 1 Conduit thread:
1 = 1/2 - 14 NPT
Pressure rating: 100 psi (6.9 bar). 2 = 3/4 - 14 NPT
Insulation resistance: 10 megohms minimum at 100 VDC, C Connection head:
C = Cast iron
leads to case. Ungrounded junctions only. A = Aluminum
Connection: Terminal block for wires to AWG 14. S = Stainless steel
To order sensor assembly, stop here.
Time constant: Typical value in moving water: To order with transmitter, add:
Grounded junction: 1.5 seconds. 520 Temptran™ transmitter model:
Ungrounded junction: 7 seconds. 205 = TT205: Fixed Range, Miniature
520 = TT520: Programmable, Hockey Puck
Temperature Transmitters 521 = TT521: HART® Programmable, Hockey Puck
A Temperature range codes starting on page 5-20
Minco’s Temptran™ thermocouple transmitters provide or at www.minco.com
a 4 to 20 mA signal or HART® Protocol that can be sent over AS5205EU215P1C520A = Sample part number
long distances with a simple 2-wire system. See Section 5 for
complete temperature transmitter specifications.

Specifications subject to change

Page 2-5
Tip-sensitive RTDs with Thermowells
WITH EXTENSION: 11.0" (279 mm) MAX. THERMOWELL
NO EXTENSION: 6.2" (165 mm) MAX. LENGTH U
7.2" (183 mm) WITH EXTENSION 2.5"
Temperature Transmitters
2.6" (66.0 mm) NO EXTENSION (64 mm)
Minco's Temptran™ RTD transmitters provide a 4 to 20 mA
signal or HART® Protocol that can be sent over long distances
0.5" with a simple 2-wire system. See Section 5 for complete
PROCESS (12.7 mm)
THREAD DIAMETER temperature transmitter specifications.
DIAMETER:
½ –14 NPT THREAD: 0.625" (15.9 mm)
CONDUIT THREAD ¾ –14 NPT THREAD: 0.750" (19.0 mm) Special high-accuracy calibration: For high system accuracy,
SHOWN WITH STAINLESS STEEL HEAD AND UNION/NIPPLE EXTENSION
specify transmitters with matched calibration. Calibration data
Overview traceable to NIST will also be provided. Get more information
Thermowells protect sensors from the effects of fluid flow and on page 5-22.
pressure. These assemblies are spring-loaded for positive probe
contact against the bottom of the thermowell. The probe’s cop- Specification and order options
per alloy tip provides superior time response and reduces error
AS5140 Assembly number
from stem conduction. AS5140: Single element RTD
• 316 stainless steel thermowell AS5141: Dual element RTD
CA Sensing element from table
• Tip-sensitive RTD probe for use to 260°C (500°F) 60 Thermowell length U:
Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 60 = 6.0 inches)
• Spring-loaded probe
Z Leads per sensing element:
• Cast iron, stainless steel, or aluminum connection head Y = 2 leads
Z = 3 leads (required for CA and CC elements)
X = 4 leads (PD elements only)
Specifications 2 Conduit thread:
1 = 1/2 - 14 NPT
Temperature range: -50 to 260°C (-58 to 500°F).
2 = 3/4 - 14 NPT
Material: C Connection head:
Probe: Stainless steel with copper alloy tip. C = Cast iron
Connection head: Cast iron, aluminum, or stainless steel. A = Aluminum
Thermowell: 316 stainless steel. S = Stainless steel
Extension: Stainless steel. 1 Thermowell process thread:
1 = 1/2 - 14 NPT
Pressure rating: 7000 psi (483 bar) at 21°C, 2 = 3/4 - 14 NPT
reducing to 6300 psi (433 bar) at 260°C. U Extension option:
P = Coupling/nipple extension
Standard U dimensions: 2.5, 4.5, 6.0, 7.5, 8.0, 10.5, 13.5, 16.5, N = No extension
and 22.5". U = Union/Nipple extension
To order sensor assembly, stop here.
Insulation resistance: 100 megohms minimum at
To order with transmitters (single platinum element only) add:
100 VDC, leads to case.
520 Temptran™ transmitter model:
Connection: Terminal block for wires to AWG 14. 211 = TT211: Fixed Range (2-lead RTDs)
520 = TT520: Programmable (2, 3, & 4-lead RTDs)
Time constant: 17 seconds typical in moving water.
521 = TT521: HART® Programmable (2, 3, & 4-lead RTDs)
A Temperature range codes starting on page 5-20 or at
Sensing elements www.minco.com
Element Code 1 Calibration:
1 = Nominal calibration
Platinum (0.00392 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C PA
2 = Match calibrated, 0.75% total system accuracy.
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C PD For other calibration options, contact Minco
(Meets EN60751, Class B) AS5140CA60Z2C1U520A1 = Sample part number
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C PE
Copper (0.00427 TCR) 10 Ω ±0.2% at 25°C CA
(dual) 10 Ω ±0.5% at 25°C CC
Nickel (0.00672 TCR) 120 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C NA
Specifications subject to change

Page 2-6
Tip-sensitive Thermocouples with Thermowells
WITH EXTENSION: 11.0" (279 mm) MAX. THERMOWELL
NO EXTENSION: 6.2" (165 mm) MAX. LENGTH U
7.2" (183 mm) WITH EXTENSION 2.5"
2.6" (66.0 mm) NO EXTENSION (64 mm)

ASSEMBLIES
0.5"
PROCESS (12.7 mm)
THREAD DIAMETER
DIAMETER:
½ –14 NPT THREAD: 0.625" (15.9 mm)
CONDUIT THREAD ¾ –14 NPT THREAD: 0.750" (19.0 mm)

SHOWN WITH ALUMINUM HEAD AND COUPLING/NIPPLE EXTENSION

Overview
Thermowells protect sensors from the effects of fluid flow and
pressure. These assemblies are spring-loaded for positive probe
Specification and order options
contact against the bottom of the thermowell. The probe’s cop- AS5145 Assembly number
per alloy tip provides superior time response and reduces error AS5145: Single junction TC
from stem conduction. AS5146: Dual junction TC
E Junction type:
• 316 stainless steel thermowell E = Chromel-Constantan
J = Iron-Constantan
• Tip-sensitive thermocouple for use to 260°C (500°F) K = Chromel-Alumel
T = Copper-Constantan
• Spring-loaded probe
U Junction Grounding:
• Cast iron, stainless steel, or aluminum connection head G = Grounded
U = Ungrounded
135 Thermowell length U:
Specifications Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 135 = 13.5 inches)
P
Temperature range: -50 to 260°C (-58 to 500°F).
1 Conduit thread:
Material: 1 = 1/2 - 14 NPT
Probe: Stainless steel with copper alloy tip. 2 = 3/4 - 14 NPT
Connection head: Cast iron, aluminum, or stainless steel. C Connection head:
Thermowell: 316 stainless steel. C = Cast iron
A = Aluminum
Extension: Stainless steel. S = Stainless steel
Pressure rating: 7000 psi (483 bar) at 21°C, 1 Thermowell process thread:
1 = 1/2 - 14 NPT
reducing to 6300 psi (433 bar) at 260°C. 2 = 3/4 - 14 NPT
Standard U dimensions: 2.5, 4.5, 6.0, 7.5, 8.0, 10.5, 13.5, 16.5, U Extension option:
and 22.5". P = Coupling/nipple extension
N = No extension
Insulation resistance: 10 megohms min. at 100 VDC, leads to U = Union/Nipple extension
case. Ungrounded junctions only. To order sensor assembly, stop here.
To order with transmitter, add:
Connection: Terminal block for wires to AWG 14. 520 Temptran™ transmitter model:
Time constant: Typical value in moving water. 205 = TT205: Fixed Range, Miniature
Grounded junction: 17 seconds. 520 = TT520: Programmable, Hockey Puck
Ungrounded junction: 22 seconds. 521 = TT521: HART® Programmable, Hockey Puck
A Temperature range codes starting on page 5-20
or at www.minco.com
Temperature Transmitters AS5145EU135P1C1U520A = Sample part number
Minco’s Temptran™ thermocouple transmitters provide
a 4 to 20 mA signal or HART® Protocol that can be sent over
long distances with a simple 2-wire system. See Section 5 for
complete temperature transmitter specifications.

Specifications subject to change

Page 2-7
550°C RTDs with Thermowells
WITH EXTENSION: 11.0" (279 mm) MAX. THERMOWELL
NO EXTENSION: 6.2" (165 mm) MAX. LENGTH U
7.2" (183 mm) WITH EXTENSION 2.5"
2.6" (66.0 mm) NO EXTENSION (64 mm)

0.5"
PROCESS (12.7 mm)
THREAD
DIAMETER:
DIAMETER Temperature Transmitters
½ –14 NPT THREAD: 0.625" (15.9 mm)
CONDUIT THREAD ¾ –14 NPT THREAD: 0.750" (19.0 mm) Minco’s Temptran™ RTD transmitters provide a 4 to 20 mA
SHOWN WITH STAINLESS STEEL HEAD AND UNION/NIPPLE EXTENSION
signal or HART® Protocol that can be sent over long distances
Overview with a simple 2-wire system. See Section 5 for complete
Sense temperature in high-pressure fluids and gases. These temperature transmitter specifications.
assemblies are spring-loaded for positive probe contact against
Special high-accuracy calibration: For high system accuracy,
the bottom of the thermowell.
specify transmitters with matched calibration. Calibration data
• 316 stainless steel thermowell traceable to NIST will also be provided. Get more information
on page 5-22.
• RTD probe for use to 550°C (1022°F)
• Spring-loaded probe Specification and order options
• Cast iron, stainless steel, or aluminum connection head AS5160 Assembly number AS5160
Note: For temperatures less than 260°C (500°F), assemblies using
PB Sensing element from table
tip-sensitive sensors are recommended. 105 Thermowell length U:
Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 105 = 10.5 inches)
Z Leads per sensing element:
Specifications Y = 2 leads
Z = 3 leads
Temperature range: X = 4 leads (PD elements only)
Thermowell and sensor: -100 to 550°C (-148 to 1022°F). 2 Conduit thread:
Connection head: 1 = 1/2 - 14 NPT
Cast iron: 260°C (500°F) max. 2 = 3/4 - 14 NPT
Aluminum: 316°C (600°F) max. C Connection head:
Stainless steel: 121°C (250°F) max. C = Cast iron
A = Aluminum
Material: S = Stainless steel
Probe: 316 stainless steel. 1 Thermowell process thread:
Connection head: Cast iron, aluminum, or stainless steel. 1 = 1/2 - 14 NPT
Thermowell: 316 stainless steel. 2 = 3/4 - 14 NPT
Extension: Stainless steel. U Extension option:
P = Coupling/nipple extension
Pressure rating: 7000 psi (483 bar) at 21°C, reducing to 2500 N = No extension
psi (172 bar) at 550°C. U = Union/Nipple extension
Standard U dimensions: 2.5, 4.5, 6.0, 7.5, 8.0, 10.5, 13.5, 16.5, To order sensor assembly, stop here.
To order with transmitters add:
and 22.5".
520 Temptran™ transmitter model:
Insulation resistance: 10 megohms min. at 211 = TT211: Fixed Range (2-lead RTDs)
100 VDC, leads to case. 520 = TT520: Programmable (2, 3, & 4-lead RTDs)
521 = TT521: HART® Programmable (2, 3, & 4-lead RTDs)
Connection: Terminal block for wires to 14 AWG.
A Temperature range codes starting on page 5-20
Time constant: 23 seconds typical in moving water. or at www.minco.com
1 Calibration:
1 = Nominal calibration
Sensing elements 2 = Match calibrated, 0.75% total system accuracy.
Element Code For other calibration options, contact Minco
AS5160PB105Z2C1U520A1 = Sample part number
Platinum (0.00391 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C PB
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C PD
(Meets EN60751, Class B)

Specifications subject to change

Page 2-8
550°C Thermocouples with Thermowells
WITH EXTENSION: 11.0" (279 mm) MAX. THERMOWELL
NO EXTENSION: 6.2" (165 mm) MAX. LENGTH U
7.2" (183 mm) WITH EXTENSION 2.5"
2.6" (66.0 mm) NO EXTENSION (64 mm)

ASSEMBLIES
0.5"
PROCESS (12.7 mm)
THREAD DIAMETER
DIAMETER:
½ –14 NPT THREAD: 0.625" (15.9 mm)
CONDUIT THREAD ¾ –14 NPT THREAD: 0.750" (19.0 mm)

SHOWN WITH ALUMINUM HEAD AND COUPLING/NIPPLE EXTENSION

Overview Temperature Transmitters

Sense temperature in high-pressure fluids and gases. These Minco’s Temptran™ thermocouple transmitters provide
assemblies are spring-loaded for positive probe contact against a 4 to 20 mA signal or HART® Protocol that can be sent over
the bottom of the thermowell.
long distances with a simple 2-wire system. See Section 5 for
Note: For temperatures less than 260°C (500°F), assemblies using complete temperature transmitter specifications.
tip-sensitive sensors are recommended.
• 316 stainless steel thermowell Specification and order options
• Thermocouple probe for use to 550°C (1022°F) AS5165 Assembly number: AS5165
• Spring-loaded probe K Junction type:
E = Chromel-Constantan
• Cast iron, aluminum or stainless steel connection head J = Iron-Constantan
K = Chromel-Alumel
U Junction Grounding:
Specifications G = Grounded
U = Ungrounded
Temperature range:
135 Thermowell length U:
Thermowell and sensor: -100 to 550°C (-148 to 1022°F). Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 135 = 13.5 inches)
Connection head:
P
Cast iron: 260°C (500°F) max.
1 Conduit thread:
Aluminum: 316°C (600°F) max.
1 = 1/2 - 14 NPT
Stainless steel: 121°C (250°F) max. 2 = 3/4 - 14 NPT
Material: C Connection head:
Probe: 316 stainless steel. C = Cast iron
Connection head: Cast iron, aluminum, or stainless steel. A = Aluminum
Thermowell: 316 stainless steel. S = Stainless steel
Extension: Stainless steel. 1 Thermowell process thread:
1 = 1/2 - 14 NPT
Pressure rating: 7000 psi (483 bar) at 21°C, 2 = 3/4 - 14 NPT
reducing to 2500 psi (172 bar) at 550°C. U Extension option:
Standard U dimensions: P = Coupling/nipple extension
2.5, 4.5, 6.0, 7.5, 8.0, 10.5, 13.5, 16.5, and 22.5". N = No extension
U = Union/Nipple extension
Insulation resistance: 10 megohms min. at
To order sensor assembly, stop here.
100 VDC, leads to case. Ungrounded junctions only.
To order with transmitter, add:
Connection: Terminal block for wires to 14 AWG. 520 Temptran™ transmitter model:
Time constant: 60 seconds typical in moving water. 205 = TT205: Fixed Range, Miniature
520 = TT520: Programmable, Hockey Puck
521 = TT521: HART® Programmable, Hockey Puck
A Temperature range codes starting on page 5-20
or at www.minco.com
AS5165KU135P1C1U520A = Sample part number

Specifications subject to change

Page 2-9
Explosionproof/Flameproof RTD Sensors

L REF. INSERTION DEPTH D

27 mm MINIMUM
47 mm Welded

Ex d IIC
AEx d IIC

CONDUIT THREAD

Overview Explosionproof and flameproof ratings:

National and Canadian Electrical Code:
Explosionproof and flameproof rating for hazardous areas
Class I, Divisions 1 and 2, Groups B, C, and D,
where accurate temperature sensing is critical.
Class II, Groups E, F, and G,
• Tip sensitive, all stainless or MgO filled probes available T6 (Ta = 40°C),
T2 (Ta = 260°C). Ta limited to 160°C for CSA Class II locations.
• Hazardous area rated
National Electrical Code (Article 505):
• High temp process temperature options (600°C) available. Class I, Zones 1 and 2, AEx d IIC,
Contact Minco for more information. T6 (Ta =40°C), T2 (Ta = 260°C).
Canadian Electrical Code (IEC 60079):
Zones 1 and 2, Ex d IIC,
Specifications T6 (Ta = 40°C), T2 (Ta = 260°C).
Temperature range: -50 to 260°C (-58 to 500°F). Special options: Higher temperature ranges.
Material:
Probe: Stainless steel (tip sensitive models have copper alloy tip).
Holder: Stainless steel.
Hazardous area requirements
Connection head: For more information on how to classify a hazardous
Copper free aluminum alloy (CH104) area, methods of protection, and the various standards
316L stainless steel (CH106). and agencies (including FM, CSA, CENELEC and ATEX),
visit www.minco.com.
Pressure rating: See table on next page.
Insulation resistance: 10 megohms min. at 100 VDC,
leads to case.
Connection: Terminal block for wires to 14 AWG.
Time constant: Typical value in moving water.
Tip sensitive:
Single element 1.5 seconds.
Dual element 5 seconds.
All stainless and MgO filled: 10 seconds.
Specifications subject to change

Page 2-10
Assembly numbers

ASSEMBLIES
Probe diameters 0.215" (5.5 mm) 0.236" (6.0 mm) 0.250" (6.4 mm)
Number of elements Single Dual Single Dual Single Dual
Tip-sensitive AS760 AS761 AS700 AS701 AS720 AS721
All stainless AS762 AS763 AS702 AS703 AS722 AS723
MgO filled (platinum only) AS704 AS724 AS725

Connection head and fitting options

CH104: Aluminum IP65, Type 3 and 4.
CH106: 316L stainless steel IP66, Type 3, 4, and 4X.

Fitting Process thread Pressure Rating L REF. Head Code Minimum Insertion
Depth (mm)
Welded 1/
2 - 14 NPT 200 psi (13.8 bar) 4.4" (112 mm) CH104 0* 47
Welded 1/
2 - 14 NPT 200 psi (13.8 bar) 4.2" (106 mm) CH106 1* 47
Welded G 1/2 200 psi (13.8 bar) 4.2" (107 mm) CH104 2* 47
Welded G 1/2 200 psi (13.8 bar) 4.0" (101 mm) CH106 3* 47
Adjustable spring-loaded 1/ - 14 NPT
2 50 psi (3.4 bar) 5.7" (144 mm) CH104 4 27
Adjustable spring-loaded 1/ - 14 NPT
2 50 psi (3.4 bar) 5.4" (138 mm) CH106 5 27
Adjustable spring-loaded G 1/2 50 psi (3.4 bar) 5.7" (144 mm) CH104 6 27
Adjustable spring-loaded G 1/2 50 psi (3.4 bar) 5.4" (138 mm) CH106 7 27
Fixed spring-loaded 1/ - 14 NPT
2 None 4.4" (112 mm) CH104 8** 27
Fixed spring-loaded 1/ - 14 NPT
2 None 4.2" (106 mm) CH106 9** 27
* 0.250 diameter only for all stainless and MgO probes (not available in tip-sensitive, 0.215" diameter or 0.236" diameter probes).
** 0.236 and 0.250 diameters only for fixed spring-loaded fittings.
Note: Connection head dimensions are found on pages 4-2 to 4-3.

Sensing elements Specification and order options

Element Code AS720 Assembly number from table
Single Dual 4 Connection head/fitting from table
Platinum (0.00392 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C PA PAPA PD Sensing element from table
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C PD PDPD 100 Insertion depth D (mm):
(Meets EN60751, Class B) See table for minimums
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.06% at 0°C PM PMPM X Leads per sensing element:
(Meets EN60751, Class A) Y = 2 leads (n/a for copper)
Z = 3 leads
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C PE PEPE X = 4 leads
Platinum (0.00375 TCR) 1000 Ω ±0.12% at 0°C PW PWPW 3 Conduit thread:
3 = 1/2 - 14 NPT
Copper (0.00427 TCR) 10 Ω ±0.2% at 25°C CA
4 = 3/4 - 14 NPT
(dual) 10 Ω ±0.5% at 25°C CCCC
AS7204PD100X3 = Sample part number
Nickel (0.00672 TCR) 120 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C NA NANA
Nickel (0.00618 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.22% at 0°C NB NBNB

Specifications subject to change

Page 2-11
Explosionproof/Flameproof
Thermocouple Sensors

L REF. INSERTION DEPTH D

27 mm MINIMUM
47 mm Welded

Ex d IIC
AEx d IIC

CONDUIT THREAD

Overview Explosionproof and flameproof ratings:

National and Canadian Electrical Code:
Explosionproof and flameproof rating for hazardous areas
Class I, Divisions 1 and 2, Groups B, C, and D,
where accurate temperature sensing is critical.
Class II, Groups E, F, and G,
• Tip sensitive, MgO filled probes available T6 (Ta = 40°C),
T2 (Ta = 260°C). Ta limited to 160°C for CSA Class II locations.
• Hazardous area rated
National Electrical Code (Article 505):
Class I, Zones 1 and 2, AEx d IIC,
Specifications T6 (Ta =40°C), T2 (Ta = 260°C).
Temperature range: -50 to 260°C (-58 to 500°F). Canadian Electrical Code (IEC 60079):
Zones 1 and 2, Ex d IIC,
Material: T6 (Ta = 40°C), T2 (Ta = 260°C).
Probe: Stainless steel (tip sensitive models have copper alloy tip).
Holder: Stainless steel. Special options: Higher temperature ranges.
Connection head:
Copper free aluminum alloy (CH104)
316L stainless steel (CH106).
Temperature Transmitters
Minco's Temptran™ RTD transmitters provide a 4 to 20 mA
Pressure rating: See table on next page.
signal or HART® Protocol that can be sent over long distances
Insulation resistance: 10 megohms min. at 100 VDC, leads to with a simple 2-wire system. See Section 5 for complete
case. Ungrounded junctions only. temperature transmitter specifications.
Connection: Terminal block for wires to 14 AWG. Contact Minco if transmitter is required

Time constant: Typical value in moving water.

Tip sensitive: Hazardous area requirements
Grounded 1.5 seconds. For more information on how to classify a hazardous
Ungrounded 7 seconds. area, methods of protection, and the various standards
MgO filled: and agencies (including FM, CSA, CENELEC and ATEX),
Grounded: 1.5 seconds. visit www.minco.com.
Ungrounded: 5.0 seconds.

Specifications subject to change

Page 2-12
Connection head and fitting options

ASSEMBLIES
CH104: Aluminum IP65, Type 3 and 4.
CH106: 316L stainless steel IP66, Type 3, 4, and 4X.

Fitting Process thread Pressure Rating L REF. Head Code Minimum Insertion
Depth (mm)
Welded 1/
2 - 14 NPT 200 psi (13.8 bar) 4.4" (112 mm) CH104 0* 47
Welded 1/
2 - 14 NPT 200 psi (13.8 bar) 4.2" (106 mm) CH106 1* 47
Welded G 1/2 200 psi (13.8 bar) 4.2" (107 mm) CH104 2* 47
Welded G 1/2 200 psi (13.8 bar) 4.0" (101 mm) CH106 3* 47
Adjustable spring-loaded 1/ - 14 NPT
2 50 psi (3.4 bar) 5.7" (144 mm) CH104 4 27
Adjustable spring-loaded 1/ - 14 NPT
2 50 psi (3.4 bar) 5.4" (138 mm) CH106 5 27
Adjustable spring-loaded G 1/2 50 psi (3.4 bar) 5.7" (144 mm) CH104 6 27
Adjustable spring-loaded G 1/2 50 psi (3.4 bar) 5.4" (138 mm) CH106 7 27
Fixed spring-loaded 1/ - 14 NPT
2 None 4.4" (112 mm) CH104 8** 27
Fixed spring-loaded 1/ - 14 NPT
2 None 4.2" (106 mm) CH106 9** 27
* Welded fitting only available with 0.250 Mg0 filled probes [minimum insertion (2.5” 63mm)]
** 0.236 and 0.250 diameters only for fixed spring-loaded fittings.
Note: Connection head dimensions are found on pages 4-2 to 4-3.

Assembly numbers
Probe diameters 0.215" (5.5 mm) 0.236" (6.0 mm) 0.250" (6.4 mm)
Number of elements Single Dual Single Dual Single Dual
Tip-sensitive AS766 AS767 AS706 AS707 AS726 AS727
MgO filled AS708 AS709 AS728 AS729

Specification and order options Junction types

AS706 Assembly number from table Thermocouple Junction Code
4 Connection head/fitting from table Single Dual
E Junction type from table Chromel-Constantan E EE
U Junction Grounding: Iron-Constantan J JJ
G = Grounded
Chromel-Alumel K KK
U = Ungrounded
Insertion depth D (mm): Copper-Constantan T TT
100
See table for minimums
P
3 Conduit thread:
3 = 1/2 - 14 NPT
4 = 3/4 - 14 NPT
AS7064EU100P3 = Sample part number

Specifications subject to change

Page 2-13
Explosionproof/Flameproof RTDs
with Transmitters
L REF. INSERTION DEPTH D
27 mm MINIMUM Ex d IIC
AEx d IIC

Temperature Transmitters
Minco’s Temptran™ RTD transmitters provide a 4 to 20 mA or
CONDUIT THREAD HART® Protocol signal that can be sent over long distances
with a simple 2-wire system.

Overview Leadwires:
2-lead RTD: TT211, TT520, TT521
• Tip sensitive, all stainless or MgO filled RTD probe
3-lead RTD: TT520, TT521
• Temptran™ transmitter for long signal path 4-lead RTD: TT520, TT521

Specifications Physical: Epoxy potted for moisture resistance.

Temperature range: -50 to 260°C (-58 to 500°F). See Section 5 for complete temperature transmitter
specifications.
Material:
Probe: Stainless steel (tip sensitive models have copper alloy tip).
Hazardous area requirements
Holder: Stainless steel.
Connection head: For more information on how to classify a hazardous
Copper free aluminum alloy (CH104) area, methods of protection, and the various standards
316L stainless steel (CH106). and agencies (including FM, CSA, CENELEC and ATEX),
visit www.minco.com.
Pressure rating: See table on next page.
Insulation resistance: 10 megohms min. at 100 VDC,
leads to case.
Connection: Terminal block for wires to 14 AWG.
Time constant: Typical value in moving water.
Tip sensitive:
Single element 1.5 seconds.
Dual element 5 seconds.
All stainless and MgO filled: 10 seconds.
Explosionproof and flameproof ratings:
National and Canadian Electrical Code:
Class I, Divisions 1 and 2, Groups B, C, and D,
Class II, Groups E, F, and G,
T6 (Ta = 40°C),
T2 (Ta = 260°C). Ta limited to 160°C for CSA Class II locations.
National Electrical Code (Article 505):
Class I, Zones 1 and 2, AEx d IIC,
T6 (Ta =40°C), T2 (Ta = 260°C).
Canadian Electrical Code (IEC 60079):
Zones 1 and 2, Ex d IIC,
T6 (Ta = 40°C), T2 (Ta = 260°C).
Specifications subject to change

Page 2-14
Connection head and fitting options
CH104: Aluminum IP65, Type 3 and 4. Temperature transmitter

ASSEMBLIES
CH106: 316L stainless steel IP66, Type 3, 4, and 4X. range codes
Fitting Process thread Pressure Rating L REF. Head Code Minimum Popular ranges below.
Insertion More range codes
Depth (mm) starting on page 5-20 and at
Welded 1/ - 14 NPT
2 200 psi (13.8 bar) 4.4" (112 mm) CH104 0* 47 www.minco.com
Welded 1/
2 - 14 NPT 200 psi (13.8 bar) 4.2" (106 mm) CH106 1* 47 Code Range
Welded G 1/2 200 psi (13.8 bar) 4.2" (107 mm) CH104 2* 47 EO -50 to 100°C -58 to 212°F
Welded G 1/2 200 psi (13.8 bar) 4.0" (101 mm) CH106 3* 47 BC -30 to 30°C -22 to 86°F
Adjustable 1/ - 14 NPT
2 50 psi (3.4 bar) 5.7" (144 mm) CH104 4 27 S -17.8 to 37.8°C 0 to 100°F
spring-loaded AC -17.8 to 93.3°C 0 to 200°F
Adjustable 1/
2 - 14 NPT 50 psi (3.4 bar) 5.4" (138 mm) CH106 5 27 AN -17.8 to 148.9°C 0 to 300°F
spring-loaded AG -17.8 to 260°C 0 to 500°F
Adjustable G 1/2 50 psi (3.4 bar) 5.7" (144 mm) CH104 6 27 AP -6.7 to 21.1°C 20 to 70°F
spring-loaded A -6.7 to 48.9°C 20 to 120°F
Adjustable G 1/2 50 psi (3.4 bar) 5.4" (138 mm) CH106 7 27 N 0 to 50°C 32 to 122°F
spring-loaded
C 0 to 100°C 32 to 212°F
Fixed 1/
2 - 14 NPT None 4.4" (112 mm) CH104 8** 27
J 0 to 150°C 32 to 302°F
spring-loaded
K 0 to 200°C 32 to 392°F
Fixed 1/
2 - 14 NPT None 4.2" (106 mm) CH106 9** 27
spring-loaded V 10 to 65.6°C 50 to 150°F
P 37.8 to 179.4°C 100 to 355°F
* 0.250 diameter only for all stainless and MgO probes.
(not available in tip-sensitive, 0.215" diameter or 0.236" diameter probes)
BH 50 to 150°C 122 to 302°F
** 0.236 and 0.250 diameters only for fixed spring-loaded fittings.
Note: Connection head dimensions are found on page 4-2.

Specification and order options

Assembly numbers AS720 Assembly number from table
4 Connection head/fitting from table
Probe diameters 0.215" (5.5 mm) 0.236" (6.0 mm) 0.250" (6.4 mm) PD Sensing element from table
Tip-sensitive AS760 AS700 AS720 100 Insertion depth D (mm):
All stainless AS762 AS702 AS722 See table for minimums
MgO filled AS704 AS724 2 Leads per sensing element:
Y = 2 leads (n/a for copper)
Z = 3 leads
Sensing elements X = 4 leads
Element Code: Single 3 Conduit thread:
3 = 1/2 - 14 NPT
Platinum (0.00392 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C PA
4 = 3/4 - 14 NPT
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C PD
(Meets EN60751, Class B) TT520 Temptran™ model number:
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.06% at 0°C PM TT211: Fixed Range (2-lead RTDs)
(Meets EN60751, Class A) TT520: Programmable (2, 3, & 4-lead RTDs)
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C PE TT521: HART Programmable (2, 3, & 4-lead RTDs)
Platinum (0.00375 TCR) 1000 Ω ±0.12% at 0°C PW N Temperature range code from table
Copper (0.00427 TCR) 10 Ω ±0.2% at 25°C CA 1 Calibration:
1 = Nominal calibration
Nickel (0.00672 TCR) 120 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C NA 2 = Match calibrated, 0.75% total system accuracy.
Nickel (0.00618 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.22% at 0°C NB For other calibration options, contact Minco
AS7204PD10023TT520N1 = Sample part number
Specifications subject to change

Page 2-15
Flameproof RTD Sensors –
Metric Dimensioned

L REF. INSERTION DEPTH D

(35 mm MINIMUM)
0344

PROBE Ø
PROCESS THREAD:
½ - 14 NPT (SHOWN) OR
II 2 G Ex d IIC T6 ISO 228/1-G ½

ATEX
CONDUIT THREAD

Overview Pressure rating:

Spring-loaded holder: 50 psi (3.4 bar).
Flameproof sensors are designed to contain an explosion as
Fluid seal fitting: 100 psi (6.9 bar).
well as prevent the transmission of an explosion to the
surrounding atmosphere. These sensors are suitable for use Insulation resistance: 100 megohms min. at 100 VDC,
in Zone 1 or Zone 2. leads to probe case.
• Approved for use in hazardous locations defined by IEC/EN Connection: Terminal block for wires up to AWG 14.
60079-0 and IEC/EN 60079-1, ATEX directive 94/9/EC (KEMA
Time constant: Typical value in moving water.
03 ATEX 2389 X), and II 2 G Ex d IIC T6
Tip sensitive:
• Features tip-sensitive, all stainless or MgO filled RTD probe for Single element 1.5 seconds.
fast response Dual element 7 seconds.
All stainless and MgO filled: 10 seconds.
• Spring-loaded holder ensures good probe contact
Special options: Higher temperature ranges.
• U.S. or metric threads

Specifications Hazardous area requirements

Temperature range: -50 to 260°C (-58 to 500°F). For more information on how to classify a hazardous
area, methods of protection, and the various standards
Material:
and agencies (including FM, CSA, CENELEC and ATEX),
Tip-sensitive probe: Stainless steel with copper alloy tip.
visit www.minco.com.
All stainless RTD: Stainless steel.
MgO filled RTD: Stainless steel.
Fittings: Stainless steel.
Connection head:
CH356: 316L stainless steel IP66, Type 3, 4, and 4X.
CH357: Aluminum alloy IP65, Type 3 and 4.
CH358: Epoxy coated aluminum alloy IP66, Type 3, 4, and 4X.

Specifications subject to change

Page 2-16
Fitting options
Process L REF.
Fitting Code Pressure Rating
Thread CH356 CH357/CH358

ASSEMBLIES
Fluid Seal 1/
2 - 14 NPT 4.6" (116 mm) 0* 50psi (3.4 bar)
Fluid Seal G 1/
2 4.4" (111 mm) 1* 50psi (3.4 bar)
Set screw spring-loaded 2 - 14 NPT 5.3" (135 mm) 5.6" (143 mm) 2 50psi (3.4 bar)
1/

Set screw spring-loaded G 1/

2 5.0" (128mm) 5.4" (136 mm) 3 50psi (3.4 bar)
Fixed spring-loaded 2 - 14 NPT 4.5" (115 mm) 4 None
1/

Welded 1/
2 - 14 NPT 4.2"(107 mm) 4.5" (115 mm) 6** 200psi (13.8 bar)
Welded G 1/2 4.0" (101 mm) 4.3" (109 mm) 7** 200psi (13.8 bar)
Release knob spring-loaded 2 - 14 NPT 5.4" (137 mm) 5.7" (145 mm) 8 50psi (3.4 bar)
1/

Release knob spring-loaded G 1/

2 5.2" (132 mm) 5.5" (140 mm) 9 50psi (3.4 bar)
* Not available with CH356 stainless steel connection head.
** 0.250" (6.4mm) for all stainless and MgO only (not available in tip-sensitive or 0.236" diameter models).

RTD Assembly Numbers

Connection Head CH356 Stainless CH357 Aluminum CH358 Epoxy Coated
Probe Diameters 0.236" (6.0mm) 0.250" (6.4mm) 0.236" (6.0mm) 0.250" (6.4mm) 0.236" (6.0mm) 0.250" (6.4mm)
Number of elements Single Dual Single Dual Single Dual Single Dual Single Dual Single Dual
Tip Sensitive AS800 AS801 AS810 AS811 AS830 AS831 AS840 AS841 AS860 AS861 AS870 AS871
All Stainless AS802 AS803 AS812 AS813 AS832 AS833 AS842 AS843 AS862 AS863 AS872 AS873
MgO Platinum AS804 AS814 AS815 AS834 AS844 AS845 AS864 AS874 AS875
Notes:
CH356: 316L stainless steel IP66, Type 3, 4, and 4X.
CH357: Aluminum alloy IP65, Type 3 and 4.
CH358: Epoxy coated aluminum alloy IP66, Type 3, 4, and 4X.
Get more information on connection heads on pages 4-2 to 4-3.

Sensing elements Specification and order options

Element Code AS800 Assembly number from table
Single Dual 4 Fitting from table
Platinum (0.00392 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C PA PAPA PD Sensing element from table
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C PD PDPD 100 Insertion depth D (in mm):
(Meets EN60751, Class B) (35-3000 mm)
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.06% at 0°C PM PMPM X Leads per sensing element:
(Meets EN60751, Class A) Y = 2 leads (n/a for copper)
Z = 3 leads
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C PE PEPE X = 4 leads (n/a for dual models)
Platinum (0.00375 TCR) 1000 Ω ±0.12% at 0°C PW PWPW 3 Conduit thread:
Copper (0.00427 TCR) 10 Ω ±0.2% at 25°C CA 3 = 1/2 - 14 NPT
4 = 3/4 - 14 NPT
(dual) 10 Ω ±0.5% at 25°C CCCC
5 = M20 x 1.5
Nickel (0.00672 TCR) 120 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C NA NANA
AS8004PD100X3 = Sample part number
Nickel (0.00618 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.22% at 0°C NB NBNB
Specifications subject to change

Page 2-17
Flameproof Thermocouple Sensors –
Metric Dimensioned
L REF. INSERTION DEPTH D
(35 mm MINIMUM)
0344

PROBE Ø
PROCESS THREAD:
½ - 14 NPT (SHOWN) OR
II 2 G Ex d IIC T6 ISO 228/1-G ½

ATEX
CONDUIT THREAD

Overview Time constant: Typical value in moving water.

Tip sensitive:
Flameproof sensors are designed to contain an explosion as
Single element 1.5 seconds.
well as prevent the transmission of an explosion to the
Dual element 7 seconds.
surrounding atmosphere. These sensors are suitable for use
All stainless and MgO filled: 10 seconds.
in Zone 1 or Zone 2.
Special options: Higher temperature ranges.
• Approved for use in hazardous locations defined by IEC/EN
60079-0 and IEC/EN 60079-1, ATEX directive 94/9/EC
(KEMA 03 ATEX 2389 X), and II 2 G Ex d IIC T6 Temperature Transmitters
• Features tip-sensitive or MgO filled Minco’s Temptran™ thermocouple transmitters provide
thermocouple probe for fast response a 4 to 20 mA signal or HART® Protocol that can be sent over
long distances with a simple 2-wire system. See Section 5 for
• Spring-loaded holder ensures good probe contact
complete temperature transmitter specifications.
• U.S. or metric threads
Contact Minco if transmitter is required.

Specifications Hazardous area requirements

Temperature range: -50 to 260°C (-58 to 500°F). For more information on how to classify a hazardous
area, methods of protection, and the various standards
Material: and agencies (including FM, CSA, CENELEC and ATEX),
Tip-sensitive probe: Stainless steel with copper alloy tip. visit www.minco.com.
MgO filled thermocouple: Stainless steel.
Fittings: Stainless steel.
Connection head:
CH356: 316L stainless steel IP66, Type 3, 4, and 4X.
CH357: Aluminum alloy IP65, Type 3 and 4.
CH358: Epoxy coated aluminum alloy IP66, Type 3, 4, and 4X.
Pressure rating:
Spring-loaded holder: 50 psi (3.4 bar).
Fluid seal fitting: 100 psi (6.9 bar).
Insulation resistance: 100 megohms min. at 100 VDC, leads to
probe case. Ungrounded junction models only on thermocouples.
Connection: Terminal block for wires up to AWG 14.

Specifications subject to change

Page 2-18
Fitting options
L REF.
Fitting Process Thread Code Pressure Rating
CH356 CH357/CH358

ASSEMBLIES
Fluid Seal 1/
2 - 14 NPT 4.6" (116 mm) 0* 50psi (3..4 bar)
Fluid Seal G 1/
2 4.4" (111 mm) 1* 50psi (3..4 bar)
Set screw spring-loaded 1/
2 - 14 NPT 5.3" (135 mm) 5.6" (143 mm) 2 50psi (3..4 bar)
Set screw spring-loaded G 1/
2 5.0" (128mm) 5.4" (136 mm) 3 50psi (3..4 bar)
Fixed spring-loaded 2 - 14 NPT 4.5" (115 mm) 4 None
1/

Welded 1/
2 - 14 NPT 4.2"(107 mm) 4.5" (115 mm) 6** 200psi (13.8 bar)
Welded G 1/2 4.0" (101 mm) 4.3" (109 mm) 7** 200psi (13.8 bar)
Release knob spring-loaded 1/
2 - 14 NPT 5.4" (137 mm) 5.7" (145 mm) 8 50psi (3..4 bar)
Release knob spring-loaded G 1/2 5.2" (132 mm) 5.5" (140 mm) 9 50psi (3..4 bar)
* Not available with CH356 stainless steel connection head.
** 0.250" (6.4mm) for MgO only (not available in tip-sensitive or 0.236" diameter models).

Thermocouple Assembly Numbers

Connection Head CH356 Stainless CH357 Aluminum CH358 Epoxy Coated
Probe Diameters 0.236" (6.0mm) 0.250" (6.4mm) 0.236" (6.0mm) 0.250" (6.4mm) 0.236" (6.0mm) 0.250" (6.4mm)
Number of elements Single Dual Single Dual Single Dual Single Dual Single Dual Single Dual
Tip Sensitive AS806 AS807 AS816 AS817 AS836 AS837 AS846 AS847 AS866 AS867 AS876 AS877
MgO AS808 AS809 AS818 AS819 AS838 AS839 AS848 AS849 AS868 AS869 AS878 AS879
Notes:
CH356: 316L stainless steel IP66, Type 3, 4, and 4X.
CH357: Aluminum alloy IP65, Type 3 and 4.
CH358: Epoxy coated aluminum alloy IP66, Type 3, 4, and 4X.
Get more information on connection heads on pages 4-2 to 4-3.

Junction types Specification and order options

Thermocouple Junction Code AS806 Assembly number from table
Single Dual 4 Fitting from table
Chromel-Constantan E EE
EE Junction type from table
Iron-Constantan J JJ
U Junction Grounding:
Chromel-Alumel K KK G = Grounded
Copper-Constantan T TT U = Ungrounded
450 Insertion depth D (in mm):
(35-3000 mm)
P
3 Conduit thread:
3 = 1/2 - 14 NPT
4 = 3/4 - 14 NPT
5 = M20 x 1.5
AS8064EEU450P3 = Sample part number

Specifications subject to change

Page 2-19
Flameproof RTDs With Transmitters –
Metric Dimensioned
L REF. INSERTION DEPTH D
(35 mm MINIMUM)
0344

PROBE Ø
PROCESS THREAD:
½ - 14 NPT (SHOWN) OR
ISO 228/1-G ½
II 2 G Ex d IIC T6

ATEX CONDUIT THREAD

Overview Temperature Transmitters

Flameproof sensors are designed to contain an explosion as Minco’s Temptran™ RTD transmitters provide a 4 to 20 mA or
well as prevent the transmission of an explosion to the HART® Protocol signal that can be sent over long distances
surrounding atmosphere. These sensors are suitable for use with a simple 2-wire system.
in Zone 1 or Zone 2.
Leadwires:
• Approved for use in hazardous locations defined by IEC/EN 2-lead RTD: TT211, TT520, TT521
60079-0 and IEC/EN 60079-1, ATEX directive 94/9/EC (KEMA 3-lead RTD: TT520, TT521
03 ATEX 2389 X), and II 2 G Ex d IIC T6 4-lead RTD: TT520, TT521
• Features tip-sensitive, all stainless or MgO filled RTD probe for Physical: Epoxy potted for moisture resistance.
fast response
See Section 5 for complete temperature transmitter
• Spring-loaded holder ensures good probe contact specifications.
• U.S. or metric threads

Specifications
Temperature range: -50 to 260°C (-58 to 500°F).
Material:
Tip-sensitive probe: Stainless steel with copper alloy tip.
All stainless RTD: Stainless steel.
MgO filled RTD: Stainless steel.
Fittings: Stainless steel.
Connection head:
CH356: 316L stainless steel IP66, Type 3, 4, and 4X.
CH357: Aluminum alloy IP65, Type 3 and 4.
CH358: Epoxy coated aluminum alloy IP66, Type 3, 4, and 4X. Hazardous area requirements
Pressure rating: For more information on how to classify a hazardous
Spring-loaded holder: 50 psi (3.4 bar). area, methods of protection, and the various standards
Fluid seal fitting: 100 psi (6.9 bar). and agencies (including FM, CSA, CENELEC and ATEX),
visit www.minco.com.
Insulation resistance: 100 megohms min. at 100 VDC, leads to
probe case.
Connection: Terminal block for wires to 14 AWG.
Time constant: Typical value in moving water.
Tip sensitive:
Single element 1.5 seconds.
All stainless and MgO filled: 10 seconds.

Specifications subject to change

Page 2-20
Fitting options
L REF.
Fitting Process Thread Code Pressure Rating
CH356 CH357/CH358

ASSEMBLIES
Fluid Seal 2 - 14 NPT 4.6" (116 mm) 0* 50psi (3.4 bar)
1/

Fluid Seal G 1/2 4.4" (111 mm) 1* 50psi (3.4 bar)

Set screw spring-loaded 1/ - 14 NPT 5.3" (135 mm) 5.6" (143 mm) 2 50psi (3.4 bar)
2

Set screw spring-loaded G 1/2 5.0" (128mm) 5.4" (136 mm) 3 50psi (3.4 bar)
Fixed spring-loaded 1/ - 14 NPT 4.5" (115 mm) 4 None
2

Welded 1/ - 14 NPT 4.2"(107 mm) 4.5" (115 mm) 6** 200psi (13.8 bar)
2

Welded G 1/2 4.0" (101 mm) 4.3" (109 mm) 7** 200psi (13.8 bar)
Release knob spring-loaded 1/ - 14 NPT 5.4" (137 mm) 5.7" (145 mm) 8 50psi (3.4 bar)
2

Release knob spring-loaded G 1/2 5.2" (132 mm) 5.5" (140 mm) 9 50psi (3.4 bar)
* Not available with CH356 stainless steel connection head. ** 0.250" (6.4mm) for all stainless and MgO only
(not available in tip-sensitive or 0.236" diameter models).
RTD Assembly Numbers
Connection Head CH356 Stainless CH357 Aluminum CH358 Epoxy Coated
Probe Diameters 0.236" (6.0mm) 0.250" (6.4mm) 0.236" (6.0mm) 0.250" (6.4mm) 0.236" (6.0mm) 0.250" (6.4mm)
Number of elements Single Single Single Single Single Single
Tip Sensitive AS800 AS810 AS830 AS840 AS860 AS870
All Stainless AS802 AS812 AS832 AS842 AS862 AS872
MgO Platinum AS804 AS814 AS834 AS844 AS864 AS874
Notes:
CH356: 316L stainless steel IP66, Type 3, 4, and 4X. Sensing elements
CH357: Aluminum alloy IP65, Type 3 and 4.
CH358: Epoxy coated aluminum alloy IP66, Type 3, 4, and 4X.
RTD sensing element Code
Get more information on connection heads on pages 4-2 to 4-3. Platinum (0.00392 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C PA
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C PD
Temperature transmitter range codes (Meets EN60751, Class B)
Popular ranges below. More range codes on pages 5-20 Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C PE
and at www.minco.com
Specification and order options
Code Range
AS800 Assembly number from table
EO -50 to 100°C -58 to 212°F
4 Fitting from table
BC -30 to 30°C -22 to 86°F
PD Sensing element from table
S -17.8 to 37.8°C 0 to 100°F 100 Insertion depth D (in mm): (35-3000 mm)
AC -17.8 to 93.3°C 0 to 200°F 2 Leads per sensing element:
AN -17.8 to 148.9°C 0 to 300°F Y = 2 leads (n/a for copper)
AG -17.8 to 260°C 0 to 500°F Z = 3 leads
X = 4 leads
AP -6.7 to 21.1°C 20 to 70°F
3 Conduit thread:
A -6.7 to 48.9°C 20 to 120°F 3 = 1/2 - 14 NPT
N 0 to 50°C 32 to 122°F 4 = 3/4 - 14 NPT
C 0 to 100°C 32 to 212°F 5 = M20 x 1.5
J 0 to 150°C 32 to 302°F TT520 Temptran™ model number:
K 0 to 200°C 32 to 392°F TT211: Fixed Range (2-lead RTDs)
TT520: Programmable (2, 3, & 4-lead RTDs)
V 10 to 65.6°C 50 to 150°F
TT521: HART® Programmable (2, 3, & 4-lead RTDs)
P 37.8 to 179.4°C 100 to 355°F
N Temperature range code from table
BH 50 to 150°C 122 to 302°F
1 Calibration:
1 = Nominal calibration
2 = Match calibrated, 0.75% total system accuracy.
For other calibration options, contact Minco
AS8004PD10023TT520N1 = Sample part number
Specifications subject to change

Page 2-21
Eurostyle Sensors

4.2" (107 mm) MAX. THERMOWELL LENGTH U

0.375" (9.5 mm)

PROCESS DIAMETER
THREAD

CABLE GLAND

Overview Specifications
These low priced assemblies come complete with thermowells, Temperature range: -50 to 260°C (-58 to 500°F).
spring-loaded probes, and connection heads. They provide
accurate sensing and quick response in liquid or air streams. Material:
Specify U.S. or metric thread for global compatibility. Probe: Stainless steel with copper alloy tip.
Connection head: Cast aluminum.
• Compact, economical RTD or thermocouple assembly Thermowell: 300 series stainless steel.
• Metric straight thread or U.S. tapered thread Pressure rating: 2755 psi (190 bar) at 25°C, reducing to 493 psi
• Tip-sensitive probe for use to 260°C (500°F) (34 bar) at 600°C.

• Optional European Form B connection head to DIN 43729 Insulation resistance: 10 megohms min. at 100 VDC, leads to
case. Ungrounded junctions only on thermocouples.
• Stainless steel thermowell
Connection: Terminal block for wires to 14 AWG.
Time constant: Typical in moving water:
Temperature Transmitters RTD: 35 seconds.
Minco’s Temptran™ RTD transmitters provide a 4 to 20 mA Thermocouple: 27 seconds.
signal or HART® Protocol that can be sent over long distances
with a simple 2-wire system. See Section 5 for complete
temperature transmitter specifications.
Special high-accuracy calibration: For high system accuracy,
specify transmitters with matched calibration. Calibration data
traceable to NIST will also be provided. Get more information
on page 5-22.

Specifications subject to change

Page 2-22
Sensing elements Thermocouple specification and order options

ASSEMBLIES
RTD sensing element Code AS5245 Assembly number:
Platinum (0.00392 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C PA AS5245: Single junction TC
AS5246: Dual junction TC
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C PD
E Junction type:
(Meets EN60751, Class B) E = Chromel-Constantan
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C PE J = Iron-Constantan
Copper 10 Ω ±0.2% at 25°C CA K = Chromel-Alumel
(dual) (0.00427 TCR) 10 Ω ±0.5% at 25°C T = Copper-Constantan
CC
G Junction grounding:
Nickel (0.00672 TCR) 120 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C NA G = Grounded
U = Ungrounded
135 TW length U in 0.1" increments
Specify in 0.1" increments
RTD specification and order options [Ex: 135 = 13.5 inches (343 mm)]
P
AS5240 Assembly number:
AS5240: Single element RTD 3 Conduit thread:
1 = 1/2 - 14 NPT
AS5241: Dual element RTD
2 = 3/4 - 14 NPT
PD Sensing element from table
3 = PG cable gland (Eurostyle only)
40 TW length U in 0.1" increments
[Ex: 40 = 4.0 inches (102 mm)] E Connection head:
A = Standard aluminum head
Z Leads per sensing element: E = Eurostyle aluminum head
Y = 2 leads
Z = 3 leads (required for CA/CC) 3 TW process thread:
1 = 1/2 - 14 NPT
X = 4 leads (single element only)
2 = 3/4 - 14 NPT
2 Conduit thread:
1 = 1/2 - 14 NPT 3 = ISO 228/1 - G 1/2
2 = 3/4 - 14 NPT To order sensor assembly, stop here.
3 = PG cable gland (Eurostyle only) To order with transmitters, add:
A Connection head: TT520 Temptran™ model:
A = Standard aluminum head 520 = TT520: Programmable, Hockey Puck
E = Eurostyle aluminum head 521 = TT521: HART® Programmable, Hockey Puck
1 TW process thread: A Temperature range codes starting on page 5-20
1 = 1/2 - 14 NPT or at www.minco.com
2 = 3/4 - 14 NPT AS5245EG135P3E3520A = Sample part number
3 = ISO 228/1 - G 1/2
To order sensor assembly, stop here.
To order with transmitters, add:
TT520 Temptran™ model:
TT520: Programmable (2, 3, & 4-lead RTDs)
TT521: HART® Programmable (2, 3, & 4-lead RTDs)
A Temperature range codes starting on page 5-20 or
at www.minco.com
1 Calibration:
1 = Nominal calibration
2 = Match calibrated, 0.75% total system accuracy.
For other calibration options, contact Minco
AS5240PD40Z2A1TT520A1 = Sample part number

Specifications subject to change

Page 2-23
Specifying Custom Assemblies

The standard assemblies in this section will fit a wide variety of 4. Attach a connection head
installations. However, for more versatility you can create new
Finish off your assembly with a connection head for termina-
assemblies from the probes, accessories, and transmitters in
tion to remote extension wires. See page 4-2 for specifications.
the pages listed.
Factors to consider are:
Follow these steps:
• Connection head size
1. Choose a probe • Temperature rating
Select an RTD or thermocouple from Section 3. The section
includes tip-sensitive, high temperature, and fast response • Correct pipe threads for fitting and conduit
models. Some have integral fittings or bayonet lockcaps. • Number of terminals or wire nuts
Factors to consider are: • Hazardous area requirements
• Temperature rating
5. Install a transmitter
• Compatibility with receiving instruments Transmitters convert sensor output to a 4 to 20 mA current
• Probe style and diameter signal, immune to leadwire resistance. See Section 5 for RTD
and thermocouple transmitters.
• Accuracy vs. cost
Factors to consider are:
2. Add a fitting • Transmitter accepts sensor input
See Section 4 for probe mounting fittings. Adjustable fittings,
combined with cut-to-length probes, allow instant fabrication of • Transmitter fits connection head
assemblies to any length required. Included are spring-loaded • Ambient temperature range acceptable
holders, pressure fittings, and bayonet-style fittings.
6. How to calculate probe length
Factors to consider are:
All Minco fittings have probe length adders to help you deter-
• Temperature rating mine total probe length. Total length L is the insertion depth D
• Probe diameter plus the adder A.
PROBE CASE LENGTH L
• Correct NPT threads
ADDER A INSERTION DEPTH D

• Pressure ratings
• Compatibility with environment

3. Select a thermowell Thermowell drawings show an adder to convert thermowell

Thermowells protect sensors from the effects of fluid flow and length U to insertion depth D. Then use D plus the fitting adder
pressure. See Section 4 for a variety of well styles and materials. A to find total probe length L.
THERMOWELL LENGTH U
Factors to consider are:
• Pressure rating
• Compatibility with fluid media ADDER A INSERTION DEPTH D
PROBE CASE LENGTH L
• Insertion depth
• Correct NPT thread

Specifications subject to change

Page 2-24
 SECTION 3: PROBES

• RTDs and thermocouples in a variety of configurations for easy installation

• Tip-sensitive and fast response probes for quick and accurate temperature sensing
• High temperature probes to 650°C for extreme environments
• Single and dual elements offer high reliability
• Cut-to-length models are marked with (see page 3-18 for instructions)

Tip-sensitive RTDs and thermocouples. . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 to 3-3 Mineral-insulated RTDs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13

Fast Response RTDs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 to 3-5 Compact plug sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Bayonet mount tip-sensitive RTDs, thermocouples. . . . . . . . . Integrated sensor transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 to 3-7 Conductivity level sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 to 3-17
Electrically isolated RTDs, thermocouples . . . . . . . . 3-8 to 3-9 How to shorten cut-to-length probes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
550°C RTDs, thermocouples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 to 3-11 PFA, FEP encapsulation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
600°C RTDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12

Page 3-1
Tip-sensitive RTDs & Thermocouples

Overview Insulation resistance:

Thermocouple: 10 megohms minimum at 100 VDC,
The probe sensing tip is constructed of copper alloy which is
leads to case, ungrounded junctions only.
twenty times more conductive than stainless steel. The sensors
RTD:
react more quickly to changes and indicate tip temperature
• Single element probes: 1000 megohms min. at 500 VDC,
instead of stem temperature. The result is better accuracy in
leads to case.
thermowells, bearings, and other installations. Minco recom-
• Dual element probes: 100 megohms min. at 100 VDC,
mends 0.250" diameter probes for use in thermowells.
between elements and leads to case.
• Copper alloy tip for fast response
Vibration:
• Accurate sensing to 260°C (500°F)
Withstands 10 to 2000 Hz at 20 G’s min. per MIL-STD-202,
• Non-armor models can be user-shortened Method 204, Test Condition D.
Shock:
Specifications Withstands 100 G’s min. sine wave shock of
Temperature range: 8 milliseconds duration.
Thermocouple: -184 to 260°C (-300 to 500°F).
RTD: -50 to 260°C (-58 to 500°F). Model numbers: Thermocouples
Case: Model for probe diameter:
Stainless steel with copper alloy tip. 0.188" 0.215" 0.250"
(4.8 mm) (5.5 mm) (6.4 mm)
Minimum case length: Single junction TC354 TC356 TC358
Thermocouple: 2.5" (63.5 mm). Dual junction TC355 TC357 TC359
RTD: • Single element probes: 2.8" (71.1 mm).
• Dual element probes: 4.0" (101.6 mm).
Specification and order options: Thermocouples
Maximum case length:
48" (1220 mm), longer on special order. TC356 Model number from table
Leads: T Junction type:
E = Chromel-Constantan
Thermocouple: Solid thermocouple wire, AWG 20
J = Iron-Constantan
(except AWG 24 on model TC355). Specify PTFE insulation,
K = Chromel-Alumel
stainless steel overbraid, or stainless steel armor.
T = Copper-Constantan
RTD: 2, 3, or 4 leadwires, stranded copper with PTFE
insulation. AWG 22, except 0.188" diameter dual probes G Junction grounding:
G = Grounded
AWG 24. For 2-lead RTDs add 0.03 Ω per foot (0.05 Ω per
U = Ungrounded
foot for 0.188" diameter dual probes) of combined case
and lead length to element tolerance. Copper (CA, CC) 200 Case length:
Specify in 0.1" increments: Ex: 200 = 20.0 inches
models must have 3 leads.
S Covering over leadwires:
Time constant: T = PTFE only
Thermocouple: Typical value in moving water: G = Glass braid only
• Grounded junction: 1.5 seconds. S = Stainless steel overbraid
• Ungrounded junction: 7 seconds. A = Stainless steel armor
RTD: 24 Lead length in inches
• 2.0 seconds typical in moving water. TC356TG200S24 = Sample part number
• 3.0 seconds for dual element models.
Pressure rating:
100 psi (6.9 bar).
Specifications subject to change

Page 3-2
Model numbers: RTD’s

PROBES
Element Model for probe diameter:
0.188" 0.215" 0.250" STOCKED PARTS AVAILABLE
(4.8 mm) (5.5 mm) (6.4 mm)
Single element RTDs: No armor over leads
Platinum (0.00392 TCR)
S54PA S51PA S53PA
100 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) Specification and order options: RTD’s
100 Ω ±0.06% at 0°C S56NA Model number from table
S554PM S551PM S553PM
(Meets EN60751,
Class A) 125 Case length:
Specify in 0.1" increments
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) (Ex: 125 = 12.5 inches)
100 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C
S854PD S851PD S853PD Y # of leads per sensing element:
(Meets EN60751, Y = 2 leads
Class B)
Z = 3 leads (req’d for copper elements)
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) X= 4 leads (PD only)
S884PE S881PE S883PE
100 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C
36 Lead length in inches
Copper (0.00427 TCR)
S54CA S51CA S53CA S56NA125Y36 = Sample part number
10 Ω ±0.2% at 25°C
Nickel (0.00672)
S54NA S51NA S53NA
120 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C
Single element RTDs: With armor over leads

Add element code

S154__ S151__ S153__
(Ex: S154__ =S154NA)
Dual element RTDs: No armor over leads
Platinum (0.00392 TCR)
S59PA S56PA S57PA
100 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C
Platinum (0.00385 TCR)
100 Ω ±0.06% at 0°C
S559PM S856PM S557PM
(Meets EN60751,
Class A)
Platinum (0.00385 TCR)
100 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C
S859PD S856PD S857PD
(Meets EN60751,
Class B)
Platinum (0.00385 TCR)
S889PE S886PE S887PE
100 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C
Copper (0.00427 TCR)
S56CC S57CC
10 Ω ±0.5% at 25°C
Nickel (0.00672)
S59NA S56NA S57NA
120 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C
Dual element RTDs: With armor over leads
Add element code
S159__ S156__ S157__
(Ex: S159__ =S159NA)

Specifications subject to change

Page 3-3
Fast Response RTDs
Sensing elements
RTD sensing element Code
Platinum (0.00392 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C PA
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C PD
(Meets EN60751, Class B)
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C PE
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 1000 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C PF
(N/A for model S602)
Copper (0.00427 TCR) 10 Ω ±0.2% at 25°C CA
Nickel (0.00672 TCR) 120 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C NA
S601, S603
Overview Specification and order options:
These probes have rugged stainless steel cases for use in high
Fast response probes
pressures or corrosive fluids. Yet their time constants are com-
Specify 0.125" or 0.188" for fastest response, 0.250" or 0.215"
parable to copper-tipped probes at 2 to 4 seconds, compared
for greater strength and cut-to-length capability (PTFE and SS
to 8 to 10 seconds for other all-stainless probes.
braid models).
• All-stainless steel probes for use to 260°C (500°F)
S604 Model number:
• Unique low-mass element reacts quickly to temperature changes S601: Ø 0.215" (5.5 mm) Cut-to-length probe
S602: Ø 0.125" (3.2 mm)
• Non-armor models can be user-shortened
S603: Ø 0.250" (6.4 mm) Cut-to-length probe
S604: Ø 0.188" (4.8 mm)
Specifications
PD Sensing element from table
Temperature range: -269 to 260°C (-452 to 500°F).
140 Case length:
Case material: Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 140 = 14.0 inches)
S601, S603, S604: 316 stainless steel. X Number of leadwires:
Y = 2 leads
S602, S614: 304/305 stainless steel.
Z = 3 leads (required for copper elements)
Case length: X = 4 leads (PD only)
Minimum case length: 36 Lead length in inches
S602, S604: 2.0" (50.8 mm) with PTFE insulated leads; T Covering over leadwires: (S, A not available on S602)
3.0" (76.2 mm) with SS braid over leads. T = PTFE only S = Stainless steel braid
S601, S603: 3.0" (76.2 mm). A = Stainless steel armor
Maximum case length: S604PD140X36T = Sample part number
48" (1220 mm), longer on special order.
Time constant: Typical in moving water: Short probes
S602, S604, S614: 2 seconds. S614 Model number (case with fixed length of 2.4" (61 mm))
S601: 3 seconds. PA Sensing element from table
S603: 4 seconds. Z Number of leadwires:
Pressure rating: 1500 psi (103 bar). Y = 2 leads
Z = 3 leads (required for copper elements)
Leads: 2, 3, or 4 leadwires, AWG 22, stranded copper with PTFE X = 4 leads (PD only)
insulation, stainless steel braid, or stainless steel armor. 12 Lead length in inches
For 2-lead RTDs add 0.03 Ω per foot of combined S Covering over leadwires:
case and lead length to element tolerance T = PTFE only S = Stainless steel braid
(model S602 has AWG 26; add 0.08 Ω per S614PAZ12S = Sample part number
foot for 2-lead).
Insulation resistance: 1000 megohms
minimum at 500 VDC, leads to case.
Vibration: Withstands 10 to 2000 Hz
at 20 G’s minimum per MIL-STD-202,
STOCKED PARTS AVAILABLE
Method 204, Test Condition D.
Shock: Withstands 100 G’s
minimum sine wave shock
of 8 milliseconds duration.
Specifications subject to change

Page 3-4
Fast Response Immersion RTDs
Sensing elements
RTD sensing element Code
Platinum (0.00392 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C PA
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C PD
(Meets EN60751, Class B)
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C PE
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 1000 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C PF
(N/A for model S602)
Copper (0.00427 TCR) 10 Ω ±0.2% at 25°C CA

PROBES
Nickel (0.00672 TCR) 120 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C NA

Overview Specification and order options:

You can mount these probes directly in fluid streams for accu-
Immersion probes
rate, reliable sensing. Time constant is just 2 seconds, compared
These probes have welded fittings to mount directly into
to 10 seconds for an ordinary stainless probe or up to 50 seconds
fluid vessels. Add a connection head for termination of
for a thermowell. The result is more accurate monitoring of
extension leads.
dynamic processes.
S623 Model number:
• Stainless steel probes for use to 260°C (500°F) S623: 1/2 - 14 NPT thread [2]
S628: ISO 228/1-G1/2 process thread
• Pressure rating 1500 psi (103 bar)
(1/2 - 14 NPT on leads end)
• Quick reaction to changing fluid and gas temperatures PF Sensing element from table
60 Case length:
• NPT (U.S.) or metric threads
Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 60 = 6.0 inches)
Specifications Y Number of leads:
Y = 2 leads X = 4 leads (PD only)
Temperature range: -269 to 260°C (-452 to 500°F). Z = 3 leads (required for copper elements)
72 Lead length in inches
Case material:
A Covering over leadwires:
S623, S628: 316 stainless steel. T = PTFE only A = Stainless steel armor
S634, S639: 304/305 stainless steel. S = Stainless steel braid
Case length: S623PF60Y72A = Sample part number
Minimum case length: 1.5" (38.1 mm). Plug type sensors
Maximum case length: 48" (1220 mm), longer on special order. Save space and get accurate readings with this compact,
Time constant: Typical value in moving water: easy-to-install probe.
S623, S628: 4 seconds. S634 Model number:
S634, S639: 2 seconds. S634: 1/2 - 14 NPT thread
S639: ISO 228/1-G1/2 thread
Pressure rating: 1500 psi (103 bar). NA Sensing element from table
Leads: 2, 3, or 4 leadwires, AWG 22, stranded copper with PTFE Y Number of leads:
Y = 2 leads X = 4 leads (PD only)
insulation, stainless steel braid, or stainless steel armor.
Z = 3 leads (required for copper elements)
For 2-lead RTDs add 0.03 Ω per foot of combined case and lead
24 Lead length in inches
length to element tolerance.
T Covering over leadwires:
Insulation resistance: 1000 megohms T = PTFE only S = Stainless steel braid
minimum at 500 VDC, leads to case. S634NAY24T = Sample part number

Vibration: Withstands 10 to 2000 Hz

at 20 G’s minimum per MIL-STD-202,
Method 204, Test Condition D.
Shock: Withstands 100 G’s minimum sine
STOCKED PARTS AVAILABLE
wave shock of 8 milliseconds duration.

Specifications subject to change

Page 3-5
Bayonet Mount Tip-sensitive RTDs

Overview Model numbers

Bayonet mounting provides easy and inexpensive spring- RTD sensing element Model
loaded installation of probes into solids. All models have Platinum (0.00392 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C S44PA
a copper alloy tip for fast time response and increased tip Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C S844PD
sensitivity. (Meets EN60751, Class B)
See page 4-9 for bayonet fittings or page 4-10 for metric Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C S874PE
fittings. Copper (0.00427 TCR) 10 Ω ±0.2% at 25°C S44CA
• Lockcap and spring for twist-and-release spring-loading Nickel (0.00672 TCR) 120 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C S44NA

• Accurate sensing to 260°C (500°F)

Specification and order options

Specifications S874PE Model number from table

Temperature range: -50 to 260°C (-58 to 500°F). 110 Case length:
Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 110 = 11.0 inches)
Case: Stainless steel with copper alloy tip. Y Number of leads:
Minimum case length: 3.0" (76.2 mm). Y = 2 leads
Maximum case length: 48" (1220 mm), longer on special order. Z = 3 leads (required for copper elements)
X = 4 leads (PD only)
Time constant: 2 seconds typical in moving water. 36 Lead length in inches
Leads: 2, 3, or 4 leadwires, AWG 22, stranded copper with PTFE S874PE110Y36 = Sample part number
insulation, stainless steel armor, and 1/2" conduit connector. For
2-lead RTDs add 0.03 Ω per foot of combined case and lead
length to element tolerance.
Insulation resistance: 1000 megohms min. at 500 VDC,
leads to case.
Vibration: Withstands 10 to 2000 Hz at 20 G’s minimum per
MIL-STD-202, Method 204, Test Condition D.
Shock: Withstands 100 G’s minimum sine wave shock of
8 milliseconds duration.

Specifications subject to change

Page 3-6
Bayonet Mount Tip-sensitive Thermocouples

PROBES
Overview Specification and order options
Bayonet mounting provides easy and inexpensive spring-
TC360 Model number:
loaded installation of probes into solids. All models have TC360 = Single junction
a copper alloy tip for fast time response and increased tip TC361 = Dual junction
sensitivity. E Junction type:
E = Chromel-Constantan
See page 4-9 for bayonet fittings or page 4-10 for metric J = Iron-Constantan
fittings. K = Chromel-Alumel
• Lockcap and spring for twist-and-release spring-loading T = Copper-Constantan
G Junction grounding:
• Accurate sensing to 260°C (500°F) G = Grounded
U = Ungrounded
95 Case length:
Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 95 = 9.5 inches)
Specifications
A Covering over leadwires:
Temperature range: -50 to 260°C (-58 to 500°F). T = PTFE only
G = Glass braid
Case: Stainless steel with copper alloy tip.
A = Stainless steel armor
Minimum case length: 3.0" (76.2 mm).
S = Stainless steel overbraid
Maximum case length: 48" (1220 mm), longer on special order.
12 Lead length in inches
Leads: Solid thermocouple wire, AWG 20 (single) or AWG 24 TC360EG95A12 = Sample part number
(dual). Specify PTFE insulation, glass braid insulation, stainless
steel braid over glass braid, or stainless steel armor over PTFE.
Time constant: Typical value in moving water:
Grounded junction: 1.5 seconds.
Ungrounded junction: 7 seconds.
Insulation resistance: 10 megohms minimum at 100 VDC,
leads to case, ungrounded junctions only.
Vibration: Withstands 10 to 2000 Hz at 20 G’s minimum per
MIL-STD-202, Method 204, Test Condition D.
Shock: Withstands 100 G’s minimum sine wave shock of
8 milliseconds duration.

Specifications subject to change

Page 3-7
Electrically Isolated RTDs

LEAD LENGTH CASE LENGTH

3.0" (76 mm) RTD STAINLESS PROBE

ISOLATION 0.215" (5.5 mm)

INSULATOR DIAMETER

Overview Specification and order options

• Electrically isolated sensing tip for “hot” bearings S52CA Model number from isolated tip table
• Accurate sensing to 260°C (500°F) 355 Case length:
Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 355 = 35.5 inches)
• Copper alloy tip for fast time response and increased tip Z Number of leads:
sensitivity Y = 2 leads
Z = 3 leads (required for copper elements)
Specifications X = 4 leads (PD only)
Dielectric strength of isolation insulator: 1000 volts RMS at 36 Lead length in inches
60 Hz for 30 seconds, between case sections, 1 mA max. S52CA355Z36 = Sample part number
leakage current.
Pressure rating: 30 psi (2.1 bar).
Vibration: Withstands 10 to 2000 Hz at 20 G’s minimum per
MIL-STD-202, Method 204, Test Condition D.
Shock: Withstands 100 G’s minimum sine wave shock of
STOCKED PARTS AVAILABLE
8 milliseconds duration.

Isolated tip RTDs

RTD sensing element Model
Platinum (0.00392 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C S52PA
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C S852PD
(Meets EN60751, Class B)
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C S882PE
Copper (0.00427 TCR) 10 Ω ±0.2% at 25°C S52CA
Nickel (0.00672 TCR) 120 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C S52NA
Temperature Range: -50 to 260°C (-58 to 500°F).
Case: Stainless steel with copper alloy tip.
Minimum case length: 4.0" (101.6 mm).
Maximum case length: 48" (1220 mm), longer on special order.
Leads: 2, 3, or 4 leadwires, AWG 22, stranded copper with PTFE
insulation. For 2-lead RTDs add 0.03 Ω per foot of combined
case and lead length to element tolerance.
Time constant: 2 seconds typical in moving water.
Insulation resistance: 1000 megohms min. at 500 VDC,
leads to case.

Specifications subject to change

Page 3-8
Electrically Isolated Thermocouples

10" (254 mm) LEAD LENGTH CASE LENGTH

3.0" (76 mm) THERMOCOUPLE PROBE

ISOLATION 0.188" (4.8 mm)

INSULATOR DIAMETER

Overview

PROBES
• Electrically isolated sensing tip for “hot” bearings Time constant: Typical value in moving water:
Grounded junction: 1.5 seconds.
• Accurate sensing to 260°C (500°F)
Ungrounded junction: 7 seconds.
• Copper alloy tip for fast time response and increased tip sensitivity
Insulation resistance: 10 megohms min. at 100 VDC, leads to
case, ungrounded junctions only.

Specifications
Specification and order options
Dielectric strength of isolation insulator: 1000 volts RMS at 60
Hz for 30 seconds, between case sections, 1 mA max. leakage TC2198 Model number: TC2198
current. E Junction type:
E = Chromel-Constantan
Pressure rating: 30 psi (2.1 bar).
J = Iron-Constantan
Vibration: Withstands 10 to 2000 Hz at 20 G’s minimum per K = Chromel-Alumel
MIL-STD-202, Method 204, Test Condition D. T = Copper-Constantan
U Junction grounding:
Shock: Withstands 100 G’s minimum sine wave shock of G = Grounded
8 milliseconds duration. U = Ungrounded
Temperature Range: -50 to 260°C (-58 to 500°F). 225 Case length:
Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 225 = 22.5 inches)
Case: Stainless steel with copper alloy tip. T Covering over leadwires:
Minimum case length: 4.0" (101.6 mm). T = PTFE only
A = Stainless steel armor plus shrink tubing
Maximum case length: 48" (1220 mm), longer on special order.
S = SS braid over PTFE (5" min. case length)
Leads: Solid thermocouple wire, AWG 20 (AWG 24 for stainless 48 Lead length in inches
steel braid option). Specify PTFE insulation or PTFE with stainless TC2198EU225T48 = Sample part number
steel armor and shrink tubing over all.

Specifications subject to change

Page 3-9
550°C RTD Probes

Overview Time constant: 10 seconds typical in moving water.

Install these probes in steam lines, exhaust gases, or wherever Insulation resistance: 10 megohms min. at 100 VDC,
you need precise readings of elevated temperatures. RTD leads to case.
probes feature high temperature ceramic elements, assembled
into stainless steel cases in a configuration that provides long-
Model numbers:
term reliable service.
Straight probe: Ø 0.188" (4.8 mm)
Models S80 and S81 can be shortened by the user. You can Element Model
stock standard lengths and cut them to the size required with Platinum (0.00391 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C S71PB
an ordinary tubing cutter. Platinum (0.00385 TCR)* 100 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C S72PD
Bayonet-style probes have a lockcap and spring for spring- Bayonet probe: Ø 0.188" (4.8 mm)
loaded installation. See page 4-9 for more information on Element Model
bayonet fittings. Platinum (0.00391 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C S73PB
• 0.250" diameter cut-to-length RTDs Platinum (0.00385 TCR)* 100 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C S74PD

• 0.188" diameter straight and bayonet RTDs Cut-to-length: Ø 0.250" (6.4 mm)
Element Model
Specifications Platinum (0.00391 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C S80PB
Temperature range: Platinum (0.00385 TCR)* 100 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C S81PD
-100 to 550°C (-148 to 1022°F). *Meets EN60751, Class B
Leadwires: 500°C (932°F) max.
Specification and order options
Case: 316 stainless steel.
Minimum case length: S74PD Model number from table
0.250" diameter: S80, S81: 4.0" (101.6 mm). 145 Case length:
Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 145 = 14.5 inches)
0.188" diameter: S71, S72: 2.0" (50.8 mm)
Z Number of leads:
S73, S74: 3.0" (76.2 mm).
Y = 2 leads Z = 3 leads
Maximum case length: 48" (1220 mm), longer
6 Lead length in inches
on special order.
S74PD145Z6 = Sample part number
Pressure rating: 1500 psi (103 bar).
Vibration: Withstands 10 to 2000 Hz at 20 G’s
minimum per MIL-STD-202, Method 204, Test
Condition D.
STOCKED PARTS AVAILABLE
Shock: Withstands 100 G’s minimum sine wave
shock of 8 milliseconds duration.
Leads: 2 or 3 leadwires, AWG 22, stranded copper
with mica/glass insulation. For 2-lead RTDs add
0.04 Ω per foot of combined case and lead length
to element tolerance.
Specifications subject to change

Page 3-10
550°C Thermocouple Probes

LEAD LENGTH CASE LENGTH BAYONET PROBE

0.280" (7.1 mm) 0.188" (4.8 mm)

DIAMETER DIAMETER

4" (102 mm) LEAD LENGTH CASE LENGTH STRAIGHT PROBE

PROBES
ARMOR OPTION SHOWN 0.188" (4.8 mm)
DIAMETER

Overview Specification and order options

Install these probes in steam lines, exhaust gases, or wherever TC173 Model number:
you need precise readings of elevated temperatures. TC173: Straight probe
TC171: Bayonet mount
Bayonet-style probes have a lockcap and spring for spring-
loaded installation. See page 4-9 for more information on J Junction type:
E = Chromel-Constantan
bayonet fittings.
J = Iron-Constantan
K = Chromel-Alumel
Specifications T = Copper-Constantan
U Junction grounding:
Temperature range: G = Grounded
-100 to 550°C (-148 to 1022°F). U = Ungrounded
Leadwires: 500°C (932°F) max. 45 Case length:
Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 45 = 4.5 inches)
Case: 316 stainless steel.
G Covering over leadwires:
Minimum case length: 2.5" (63.5 mm) G = Glass braid only
Maximum case length: 48" (1220 mm), longer on special order. S = Stainless steel overbraid
A = Stainless steel armor
Pressure rating: 1500 psi (103 bar).
24 Lead length in inches
Vibration: Withstands 10 to 2000 Hz at 20 G’s minimum per
TC173JU45G24 = Sample part number
MIL-STD-202, Method 204, Test Condition D.
Shock: Withstands 100 G’s minimum sine wave shock of
8 milliseconds duration.
Leads: Solid thermocouple wire, AWG 20. Specify glass braid
insulation, stainless steel overbraid, or stainless steel armor.
Time constant: 7 seconds typical in moving water.
Insulation resistance: 10 megohms minimum at 100 VDC,
leads to case, ungrounded junctions only.

Specifications subject to change

Page 3-11
600°C RTDs
LEAD LENGTH CASE LENGTH

1.5" (38.1 mm)

LEAD LENGTH CASE LENGTH

4" 0.375" (9.5 mm) leadwire transition boot;

(100 mm) recommended for best durability

Overview
These RTDs cover the full temperature scale of the internation-
al standard EN60751. Precision sensing elements are capable of
measurements from -200 to 600°C (-328 to 1112°F) with typical
ice point drift less than ±0.05°C. Leadwire options:
Code Description Max. temp.*
• Platinum elements to EN60751, Class A or B
G Mica/glass insulated stranded copper, 600°C
• English and metric diameters AWG 22. 1112°F
T PTFE insulated stranded copper, 260°C
AWG 22. 500°F
Specifications C AWG 24, PTFE insulated, stranded
260°C
Element: Platinum, 100 Ω at 0°C, TCR = 0.00385 Ω/Ω/°C. copper wires with silver-plated copper
500°F
braid and PTFE over all (4 leads only).
Temperature range: -200 to 600°C (-328 to 1112°F). Reduced
* Temperature rating for leads and last 2" of case.
temperature rating for leads and last 2" (50 mm) of case — see
leadwire chart.
Case: 316 stainless steel. Specification and order options
Minimum case length: 2.0" (50.8 mm). Probe diameter Model S914 Model number from table
Maximum case length: 48.0" (1220 mm),
0.188" (4.8 mm) S914
longer on special order. PD 100 Ω Platinum, 0.00385 TCR
0.236" (6.0 mm) S912
06 Tolerance at 0°C:
Tolerance: EN60751 Class A or B. 0.250" (6.4 mm) S913 06 = ±0.06%, EN60751 Class A
Class A: ± 0.06% 12 = ±0.12%, EN60751 Class B
Class B: ± 0.12% G Leadwire code from table
Repeatability: Meet IEC requirements. Typical shift less than 120 Case length:
Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 120 = 12.0 inches)
0.05°C (0.02 Ω) at 0°C after ten cycles over range.
X Number of leads:
Stability: Meet IEC stability specifications after 250 hours expo- Z = 3 leads
sure to extremes of temperature range. Typical drift is less than X = 4 leads
0.05°C (0.02 Ω) at 0°C. 24 Lead length in inches
Vibration: Will withstand 10 to 5000 Hz at 2 G’s minimum per BS Probe termination:
BS= Boot and spring
EN60751.
B = Boot only
Shock: Will withstand 250 mm drop onto 8 mm thick steel N = No boot or spring
plate (approximately 1400 G’s for 0.08 ms). S914PD06G120X24BS = Sample part number
Time constant: 10 seconds typical in moving water.
Pressure rating: 1000 psi (69 bar) at 25°C.
Insulation resistance: 10 megohms minimum at 100 VDC,
leads to case.

Specifications subject to change

Page 3-12
Mineral-insulated RTDs

Overview
Mineral-insulated RTDs provide LEAD LENGTH CASE LENGTH
excellent performance, even when 2.5" 1.5" 0.3" (7.6 mm)
exposed to high levels of shock (64 mm) (38 mm) DIA.

and vibration in tough industrial PROBE DIA.

environments. Typical applications
include process control and steam 0.38" (9.5 mm) 2.0" BENDABLE 2.0"
DIA. (51 mm) REGION (51 mm)
turbine efficiency measurement.

PROBES
Probes can be bent around a mandrel diameter at least 3 times Single element models
the probe diameter without kinking.
Probe diameter Max. temp. Case material Model
Custom designed RTDs and thermocouples are available.
0.236" (6.0 mm) 550°C (1022°F) 316 stainless steel S942
• Mineral MgO packing protects element from shock and 0.236" (6.0 mm) 650°C (1202°F) Inconel 600 S932
contamination 0.250" (6.4 mm) 550°C (1022°F) 316 stainless steel S943
• Field bendable 0.250" (6.4 mm) 650°C (1202°F) Inconel 600 S933
0.188" (4.8 mm) 550°C (1022°F) 316 stainless steel S944
• Inconel or stainless steel sheath
• High precision RTD elements for stable, repeatable Dual element model
measurements Probe diameter Max. temp. Case material Model
• Dual sensing element model S953 is excellent for 0.250" (6.4 mm) 550°C (1022°F) 316 stainless steel S953
redundancy and failure protection
Specification and order options

Specifications S933 Model number from table

Element: Platinum, 100 Ω at 0°C, TCR=0.00385 Ω/Ω/°C. PD 100 Ω platinum, 0.00385 TCR
06 Tolerance at 0°C:
Temperature range: Reduced to 260°C (500°F) for leadwires 06 = ±0.06%, EN60751 Class A
and potting boot. (NA for dual element S953)
S932, S933: -200 to 650°C (-328 to 1202°F). 12 = ±0.12%, EN60751 Class B
S942, S943, S944: -200 to 550°C (-328 to 1022°F). T Leadwire insulation:
S953: -200 to 260°C (-328 to 500°F). T = PTFE leadwires
C = PTFE cable
Tolerance: EN60751 Class B (±0.12 Ω = ±0.3°C) or Class A (4 lead only, NA for dual element S953)
(±0.06 Ω = ±0.15°C) 120 Case length:
Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 120 = 12.0 inches)
Repeatability: Meets EN60751 requirements. Typical shift less
than 0.05°C (0.1°F) when cycled over temperature range. X Number of leadwires:
Y = 2 leads per element
Stability: Meets EN60751 specifications after 250 hours expo- Z = 3 leads per element
sure to extremes of temperature range. Typical drift of less X = 4 leads per element
than 0.05°C (0.1°F) at 0°C. 36 Lead length in inches
BS Lead exit configuration: (B or BS option recom-
Vibration: Withstands 10 to 5000 Hz at 2 G’s per EN60751.
mended for best lead exit strength)
Also withstands 50 to 250 Hz at 50 G’s at 500°C.
BS = Potting boot and strain relief spring
Shock: Withstands a 1 meter drop onto an 8 mm steel plate (1 B = Potting boot
meter is 4 times the EN60751 height requirement of 250 mm). N = No potting boot or spring
Time constant: 10 seconds typical in moving water. S933PD06T120X36BS = Sample part number

Pressure rating: 69 bar (1000 psi) at 25°C.

Insulation resistance: 10 megohms minimum at 100 VDC.
Specifications subject to change

Page 3-13
Compact Plug Sensor

Overview Specification and order options

The S205459 is a platinum RTD temperature sensor S205459 Model number:
with convenient plug in connection. S205459 Compact Plug Sensor
• Sensor measuring and operating range is from PD Element Type:
-50 to 300°F (-45.5 to 148.9°C). PD Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100Ω +/- 0.12% at 0°C
PF Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 1000Ω +/- 0.12% at 0°C
• Connection is made using an industry-standard
20 Case Length:
Packard/Delphi: Metri-pack 150 connector
10 =1.0"
20 = 2.0"
30 = 3.0"
Specifications 40 = 4.0"
Temp Range: -50 to 300°F (-45.5 to 148.9°C) P2 Thread size:
P2 = 1/8 -27 NPT
Case Material: 316 Stainless Steel P4 = 1/4 -18 NPT
P6 = 3/8 -18 NPT
Connector: Packard /Delphi METRI-PACK 150 P8 = 1/2 -14 NPT
Pressure Rating: S Case Material:
Stainless Steel: 1500 psi S = Stainless Steel
Brass: 500 psi S205459PD20P2S = Sample Part Number
Contact Minco to learn more about custom design options for your application.
Insulation Resistance: 1000 megaohms min at 500 V
Vibration: Withstands 10 to 2000 Hz at 20 G's min S205459 Mating Cable Assembly
per MIL-STD-202, Method 204 Test Condition D
• 72" Shielded cable
Shock: Withstands 100 G's min sine wave shock of
• 2-conductor, AWG #18, copper braid shield with drain wire
8 milliseconds duration.
• Terminated with a female Metri-pack 150 connector
Sensor Housing: Stainless steel sensor end with a choice of
NPT threads; end connector (Packard/Delphi: Metri-pack 150)
Specification and order options:
S205459 Mating Cable Assembly
AC203350 Model Number: AC203350
L72 72" lead length
AC203350L72 = Sample Part Number

Specifications subject to change

Page 3-14
Integrated Sensor/Transmitter

PROBES
Overview
The TT363 is an integrated platinum RTD temperature sensor
with 4-20mA current loop output. Combines transmitter
capability with a platinum sensing element in a single
package for an easier-to-install temperature sensing solution.
• Power and signal are provided through a Specification and order options
4-20mA current loop connection.
TT363 Model number:
• Sensor measuring and operating range is from TT363 Temperature Sensor/Transmitter
-50 to 300°F (-45.5 to 148.9°C). AN Range Code:
• The high-temperature plastic case and electronics can be Temperature range code
used in applications with an ambient temperature up to [AN = -17.8 to 148.9°C(0 to 300°F)]
185°F (85°C). 20 Case Length:
10 =1.0"
• Connection is made using an industry-standard 20 = 2.0"
Packard/Delphi: Metri-pack 150 connector. 30 = 3.0"
40 = 4.0"
P2 Thread size:
Specifications P2 = 1/8 -27 NPT
P4 = 1/4 -18 NPT
Output: 4-20mA over range specified, linear with temperature. P6 = 3/8 -18 NPT
P8 = 1/2 -14 NPT
Sensor Operating Temperature: -50 to 300°F (-45.5 to 148.9°C)
S Case Material:
Ambient Temperature: S = Stainless Steel
Operation: -40 to 185°F (-40 to 85°C), non-condensing TT363AN20P2S = Sample Part Number
Storage: -67 to 212°F (-55 to 100°C), non-condensing Contact Minco to learn more about custom design options for your application.
Supply Voltage: 7.6 to 35VDC, reverse polarity protected
TT363 Mating Cable Assembly
Loop resistance: Maximum allowable resistance of the
signal-carrying loop, including wires and load resistors • 72" Shielded cable
given by: Rloopmax = (Vsupply-7.6)/.02Amps • 2-conductor, AWG #18, copper braid shield with drain wire
Warmup drift: Less than +/-0.025mA; stable within 30 minutes. • Terminated with a female Metri-pack 150 connector
Ambient temperature error: Less than +/-0.15mA
Voltage Stability: Change in loop current < ±.01 mA from Specification and order options:
7.6 to 35 VDC TT363 Mating Cable Assembly
Sensor Housing: Stainless steel sensor case with a choice of AC203350 Model Number: AC203350
NPT threads; transmitter body is nylon with 30% glass plastic
L72 72" lead length
encapsulation; end connector (Packard/Delphi: Metri-pack 150)
AC203350L72 = Sample Part Number
Specifications subject to change

Page 3-15
Conductivity Level Sensor

Overview
The LT364 Level Sensor provides point fluid detection with
virtually any conductive fluid. Two 316 stainless steel pins
provide for operation in mildly corrosive fluids within plastic or
metal containers. Fluid presence is measured by passing a low
voltage AC signal between the stainless steel probes. The use
of an AC voltage eliminates the effects of galvanic corrosion on
the probes. Power to the sensor and output from the sensor is Loop resistance: Maximum allowable resistance of the
derived from a current loop. Sensor output is 8 mA with fluid signal-carrying loop, including wires and load resistors
present and 16 mA with no fluid present. given by: Rloopmax = (Vsupply-7.6)/.02Amps

• No calibration necessary. Voltage Stability: Change in loop current < ±.01 mA

from 7.6 to 35 VDC
• Injection molded, high-temperature plastic case.
Sensor Housing: 3/8 - 18 NPT process thread, nylon with
• Electronics can be used in applications with an ambient
30% glass plastic encapsulation; end connector is
temperature up to 185°F (85°C).
Packard/Delphi Metri-pack 150.
• Connection is made using an industry-standard
Weight: Approximately 2.5 oz (70 g)
Packard/Delphi Metri-pack 150 connector providing
an easy-to-connect, polarized connection.
Specification and order options
Application Ideas LT364 Model number: LT364 Level Sensor
• Radiator low-fluid level detection Variable lengths are available. Contact Minco to learn
more about custom design options for your application.
• Pump recovery tanks
• Fluid leak detection
• Parts washers LT364 Mating Cable Assembly
• Automated test equipment • 72" Shielded cable
• 2-conductor, AWG #18, copper braid shield with drain wire
Specifications • Terminated with a female Metri-pack 150 connector
Sensor Output:
8 mA ± 1 mA with fluid present and 16 mA ± 1 mA
Specification and order options
with no fluid present
LT364 Mating Cable Assembly
Ambient Temperature (electronics):
Operation: -40 to 185°F, non-condensing AC203350 Model Number: AC203350
Storage: -67 to 212°F, non-condensing L72 72" lead length
Supply Voltage: 7.6 to 35VDC, reverse polarity protected AC203350L72 = Sample Part Number

Specifications subject to change

Page 3-16
Wiring Diagram

PROBES
Dimensional Drawings
Side View

Connection End Measurement End

3/4 HEX 0.17

0.57

2 0.150 (2)
0.70
1
Ø0.175 (2)
0.39 .068
0.53
Specifications subject to change

Page 3-17
How to Shorten Cut-to-length Probes

Shorten probes easily with a tubing cutter The AC101248 probe cutting system makes clean, precise cuts.

Overview How to shorten probes

Many probe models can be cut to the Remove the PTFE or brass ferrule from the lead exit end of the
required length using an ordinary tubing probe. Mark the proper length, then cut, going slowly to avoid
cutter. Cut-to-length models are marked crimping the case or damaging the leads. Use a good quality
with the icon shown at right. tubing cutter that is intended to cut stainless steel tubing or
conduit. The cutter must have a sharp blade to prevent “rolling
Benefits are:
in” during cutting of the tubing. Suitable models are available
• You can keep standard lengths in inventory, and shorten from Imperial Eastman and Sears Industrial.
them as needed for urgent requirements
After cutting, discard the hollow tube section, carefully deburr
• Stocking and shortening probes, instead of ordering a few the cut end, and replace the ferrule. You can slit the PTFE fer-
pieces at a time, may let you take advantage of quantity rule for easier installation.
discounts
If you use many cut-to-length probes consider the AC101248
• Minco stocks most cut-to-length probes and can trim and probe cutting system. It includes an electric Dremel™ tool (120
ship them within 24 hours of your call VAC @ 60 Hz), flexible shaft, and accessories to allow clean,
precise cuts. The system includes a convenient carrying case
and comes with easy to follow instructions.

PFA or FEP Encapsulation Tubing

Protect probes from chemical attack FEP Specifications
FEP: Fluorinated Ethylene Propylene
Overview Specification and order options
Temperature range: -70 to 200°C (-94 to 392°F).
The tube is sealed at one end AC100375 Model number Maximum temperature 204°C (400°F)
and can be easily heat-shrunk L120 Length:
onto any probe. Supplied 120 = 12.0" Excellent dielectric insulation properties, chemi-
separately. 240 = 24.0" cally resistant, unaffected by weather, extreme
Can be cut to any length heat, or cold temperatures.
P Encapsulation type:
P = clear PFA PFA Specifications
F = clear FEP
PFA: Perfluoroalkoxy
188 Probe diameter: Temperature range: -70 to 260°C (-94 to 500°F).
125 = 0.125" (3.2 mm)
188 = 0.188" (4.8 mm) Maximum temperature 260°C (500°F)
215 = 0.215" (5.5 mm) Combines attributes of PTFE and FEP, chemically
250 = 0.250" (6.4 mm)
resistant to all common solvents, maintains
AC100375L120P188 = Sample part number
mechanical strength at high temperatures.
Specifications subject to change

Page 3-18
 S E C T I O N 4 : ACC E S S O R I E S

• A wide selection of fittings and accessories adapt sensors to any installation

• Adjustable fittings with cut-to-length probes provide off-the-shelf versatility
• Choose from a variety of materials to meet your critical environment requirements

Connection heads........................................................................4-2 to 4-3

Spring-loaded holders..............................................................................4-4
Fluid immersion fittings ..........................................................................4-5
Economy thermowells .............................................................................4-6
HVAC thermowells......................................................................................4-6
Reduced tip thermowells.......................................................................4-7
Tapered thermowells ................................................................................4-7
Flanged thermowells ................................................................................4-8
Bayonet fittings.............................................................................................4-9
Extensions ........................................................................................................4-9
Metric accessories ....................................................................................4-10
Feedthroughs..............................................................................................4-11
Leadwire and cable seal .....................................................4-12 to 4-13
Elastomer rubber-filled cable............................................................4-14
Extension wire ............................................................................................4-15

Page 4-1
Connection Heads
Dimensions in inches (mm) Body/gasket IP/NEMA Max Pipe thread Temptran™ Approx. Model
material Rating Temp. codes models weight
H
CH103
SENSOR
3.5 (89) H THREAD
A Nickel-plated cast IP55 All models
3.5 (89) L L 316°C 2.0 lbs.
iron with SS chain/ Type 3 P1, P2, P3, P4 except TT220 CH103
1.9 (48) D T (600°F) (0.9 kg.)
1.9 (48) T
silicone gasket and 4 and TT221
CONDUIT D
THREAD B

H
CH366
3.0 (76) H White
IP55 All models
3.7 (94) L polypropylene 110°C 0.2 lbs.
L Type 3 P3 only except TT220 CH366
1.37 (35) D (FDA approved)/ (230°F) (0.1 kg.)
T and 4 and TT221
1.9 (48) T neoprene gasket
D
H
CH359
SENSOR
3.5 (89) H THREAD
A IP55 All models
3.5 (89) L Aluminum/ 316°C 0.8 lbs.
L
Type 3 P1, P2, P3, P4 except TT220 CH359
2.0 (51) D T silicone gasket (600°F) (0.4 kg.)
and 4 and TT221
1.75 (44) T
CONDUIT D
THREAD B

CH301 H PIPE
THREADS
2.33 (59.2) H (2)

4.25 (108) L CH301: P3

CH301
1.25 (31.8) D L only
3.60 (91.4) T T IP55 Miniature
Aluminum/ 115°C 0.5 lbs.
Type 3 TT111 and
CH302 neoprene gasket (240°F) (0.2 kg.)
and 4 TT211 models
2.60 (66.0) H D

5.20 (132) L CH302: P2

CH302
1.50 (38.1) D only
4.25 (108) T
H
CH360
SENSOR
3.5 (89) H THREAD
A IP56 All models
3.5 (89) L L 316 SS with 316°C 1.8 lbs.
Type 3, 4 P1, P2, P3, P4 except TT220 CH360
2.0 (51) D T silicone gasket (600°F) (0.8 kg.)
and 4x and TT221
1.75 (44) T CONDUIT D
THREAD B
H
CH335/CH339 IP56 All models
2.5 (64) Ø 300 series SS with 121°C 2.6 lbs.
Type 3, 4 P3 only except TT220 CH335
3.5 (89) H Ø Buna N O-ring (250°F) (1.2 kg.)
and 4x and TT221
0.95 (20) D
D 300 series SS with IP56 All models
121°C 2.6 lbs.
Buna N O-ring Type 3, 4 P3 only except TT220 CH339
(250°F) (1.2 kg.)
and chain and 4x and TT221

Dimensions in inches (mm) Body/gasket material Hazardous IP/NEMA Max Approx. Model
location rating Rating Temp. weight
Explosionproof/flameproof heads FM/CSA approved
CH104:
H
4.60 (116.8) L Division 1; Division 2 IP65
SENSOR
THREAD Copper-free aluminum/ 121°C* 1.5 lbs.
3.50 (88.9) H A Class I, Groups B, C, D; Type 3 and CH104
1.63 (41.4) D
Buna-N O-ring (250°F) (0.7 kg.)
Class II, Groups E, F, G; 4
3.35 (85.1) T Class I, Zone 1, AEx d
L

CH106: T IIC;
4.20 (106.7) L Zone 1, EX d IIC; IP66
Stainless steel/ 121°C* 2.4 lbs.
3.50 (88.9) H T6 (Ta = 40°C), Type 3, 4, CH106
CONDUIT D Buna-N O-ring (250°F) (1.1 kg.)
1.35 (34.3) D THREAD B T2 (Ta = 260°C) and 4X
3.22 (81.8) T
*Maximum temperature increases to 500°F (260°C) if O-ring is removed. Environmental rating drops to Type 3, IP54.
Specifications subject to change

Page 4-2
Dimensions in inches (mm) Body/gasket material Hazardous IP/NEMA Max Approx. Model
location rating Rating Temp. weight
Explosionproof heads FM/CSA approved
CH405/CH407/ H SENSOR
THREAD Division 1; IP54 260°C
CH342/CH343/ A Copper-free aluminum CH405
Class I, Groups A, B, C, D; Type 3 (500°F)
CH330/CH328: Class II, Groups E, F, G;
4.60 (116.8) L Copper-free aluminum/ Class III IP65
CH407
3.60 (91.4) H L Buna-N O-ring (FM approved only) Type 3 and 4
T
1.63 (41.4) D 1.4 lbs.
Copper-free aluminum, gray
3.70 (96.0) T
epoxy coat, no chain/ 121°C (0.6 kg.) CH342
Division 1; (250°F)
Buna-N O-ring IP66
CONDUIT D Class I, Groups B, C, D;
THREAD B Type 3, 4
Copper-free aluminum, gray Class II, Groups E, F, G;
and 4X
epoxy coat, with chain/ CH343
Buna-N O-ring
Note: The following models have lower cost but no FM/CSA approval or label.

ACCESSORIES
Division 1; IP65
Aluminum/ Buna-N O-ring CH330
Class I, Groups B, C, D; Type 3 and 4 121°C 1.4 lbs.
Aluminum with FDA approved Class II, Groups E, F, G; IP66 (250°F) (0.6 kg.)
white epoxy coat, no Class III Type 3, 4 CH328
chain/Buna-N O-ring and 4X
Flameproof heads CENELEC/ATEX approved II 2G Ex d IIC T6
CH357/CH358: H SENSOR
4.49 (114) L THREAD Copper-free aluminum/ IP65
A Zone 1, Group IIC CH357
3.60 (91.4) H Buna-N O-ring Type 3 and 4
1.63 (41.4) D 55°C 1.4 lbs.
3.78 (96.0) T L Copper-free aluminum, (104°F) (0.6 kg.)
T
CH356: epoxy coated/Buna-N IP66 CH358
4.20 (106.7) L O-ring Zone 1, Group IIC Type 3, 4 and
3.50 (88.9) H 4X
D
1.35 (34.3) D CONDUIT 121°C 2.4 lbs.
THREAD B Stainless steel/Buna-N O-ring CH356
3.22 (81.8) T (250°F) (1.1 kg.)
Notes:
Replacement terminal boards · View photos of terminal boards under accessories at www.minco.com
· All Temptran™ transmitter models may be used with connection heads on these pages.
Model 6-position 8-position · AC103133 dual miniature Temptran™ mounting kit fits CH104, CH106, and CH356.
board board CH106 and CH356 also require AC103625 modification.
CH103 AC103029 AC101926 · AC103528 dual miniature Temptran™ mounting kit fits CH342, CH343, CH405,
CH104 AC1039 AC101122 CH407, CH328, CH330, CH357, and CH358.
CH106 AC1039 AC101122 · See Section 5 for more information.
CH301 AC101377T6
CH302 AC101377T6 Specification and order options
CH328 AC1039 AC101122 CH104 Model number from table
CH330 AC1039 AC101122 P2 Pipe thread code: Thread A Thread B
P1 = 3/ - 14
4
1/ - 14
2
CH331 AC100427
P2 = 3/ - 14
4
3/ - 14
4
CH335 AC100427 AC101926
P3 = 1/ - 14
2
1/ - 14
2
CH339 AC100427 AC101926 P4 = 1/ - 14 3/ - 14
2 4
CH342 AC1039 AC101122 P5 (CH356 only) = 1/2 - 14 M20 x 1.5
CH343 AC1039 AC101122 P6 (CH356 only) = 3/4 - 14 M20 x 1.5
CH356 AC1039 AC101122 T Connection type:
CH357 AC1039 AC101122 T = Terminal board for wires AWG 14 or smaller
CH358 AC1039 AC101122 W = Wire nuts for wires AWG 14 to 22
CH359 AC100427 AC101926 6 Number of terminal posts or wire nuts:
0, 6 or 8 (see terminal board table at right for model options)
CH360 AC100427 AC101926 T0: transmitter mounting hardware
CH405 AC1039 AC101122 W0: empty enclosure
CH407 AC1039 AC101122 CH104P2T6 = Sample part number
Specifications subject to change

Page 4-3
Spring-loaded Holders
Exclusive Minco user-friendly design!
Minco’s spring-loaded holders provide a quick and simple Spring pressure holds the probe tip in contact with the meas-
installation and removal of probe sensors — pull out and uring surface for faster response and more reliable measure-
twist the knob, insert the probe until it bottoms out, ments. Many models feature a rubber O-ring that doesn’t crimp
and release the knob. the probe but prevents oil leakage to 50 psi (3.4 bar) at up to
To remove probe, 260°C. High temperature models are usable to 450°C. Nylon
pull out and versions provide electrical insulation.
twist the
knob.
ALL PARTS STOCKED

Note: Available up to 10 pieces or contact Minco Customer Service

Fluoroelastomer O-ring seal: 50 psi pressure rated fluid seal
Body Temperature Thread Process Hex Adder “A” Probe Ø Model
material range “CH” thread size (Total length) inch (mm)
0.188 (4.8) FG114-1
300 series -40 to 260°C 3/4 - 14 11/8” (29
2 - 14 NPT 3.6” (91 mm) 0.215 (5.5) FG110-1
1/
stainless steel (-40 to 500°F) NPT mm)
0.250 (6.4) FG113-1
0.188 (4.8) FG914
316 -40 to 260°C 3/4 - 14 11/8” (29
2 - 14 NPT 3.6” (91 mm) 0.215 (5.5) FG912
1/
stainless steel (-40 to 500°F) NPT mm)
0.250 (6.4) FG911
0.188 (4.8) FG314
-40 to 120°C 3/4 - 14 1” (25 mm)
Nylon 2 - 14 NPT 3.6” (91 mm)
1/ 0.215 (5.5) FG310
(-40 to 248°F) NPT wrench flats
0.250 (6.4) FG313
0.125 (3.2) FG216N
0.188 (4.8) FG214N
300 series -40 to 260°C 1/
2 - 14 NPT 1/
2 - 14 NPT 7/
8 “ (22 mm) 2.6” (66 mm) 0.215 (5.5) FG210N
stainless steel (-40 to 500°F)
0.250 (6.4) FG213N
0.236 (6.0) FG215N
2.8” (71 mm) 0.125 (3.2) FG116
300 series -40 to 260°C None 0.188 (4.8) FG112
1/
8 - 27 NPT 5/
8 “ (16 mm)
stainless steel (-40 to 500°F) 3.6” (91 mm) 0.215 (5.5) FG111
0.250 (6.4) FG117
0.188 (4.8) FG101072
300 series -40 to 260°C None
4 - 18 NPT 8 “ (16 mm) 1.9” (48 mm) 0.215 (5.5) FG101078
1/ 5/
stainless steel (-40 to 500°F)
0.250 (6.4) FG101080

High temperature: No pressure rating or fluid seal

Body Temperature Thread Process Hex Adder “A” Probe Ø Model
material range “CH” thread size (Total length) inch (mm)
0.188 (4.8) FG801
300 series -40 to 450°C 1/
2 - 14 NPT
1/
2 - 14 NPT
7/
8 “ (22 mm) 2.3” (58 mm) 0.215 (5.5) FG802
stainless steel (-40 to 842°F)
(Set screw installation) 0.250 (6.4) FG810

Specifications subject to change

Page 4-4
Fluid Immersion Fittings
Overview
Install probes directly into fluid streams and pressure vessels. Be sure to check the pressure ratings of probes intended for
Simply position the fitting on the probe and tighten the direct immersion.
sealing nut.
Fluid seal fittings are best for moderate temperatures and
pressures. Pressure fittings, constructed of stainless steel, can
withstand corrosive media and greater extremes of pressure
ALL PARTS STOCKED
and temperature.
Note: Available up to 10 pieces or contact Minco Customer Service
Fluid seal fittings to 260°C (500°F)
Body material Thread “CH” Process thread Adder “A” Probe Ø Model
(Total length) inch (mm)

ACCESSORIES
None 1/
8 - 27 NPT FG143
0.188 (4.8)
None 4 - 18 NPT FG140
1/

None 1/
8 - 27 NPT 1.2” min. FG126
Brass 0.215 (5.5)
None 1/
4 - 18 NPT (31 mm) FG120
None 1/
8 - 27 NPT FG151
0.250 (6.4)
None 4 - 18 NPT FG130
1/

0.188 (4.8) FG142

Stainless steel 2 - 14 NPT 2 - 14 NPT 2.4” (61 mm) 0.215 (5.5) FG122
1/ 1/

0.250 (6.4) FG132

Note: Fluid seal fittings are rated to 200 psi (17 bar) when using the repositionable silicone rubber O-ring. They are rated to 500 psi
(34 bar) when using the non-repositionable compression ring. These fittings come with both the O-ring and the compression ring.

Pressure fittings to 871°C (1600°F)

Body material Thread “CH” Process thread Adder “A” Probe Ø Model
(Total length) inch (mm)
None 1/
8 - 27 NPT FG141T3P2
None 1/
4 - 18 NPT 0.188 (4.8) FG141T3P4
None 2 - 14 NPT FG141T3P8
1/
1.5” min.
None 1/
8 - 27 NPT
(39 mm) FG141T4P2
316
None 1/
4 - 18 NPT 0.250 (6.4) FG141T4P4
stainless steel
None 1/
2 - 14 NPT FG141T4P8
0.125 (3.2) FG145T2
2.9” 0.188 (4.8) FG145T3
1/
2 - 14 NPT 1/
2 - 14 NPT
(74 mm)
0.250 (6.4) FG145T4
Note: Pressure fittings are rated to 1500 psi (103 bar) at 25°C/77°F, reducing to 500 psi (34 bar) at 630°C/1166°F.
The probe cannot be repositioned after installation.

PROBE CASE LENGTH

ADDER A INSERTION DEPTH

To determine the ideal probe length add the insertion depth
to the adder A for the fitting you will use.

THREAD "CH" PROCESS THREAD

Specifications subject to change

Page 4-5
Economy and HVAC Thermowells

Overview HVAC thermowell specifications

Thermowells protect probes from pressure, flow, and corrosion. Model: TW488
The models on this page have integral fittings for probe and
Probes: use with HVAC probes on page 9-19
connection head mounting.
Body material: 316 stainless steel, nickel-plated brass sealing
Immerse the thermowell at least 2.5" (65 mm) for accurate
nut with silicone rubber O-ring
readings. The well should extend beyond the center of the
fluid stream without touching the opposite wall. Installation Temperature limit: 260°C (500°F)
in an elbow or tee may be necessary for sufficient immersion
Pressure rating: 1880 psi (129.7) bar
in small pipes.
Hex size: 7/8" (22 mm)
For fastest time response, Minco can furnish thermowells with
heat sink compound in the tip. This eliminates the air gap Standard U dimension:
between the probe and inside wall of the well and can reduce 3.0, 6.0, 12.0, and 18.0". Other lengths are available.
time constant by as much as 50%. Order AC101750.
Probe Thread Process Model
1.90" diameter “CH” Thread
(48.3mm)
0.55" 0.34" 0.250" (6.4 mm) 1 1
(14mm) (8.6 THERMOWELL LENGTH U /2 -14 NPT /2 -14 NPT TW488
mm) Tip 0.188" (4.8 mm)

TW201, TW203, TW204

ø 0.375"
½ - 14 NPT [2] (9.5mm)
TW488:
PROCESS THREAD
REDUCED I.D. AT TIP Specification and order options
PROBE CASE LENGTH = U + 2.7"
TW203 Model number
U
60 Thermowell length U:
Economy thermowell specifications Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 60 = 6.0 inches)
Models: TW204 / TW201 / TW203 TW203U60 = Sample part number

Probes: use with tip-sensitive probes on pages 3-2 to 3-3

Body material: 300 series stainless steel, nickel-plated brass

sealing nut with brass compression ring
Temperature limit: 260°C (500°F)
Pressure rating: 1000 psi (69.9) bar STOCKED PARTS AVAILABLE
Hex size: 7/8" (22 mm)
Standard U dimension: 0.1" increments to 48"

Probe Thread Process Model

diameter “CH” Thread
0.188" (4.8 mm) TW204
0.215" (5.5 mm) 1
/2 -14 NPT 1
/2 -14 NPT TW201
0.250" (6.4 mm) TW203
Specifications subject to change

Page 4-6
Reduced Tip and Tapered Thermowells

Reduced Tip Thermowell Tapered Thermowell

Overview Tapered thermowell specifications

Protect probes from pressure, flow, and corrosive fluids. ½ - 14 NPT THERMOWELL LENGTH U
DIA. Q
Thermowells on this page are machined from solid bar stock.
Specify reduced tip style for fast response, tapered style for 0.625
(16)
maximum rigidity in high flow conditions. DIA.
0.260 (6.6) I.D.
Immerse the thermowell at least 2.5" (65 mm) for accurate read- PROCESS THREAD
ings. The well should extend beyond the center of the fluid stream PROBE INSERTION 0.25
DEPTH = U + 1.5" (6.4)
without touching the opposite wall. Installation in an elbow or tee
Temperature limit:

ACCESSORIES
may be necessary for sufficient immersion in small pipes.
Stainless steel: 900°C (1650°F).
Spring-loaded probe installation is recommended, using either
Standard U dimensions: 2.5, 4.5, 6.0, 7.5, 8.0, 10.5, 13.5, 16.5,
spring-loaded holders or bayonet-mount probes. 0.250" diame-
and 22.5". Other dimensions available.
ter probes provide the best fit.
Body material Process thread (NPT)
For fastest time response, Minco can furnish thermowells with 3
/4 - 14 1 - 11 1/2
heat sink compound in the tip. This eliminates the air gap 304 stainless steel TW477 TW252
between the probe and inside wall of the well and can reduce 316 stainless steel TW1218 TW1237
time constant by as much as 50%. Order AC101750.
Diameter Q 0.875" (22 mm) 1.06" (27 mm)
Contact Minco Sales and Customer Service for other thermowell Hex size 1.125" (29 mm) 1.375" (35 mm)
styles and materials.

Pressure ratings
Reduced tip thermowell specifications Body material Temperature
½ - 14 NPT THERMOWELL LENGTH U 0.500 21°C (70°F) 538°C (1000°F) 650°C (1200°F)
(12.7)
DIA. Q 2.5 (63.5) DIA. 304 stainless steel 7000 psi 4500 psi 1650 psi
483 bar 310 bar 114 bar
316 stainless steel 7000 psi 5100 psi 2500 psi
0.260
(6.6) I.D.
483 bar 352 bar 172 bar
PROCESS
THREAD 0.120 (3) WALL Monel 6500 psi 1500 psi
PROBE INSERTION 0.25 448 bar 103 bar
DEPTH = U + 1.5" (6.4)
DIMENSIONS ARE
IN INCHES (MM)

Temperature limit:
Stainless steel: 900°C (1650°F).
Specification and order options
Monel: 538°C (1000°F). TW222 Model number from table
U
Standard U dimensions: 2.5, 4.5, 6.0, 7.5, 8.0, 10.5, 13.5,
45 Thermowell length U:
16.5, and 22.5". Other dimensions available. Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 45 = 4.5 inches)
Body material Process thread (NPT) TW222U45 = Sample part number
1
/2 - 14 3
/4 - 14 1 - 11 1/2
304 stainless steel TW239 TW228 TW238
316 stainless steel TW222 TW248 TW234
Monel TW1204 TW447 TW1231
Diameter Q 0.625" (16 mm) 0.750" (19 mm) 0.875" (22 mm) STOCKED PARTS AVAILABLE
Hex size 1.125" (29 mm) 1.375" (35 mm)

Specifications subject to change

Page 4-7
Flanged Thermowells

Overview
Flanged thermowells are available in three standard flange
sizes: 1.0", 1.5", and 2.0" per ANSI B16.5. Specify U dimension
and pressure rating.
Immerse the thermowell at least 2.5" (65 mm) for accurate read-
ings. The well should extend beyond the center of the fluid stream
without touching the opposite wall. Installation in an elbow or tee
may be necessary for sufficient immersion in small pipes.

TW1219 Flanged Straight Thermowell

DIM A THERMOWELL LENGTH U
Specifications - Models TW1219 / TW1220
Body material: 316 stainless steel.
½ - 14 NPT
ø 0.260"
Temperature limit: 607°C (1125°F).
(6.60 mm)
Pressure rating: Specify flange pressure rating.
ø 1.25" ø 0.750"
(32.0 mm) (19.0 mm) (1 bar = 14.5 psi).
Pressure rating Dimension A
150, 300, 400, 600 psi 2.25" (64mm)
SPECIFY
FLANGE SIZE 900, 1500, 2500 psi 3.25" (83mm)
AND TYPE

PROBE INSERTION DEPTH = U + (A - 0.25") Thread: 1/2 -14 NPT internal thread.
Probe diameter: 0.250" (6.4 mm).
Standard U dimensions: 2.5, 4.5, 6.0, 7.5, 8.0, 10.5, 13.5, 16.5,
TW1220 Flanged Tapered Thermowell and 22.5". Other dimensions available.
DIM A THERMOWELL LENGTH U

Specification and order options:

SPECIFY
FLANGE SIZE
AND TYPE
½ - 14 NPT
ø 0.875
(22.23 mm)
TW1219 Model number:
TW1219 = Straight
ø 1.125 ø 0.750" TW1220 = Tapered
(32.0 mm) (19.0 mm)
U
ø 0.260
(6.60 mm) 105 Thermowell length U:
Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 105 = 10.5 inches)
S
10 Flange size:
PROBE INSERTION DEPTH = U + (A - 0.25")
10 = 1.0"
15 = 1.5"
20 = 2.0"
F
300 Pressure rating in pounds per square inch
RF Flange type:
RF = Raised face
RTJ = Ring type joint
TW1219U105S10F300RF = Sample part number

Specifications subject to change

Page 4-8
Bayonet Fittings, Extensions

ALL PARTS STOCKED

Bayonet adapter style
Bayonet fittings are for spring-loaded installation of probes Note: Available up to 10 pieces or contact Minco Customer Service
equipped with springs and lockcaps. Insert the probe, hook the lockcap over the pin on the fitting, and release.

Bayonet adapter style Body material Thread “CH” Process thread Hex size Adder “A” Probe diameter Model

303 stainless steel None /8 - 27 NPT

1
None 1.2" min. (31 mm) 0.188” (4.8 mm) FG180

316 stainless steel 1/2 - 14 NPT /2 - 14 NPT

1
/8 " (22 mm) 2.4" (61 mm)
7
0.188” (4.8 mm) FG144T3

ACCESSORIES
Note: Temperature limit: 871°C (1600°F) PROBE CASE LENGTH
FITTING
ADDER A INSERTION DEPTH

Extension nipples, couplings, unions

Extensions in assemblies serve to isolate connection heads from process connections in order to clear pipe insulation or limit heat
conduction into the head. Choose from galvanized or stainless steel nipples, couplings, and unions.
Nipples are short lengths of pipe to extend connection heads away from processes. Couplings and unions have two 1/2 -14 NPT
female threads to join nipples to other fittings. Unions allow installation without rotating the connection head.

Style Length Galvanized steel to 260°C (500°F) Stainless steel to 871°C (1600°F)

FG563 FG537
1.2” (34 mm)
Adder C: 0.2" (5mm) Adder C: 0.2" (5mm)
FG556L20 FG579L20
2.0" (51 mm)
Adder C: 1.0" (25mm) Adder C: 1.0" (25mm)
FG556L30 FG579L30
3.0" (76 mm)
Adder C: 2.0" (51mm) Adder C: 2.0" (51mm)
Nipple
FG556L40 FG579L40
4.0" (102 mm)
Adder C: 4.0" (102mm) Adder C: 4.0" (102mm)
FG556L60 FG579L60
6.0" (152 mm)
Adder C: 5.0" (127mm) Adder C: 5.0" (127mm)

FG602 FG854
Coupling Same as Adder B length
Adder B: 1.7" (43mm) Adder B: 1.4" (36mm)

FG709 (no fluid seal) FG714

Union Same as Adder B length
Adder B: 1.9” (48 mm) Adder B: 1.6” (41 mm)

Note: All threads are 1/2 -14 NPT [2]. PROBE CASE LENGTH
FITTING INSERTION DEPTH
ADDER A C
B

Specifications subject to change

Page 4-9
Metric Accessories
Overview
Metric fittings and thermowells help you design your Fluid seal fittings: Fluid seal fittings are a low cost solution
equipment to meet global standards. Use these fittings to where a connection head is not required.
install Minco sensors in process lines, rotating machinery,
Bayonet adapters: Bayonet adapters work with Minco’s spring-
and all types of industrial equipment.
loaded bayonet fitted probes.
Special threads and accessories are available.
Adapter bushings: Adapter bushings allow fitting 1/2 - 14 NPT
See Eurostyle Sensors Assemblies on page 2-22.
fittings into metric threaded process connections.
Fluid seal spring-loaded holders: Spring-loaded holders Thermowells: Thermowells provide high-pressure protection
provide fast installation and simple adjustment or removal and allow probe replacement without opening the system.
of probes. Minco’s unique designs work with straight probes
and provide sealing for the typical oil pressures found in
rotating machines.
Body material Temp. Pressure Thread Process Hex Probe Model
limit rating “CH” thread size diameter
0.188”
303 series MFG812P477
(4.8 mm)
stainless steel G 1/2 1 /16"
1

per
260°C 3.4 bar
/4 - 14 NPT ISO 228/1
3 (27 mm) 0.215" MFG812P546
(500°F) (50 psi) (5.5 mm)
DIN 1.4300, parallel
Fluid seal spring-loaded holder AISI 303 0.250"
Probe length adder A: 3.6" (91mm) MFG812P635
(6.4 mm)
Silicone rubber
O-ring: 17.2 bar 9
/16 "
R 1/4
260°C (250 psi) (14 mm) 0.250"
Brass None ISO /17
MFG816
Fluid seal fitting (500°F) Brass compression (6.4 mm)
tapered
Probe length adder A: ring: 34.5 bar
1.1" min. (28 mm) (500 psi)
303 series
stainless steel R 1/8
871°C 0.188"
per No fluid seal None ISO 7/1 None MFG817
(1600°F) (4.8 mm)
Bayonet adapter DIN 1.4300, tapered
Probe length adder A: 1.2" (31 mm) AISI 303
303 series
stainless steel G 1/2
871°C /2 - 14 NPT
1
1 1/16"
per No fluid seal ISO 228/1 All MFG811
(1600°F) (Female) (27 mm)
Adapter bushing DIN 1.4300, parallel
Probe length adder A: 1.2" (31 mm) AISI 303
U

303 series 190 bar (2755 psi)

stainless steel at 25°C, reducing 1 G 1/2
Ø .375" (9.5 mm) 871°C to 34 bar (493 psi) /2 - 14 NPT ISO 228/1 1 /16" 0.250"
1

Thermowell per MTW1208

(1600°F) at 600°C (Female) (27 mm) (6.4 mm)
Probe length = DIN 1.4300, parallel
U + 30 mm + fitting adder A AISI 303
(U= 13 mm min./1200 mm max.)

Thermowell specification and order options

MTW1208 Model number
U
100 Thermowell length U:
Specify in millimeters
Minimum: 13 mm
Maximum: 1200 mm
MTW1208U100 = Sample part number
Specifications subject to change

Page 4-10
Feedthroughs - Prevent Oil Seepage

STOP OIL SEEPAGE!

SENSOR LEAD LENGTH

FEEDTHROUGH
B LENGTH D C

SEE TABLE FOR Ø SENSOR

ACCESSORIES
Overview Specifications
Feedthroughs provide an oil-tight-seal where a cable exits a Material: Stainless steel with epoxy potting.
machine housing. The stainless steel tube is epoxy filled and
Temperature limit: 149°C (300°F).
each wire is sealed to the individual conductor. This prevents
wicking of oil inside the wires as well as leakage around the Pressure limit: 25 psi (1.7 bar).
wire insulation. The pressure rating to 25 psi (1.7 bar) is suitable
Sheath Ø Max. Cable Ø Model
for most oil and coolant pump systems.
0.188" (4.8 mm) 0.12" (3.0 mm) AC958
Feedthroughs can be ordered as an accessory to any sensor 0.215" (5.5 mm) 0.14" (3.6 mm) AC717
in this guide. When ordering feedthroughs with case style B 0.250" (6.4 mm) 0.17" (4.3 mm) AC718
bearing sensors, the spring and retaining ring are automatically 0.375" (9.5 mm) 0.26" (6.6 mm) AC961
included. Fluid seal fittings allow easy installation of
feedthroughs into standard NPT threaded machine housings.
See page 4-4, 4-5 or 4-10 (metric) for fluid seal fittings, or page Specification and order options
4-12 for transitions through housings.
AC717 Model number from table
B6 Lead length B or C in inches (specify one):
B = Lead end
C = Sensor end
D250 Feedthrough length D in 0.01" increments:
Min. length: 1.6" (40.6 mm) (Ex: 250 = 2.50")
AC717B6D250 = Sample part number

Specifications subject to change

Page 4-11
FG Series Cable Seals
Prevent oil wicking with bearing embedment sensors

STOP OIL SEEPAGE!

Overview
Minco’s FG series cable seals prevent oil wicking with bearing embedment sensors in rotating equipment. They were specifically
designed for use with Minco’s innovative elastomer filled cables to prevent oil wicking along the sensor cable. FG series seals can also
be used to seal around individual leadwires and rigid tubing. The seals include a grommet that provides a tight seal and also allows
adjustment of the cable or leadwire position.

Configurations
FG series cable seals are available in three configurations, all of which perform the same basic function of providing an adjustable,
oil-tight seal on Minco elastomer filled cables, leadwires, rigid probes or feed-through tubing.

FG1015 FG3015 FG4015

• Feed-through grommet
• Feed-through grommet • Split grommet
• ATEX certified

Installation Specifications
The split grommet on the FG3015 fits over the cable where
Fitting material Stainless steel (303 or 316)
access to the cable ends isn’t practical. The feed-through
grommet on the FG1015 and FG4015 requires the cables to be Grommet material Fluoroelastomer or Neoprene
threaded through the grommet. Tightening the fitting com- Temperature range Fluoroelastomer:
presses the grommet, forming the seal. To adjust the position (grommet) -40 to 90°C (-40 to 194°F)
of the cables in the seal, simply loosen the fitting to decom- Neoprene: -40 to 75°C (-40 to 167°F)
press the grommet and pull the wire or cable through the Pressure 50 psi (3.4 bar) at 20°C
grommet to the desired position and retighten the fitting. Ingress protection IP65/IP66
rating*
Note:
• Plugs are provided to fill unused holes on 6-hole and ATEX certification* Approved for use in hazardous locations
split grommets. defined by IEC/EN 60079-0, IEC/EN
• Insulated leadwires must be used; do not use bare 60079-1, and IEC/EN 60079-7, ATEX
stranded leadwires. Directive 94/9/EC (FM 13ATEX0027 U),
• Wires must be oil sealed on sensor end. and II 2 G Ex db IIC, Ex eb IIC.
*FG4014 and FG4015 only

Specifications subject to change

Page 4-12
Ordering Information Fitting Body/Cap Only
FG products can be ordered as complete assemblies or as piece To configure your fitting body/cap, select from the options list-
parts (fitting body and grommet kit separately). ed below to determine the complete part number. Use the
code shown in blue for each selection. Fitting bodies do not
Cable Seal Assemblies include grommet and compression plugs, and washer.
To configure your assembly, select from the options listed FG1014 Model number:
below to determine the complete assembly part number. FG1014: Cable seal fitting body only
Use the code shown in blue for each selection. Assemblies FG4014: Cable seal fitting body only (ATEX)
include fitting body, grommet and compression plugs, and P1 Pipe thread code:
washer (1015). Code Connection Process Overall Connection
thread thread length hex size
FG1015 Model number:
FG1015: Cable seal assembly (feed-through grommet) P1 1/2" 14 NPT 3/4" 14 NPT 3.25" 1-1/8"
FG3015: Cable seal assembly (split grommet) P2 3/4” 14 NPT
FG4015: Cable seal assembly (feed-through, ATEX) P3 1/2" 14 NPT 1/2" 14 NPT
P1 Pipe thread code: P4 3/4" 14 NPT

ACCESSORIES
Code Connection Process Overall Connection P5 NONE 1/2" 14 NPT 2.50"
thread thread length hex size
P6 3/4" 14 NPT
P1 1/2" 14 NPT 3/4" 14 NPT 3.25" 1-1/8"
P7 1/2" 14 NPT 1/2" 14 NPT 3.25"
P2 3/4” 14 NPT (FEMALE)
P8 3/4" 14 NPT
P3 1/2" 14 NPT 1/2" 14 NPT
P9 3/4" 14 NPT 3/4" 14 NPT 3.35" 1-3/8"
P4 3/4" 14 NPT (FEMALE)
P5 NONE 1/2" 14 NPT 2.50" SS Fitting material:
P6 3/4" 14 NPT SS = Stainless steel, type 303
P7 1/2" 14 NPT 1/2" 14 NPT 3.25" ST = Stainless steel, type 316
P8 (FEMALE) 3/4" 14 NPT FG4015P1SS = Sample part number
P9 3/4" 14 NPT 3/4" 14 NPT 3.35"
(FEMALE)
1-3/8" Grommet Kits
SS Fitting material: To configure your grommet kit, select from the options listed
SS = Stainless steel, type 303 below to determine the complete part number. Use the code
ST = Stainless steel, type 316 shown in blue for each selection. Kits include grommet and
1V130 Grommet hole quantity, material and size: compression plugs, and washer (1015).
Hole Material Grommet Cable/conductor AC1015 Kit type:
qty. Neo- Fluoro- hole Ø Ø range AC1015 = Feed-through grommet
prene elastomer AC3015 = Split grommet design
AC4015 = Feed-through grommet, ATEX certified
1015, 1015, 3015
4015 4015 1V130 Grommet hole quantity, material and size:
1 1V130 0.130” 0.100” to 0.130” Hole Material Grommet Cable/conductor
qty. Neo- Fluoro- hole Ø Ø range
1V160 1V160 0.160” 0.130” to 0.160”
prene elastomer
1V220 1V220 0.220” 0.190” to 0.220”
1015, 1015, 3015
2 2N130 2V130 0.130” 0.100” to 0.130” 4015 4015
2N160 2V160 0.160” 0.130” to 0.160” 1 1V130 0.130” 0.100” to 0.130”
2N190 2V190 0.190” 0.160” to 0.190” 1V160 1V160 0.160” 0.130” to 0.160”
2N220 2V220 2V220 0.220” 0.190” to 0.220” 1V220 1V220 0.220” 0.190” to 0.220”
3 3N130 3V130 0.130” 0.100” to 0.130” 2 2N130 2V130 0.130” 0.100” to 0.130”
3V160 0.160” 0.130” to 0.160” 2N160 2V160 0.160” 0.130” to 0.160”
3N190 3V190 3V190 0.190” 0.160” to 0.190” 2N190 2V190 0.190” 0.160” to 0.190”
4 4V100 0.100” 0.080’ to 0.100” 2N220 2V220 2V220 0.220” 0.190” to 0.220”
4V130 4V130 0.130” 0.100” to 0.130” 3 3N130 3V130 0.130” 0.100” to 0.130”
4V160 4V160 0.160” 0.130” to 0.160” 3V160 0.160” 0.130” to 0.160”
6 6N050 6V050 6V050 0.050” 0.030” to 0.050” 3N190 3V190 3V190 0.190” 0.160” to 0.190”
FG4015P1SS1V130 = Sample part number 4 4V100 0.100” 0.080’ to 0.100”
4V130 4V130 0.130” 0.100” to 0.130”
4V160 4V160 0.160” 0.130” to 0.160”
6 6N050 6V050 6V050 0.050” 0.030” to 0.050”
AC10151V130 = Sample part number
Specifications subject to change Note: Order the 6-hole version to seal around PTFE-insulated wires.

Page 4-13
Sealed Elastomer Rubber-filled Cable -
Prevent Oil Seepage

STOP OIL SEEPAGE!

Cross section of typical cable
Outer jacket
SPECIFY OVERALL LEAD LENGTH
IN SENSOR PART NUMBER Stainless steel
J
braid
B
(FEP EXTENSION)

Insulated wire
SPECIFY OVERALL LEAD LENGTH BEARING OR
IN SENSOR PART NUMBER PROBE SENSOR Elastomer
J C
(BRAID AND FEP) 2.0" MAX. Lead size AWG Number of leads Grommet hole Ø
(50 mm)
20 2 0.160
24 2 0.130
24 3 and 4 0.160
Overview 24 6 0.190
Model AC100324 is a sensor cable with elastomer fill between 26 - 28 2, 3, 4, and 6 0.130
the wires, stainless steel braid, and outer jacket. This fill can 30 2, 3, and 4 0.100
extend along the entire length of the cable, or a specified 30 6 0.130
portion. Seal the outside of the cable with an FG1015, FG3015
or FG4015 leadwire and cable seal fitting. See page 4-12 for Number of Case Grommet hole ø Learn more
more information. sensing style Leads/RTD about FG1015,
elements FG3015 or FG4015
While the AC100324 provides a good seal, a minuscule amount 2 3
of oil may escape inside the individual wires. 1 A .130 .160 leadwire and cable
B .130 .160 seal fittings on
C .130 .130 page 4-12.
Specifications
D .100 .100
Temperature range: -50° C to 125°C (-58°F to 257°F). 2 A .160 .190
Tolerance on lead length: +1/-0" (+25/-0mm) for lead lengths B .130 .130
24" or less; +5/-0% for lead length greater than 24". C .100 .130

B length: Cable is filled starting at leadwire end of cable. Specify elastomer filled cables directly in miniature
Tubing ends at B length; stainless steel braid extends to case. sensor part numbers on pages 7-2 to 7-9 or add to
any sensor as part of an assembly.
C length: Cable is filled starting 2" from case. If J length is
specified, stainless steel braid extends to lead end. Specification and order options
J length: Unfilled FEP extension length. AC100324 Model number
B24 Elastomer filled length B or C in inches
(if not specified, entire length will be filled)
Using the AC100324 with B = Lead end
FG1015/FG3015/FG4015 oil seal fittings C = Sensor end
(Max fill length = 240")
To order standard filled cable, stop here.
To order an optional jacket extension add:
J Jacket extension
AC100324B24J = Sample part number
Note: The sensor model number dictates all specifications other than the
When selecting the FG1015, FG3015 or FG4015 for use with elastomer filled length B or C and optional extension J. You must specify
silicone filled cable use the grommet hole size from the tables. sensor model including SS braid covering over the leadwires when ordering.
Some sensor models do not include the option for SS braid lead covering;
contact Minco for assistance with these sensors.
Specifications subject to change

Page 4-14
Extension Wire

Overview
Use extension wire and cable to connect sensor leadwires to
remote instrumentation. Unless informed otherwise, wire and
cable will be supplied in continuous lengths. Ends are not
stripped.

Wire for RTDs

Choose single conductor copper wire or cable.
Specification and order options

ACCESSORIES
Description Temperature Color Model number for AWG
Limit 22 26 WS122R Model number from table
White WS122W WS126W 10 Length in feet
Single conductor wire, stranded Red WS122R WS126R WS122R10 = Sample part number
260°C (500°F)
PTFE insulation Blue WS122B WS126B
Yellow WS122Y WS126Y
Single conductor wire, stranded, White WS222W
550°C (1022°F)
mica/glass insulation Red tracer WS222R
3 conductor cable, PTFE insulation, Red/White/
260°C (500°F) WS322S WS326S
stainless steel braid over all White
Red/White/
6 conductor cable, PTFE insulation,
260°C (500°F) White/Blue/ WS426S
stainless steel braid over all
Yellow/Yellow
3 conductor cable, PTFE insulation, Red/White/
260°C (500°F) WS522T
copper shield and PTFE jacket over all White

Single Pair Thermocouple Cable

All thermocouple wire meets standard limits of error
per NBS (NIST) Monograph 175, based on ITS-90.
Description Temperature Model number for AWG Specification and order options
Limit 20 24 WT120S Model number from table
Single pair thermocouple cable, glass braid insulation 482°C (900°F) WT120G WT124G J Junction type:
E, J, K, or T
Single pair thermocouple cable, PTFE insulation 260°C (500°F) WT120T WT124T
25 Length in feet
Single pair thermocouple cable, glass braid insulation
482°C (900°F) WT120S WT124S WT120SJ25 = Sample part number
with stainless steel braid over all

Specifications subject to change

Page 4-15
 S E C T I O N 5 : I N S T R U M E N TS

• RTD and thermocouple Temptran™ transmitters provide accurate signals over

thousands of feet.
• Fixed range, dip switch field rangeable or programmable
• 4-20mA output or HART® protocol
• Miniature, hockey puck, DIN rail and isolated versions
• High-accuracy calibration available matched to individual RTDs
• Controllers, indicators and alarms for precise monitoring and control
RTD transmitters...................................................5-2 to 5-5, 5-8 to 5-9, Loop-powered indicators...................................................5-23 to 5-24
.............................................................................................................5-12 to 5-13 CT224 12-channel monitor...............................................5-25 to 5-26
Thermocouple transmitters ....................5-6 to 5-7, 5-10 to 5-11, CT424 alarm/monitor ...........................................................5-27 to 5-28
.............................................................................................................5-14 to 5-15 CT325 miniature DC temperature controller.........5-29 to 5-30
Isolated transmitters.................................................................5-8 to 5-11 CT335 PC board mount temperature controller.............................
Field rangeable transmitters.............................................5-12 to 5-15 .............................................................................................................5-31 to 5-32
Programmable transmitters..............................................5-16 to 5-17 CT15 controller/alarm...........................................................5-33 to 5-34
HART® transmitters .................................................................5-18 to 5-19 CT16A temperature controller........................................5-35 to 5-36
Temperature range table....................................................5-20 to 5-21 CT15/CT16A accessories ......................................................................5-37
High accuracy calibration ....................................................................5-22
Mounting accessories.............................................................................5-22

Page 5-1
Miniature Temptran™ RTD Transmitters

TT111 only

TT111, TT211
TT211 only

Overview Maximum load resistance: The maximum allowable resistance

of the signal carrying loop is:
• Two models:
TT111: UL-recognized component for Canada and United
States.
TT211: Wider ambient rating; Factory Mutual (FM) approved
Example: With supply voltage 24 VDC, maximum loop resistance
intrinsically safe and nonincendive.
is 775 Ω.
• Optional high-accuracy calibration to Minco RTDs for
Minimum span: 27.8°C (50°F).
improved accuracy; see next page and page 5-22 for
more information. Hazardous atmospheres: All models may be used with Minco
flameproof/explosionproof connection heads. Models TT211 is
Specifications Factory Mutual approved nonincendive for use in Class I,
Output: 4 to 20 mA over specified range, linear with temperature. Division 2 areas and intrinsically safe for Class I, Division 1 areas
(requires approved barrier). Transmitter entity parameters:
Calibration accuracy: ±0.1% of span.
Vmax = 35 volts; Imax = 150 mA; Ci = 0 μF and Li = 0 mH.
Linearity: Referenced to actual sensor temperature.
Platinum RTD input: ±0.1% of span. Connections:
Nickel and nickel-iron RTD input: Terminal block for wires AWG 22 to AWG 14.
±0.25% of span for spans less than 100°C.
Physical: Polycarbonate case, epoxy potted for moisture
±0.25% of span per 100°C of span for spans greater than 100°C.
resistance.
Adjustments: Zero and span, ±5% of span. Factory set.
Weight: 1.1 oz. (30 g).
Ambient temperature:
TT111: 0 to 50°C (32 to 122°F).
TT211: -25 to 85°C (-13 to 185°F).
Storage: -55 to 100°C (-67 to 212°F).
Hazardous area requirements
Ambient temperature effects: For more information on how to classify a hazardous
±0.013% of span per °C. area, methods of protection, and the various standards
±0.025% of span per °C for spans less than 55°C. and agencies (including FM, CSA, CENELEC and ATEX),
Warmup drift: ±0.1% of span max., with visit www.minco.com.
Vsupply = 24 VDC and Rloop = 250 Ω.
Stable within 30 minutes.
Supply voltage: 8.5 to 35 VDC. Voltage effect ±0.001% of span
per volt. Reverse polarity protected.

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-2
Miniature RTD Transmitters

RTD input types Special high-accuracy calibration

2-wire resistance thermometer: For high system accuracy, specify transmitters with matched
calibration. Temptrans match calibrated to a sensor are always
Element Code
ordered as assemblies. Common examples are shown in
Platinum (0.00392 TCR) 100 Ω at 0°C PA
Section 2.
Platinum (0.00391 TCR) 100 Ω at 0°C PB
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 Ω at 0°C PD, PE
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 1000 Ω at 0°C PF Specification and order options:
Platinum (0.00375 TCR) 1000 Ω at 0°C PW
TT111 Model number: TT111 or TT211
Nickel-iron (0.00518 TCR) 604 Ω at 0°C FA
Nickel-iron (0.00527 TCR) 1000 Ω at 70°F FB PD RTD element code from table
Nickel-iron (0.00527 TCR) 2000 Ω at 70°F FC 1 Output: 4 to 20 mA DC
Nickel (0.00672 TCR) 120 Ω at 0°C NA C Temperature range code starting on page 5-20
[Ex: C = 0 to 100°C (32 to 212°F)]

INSTRUMENTS
Dimensions in inches (mm) TT111PD1C = Sample part number
0.08
(2.0)
ZERO MAX.
0.50
(12.7)

1 2 3 4 SPAN

1.0
(25.4)

0.25
(6.4)

0.149 (3.8) I.D. 0.675 (17.1)

THROUGH MOUNTING USE #6
SCREW THROUGH OR
1.5 (38.1) #8 THREAD FORMING 1.09 (27.1)
SCREW

Wiring Diagram
TT111
TT211
RED 1 DC
BROWN 2 SUPPLY
4 TO 20 R1
BLACK 3 mA LOOP COPPER LEADS,
ORNG 4 TWISTED PAIR CONTROLLER LINE
AND/OR INDICATOR POWER

RESISTANCE CONTROL ROOM

THERMOMETER

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-3
TT246 RTD Transmitters

TT246 RTD Transmitter,

voltage output

Overview Ambient temperature effects:

±0.009% of span per °C
Specify this rugged, accurate transmitter for process control ±0.014% of span per °C for spans less than 10 Ω
and other industrial applications. Warmup drift:
Model TT246 outputs 1 to 5 VDC proportional to temperature. ±0.1% of span max., with Vsupply = 24 VDC and Rloop = 250 Ω.
Stable within 15 minutes.
It draws only 3 mA of quiescent current, making it ideal for
Supply voltage:
solar or battery powered systems.
TT246: 7.5 to 35 VDC
• 2 or 3-wire RTD input Voltage effect ±0.001% of span per volt.
• Ambient rated to 85°C (185°F) Reverse polarity protected.
Supply current: 3mA max. with no load.
• Fits DIN “B” style connection heads
Maximum load resistance: The maximum allowable resistance
• Optional high-accuracy calibration to Minco RTDs for
of the signal carrying loop is:
improved accuracy; see next page and page 5-22 for
more information.
Specifications Example: With supply voltage 24 VDC, maximum loop
Output: Linear with temperature over specified range. resistance is 700 Ω.
TT246: 1 to 5 VDC
Minimum span: 10°C (18°F).
Calibration Accuracy: ±0.1% of span (0.2% of span for spans
Minimum output current: 2.2 mA.
less than 10 Ω)
Linearity: 0.1% of span, referenced to actual sensor Maximum output current: 28 mA.
temperature Leadwire compensation: (3-wire RTD) ±0.05% of span per Ω
Adjustments Zero and span, ±5% of span, non-interacting. up to 25 Ω in each leg.
Factory set.
Hazardous atmospheres: May be used with Minco explosion-
Ambient temperature: proof connection heads.
Operating: -40 to 85°C (-40 to 185°F)
Connections: Terminal block for wires AWG 22 to AWG 14.
Storage: -55 to 100°C (-67 to 212°F)
Physical: Polycarbonate case, epoxy potted for moisture
resistance.
Weight: 2.0 oz. (57 g).

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-4
RTD input types
Special high-accuracy calibration
2 or 3-wire resistance thermometer:
For high system accuracy, specify transmitters with matched
Element Code calibration. Temptrans match calibrated to a sensor are
Platinum (0.00392 TCR) 100 Ω at 0°C PA always ordered as assemblies.
Platinum (0.00391 TCR) 100 Ω at 0°C PB
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 Ω at 0°C PD, PE
Specification and order options:
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 1000 Ω at 0°C PF
Platinum (0.00375 TCR) 1000 Ω at 0°C PW TT246 Model Number:
Copper (0.00427 TCR) 10 Ω at 25°C CA PB RTD element code from table
Nickel-iron (0.00518 TCR) 604 Ω at 0°C FA
1
Nickel-iron (0.00527 TCR) 1000 Ω at 70°F FB
Nickel-iron (0.00527 TCR) 2000 Ω at 70°F FC K Temperature range code starting on page 5-20
[Ex: K = 0 to 200°C (32 to 392°F)]
Nickel (0.00672 TCR) 120 Ω at 0°C NA
TT246PB1K = Sample part number

INSTRUMENTS
Dimensions in inches (mm)
ZERO A SPAN
SENSOR
SIGNAL 0.188 (4.8) DIA. [2]
(TT246 HAS
THREE
SIGNAL
3

1.30
(33.0) TERMINALS)
1
2

0.26 (6.6) DIA.

1

0.65
(16.5)
0.320 (8.1) DIA. [2]

A LED 0.725
(18.42)
1.725 (43.8) 1.10 (27.9)
DIAMETER SECTION A-A

Wiring Diagram

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-5
TT205 Thermocouple Transmitters

TT205
Thermocouple Transmitter

Overview Maximum load resistance: The maximum allowable resistance

of the signal carrying loop is:
Model TT205 interfaces with thermocouples for use in process
control and other industrial applications.
Model TT205 offers superior performance in an economical
and small package. Example: With supply voltage 24 VDC, maximum loop
resistance is 700 Ω.
• Thermocouple input
Minimum output current: 1.5 mA.
• Fits DIN “B” style connection heads
Maximum output current: 28 mA.
Specifications Burnout: Downscale burnout standard; upscale optional.
Output: 4 to 20 mA over specified range. Connections: Terminal block for wires AWG 22 to AWG 14.
Accuracy: ±0.2% of span. Physical: Polycarbonate case, epoxy potted for moisture
resistance.
Linearity: Voltage linear.
The output signal is voltage linear (not Weight: 1.8 oz. (52 g).
temperature linear) and is intended for use with
instruments which compensate for the nonlinear
signal output of the thermocouples sensor.
Adjustments: Zero and span, ±5% of span,
non-interacting. Factory set.
Warmup drift: ±0.2% of span max., with
Vsupply = 24 VDC and Rloop = 250 Ω.
Stable within 15 minutes.
Supply voltage: 8.5 to 35 VDC
Voltage effect ±0.001% of span per volt.
Reverse polarity protected.

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-6
TT205 TT205 Dimensions in inches (mm)
Ambient temperature: 0.08
(2.0)
ZERO MAX.
Operating: -10 to 60°C (14 to 140°F). 0.50
(12.7)
Storage: -55 to 100°C (-67 to 212°F).
1 2 3 4 SPAN
Ambient temperature effects: ±0.036% of span per °C. 1.0
(25.4)
Cold junction compensation drift: ±0.05°C per °C. 0.25
(6.4)
Minimum span: 150°C (270°F).
0.149 (3.8) I.D. 0.675 (17.1)
THROUGH MOUNTING USE #6
SCREW THROUGH OR
1.5 (38.1) #8 THREAD FORMING 1.09 (27.1)
SCREW
Specification and order options

TT205 Model Number: Wiring Diagram

TT190: Round
TT205
TT205: Rectangular
1 DC

INSTRUMENTS
J TC junction type: 2
4 TO 20
SUPPLY
R1
E = Chromel-Constantan 3 mA LOOP COPPER LEADS,
4 TWISTED PAIR CONTROLLER LINE
J = Iron-Constantan AND/OR INDICATOR POWER
K = Chromel-Alumel
THERMOCOUPLE CONTROL ROOM
T = Copper-Constantan

U U = Ungrounded junction (required)

1 Output: 4 to 20 mA DC

AN Temperature range code starting on page 5-20

[Ex: AN = -17.8 to 148.9°C (0 to 300°F)]

TT205JU1AN = Sample part number

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-7
TT518 Programmable Temperature Transmitter

Overview
This transmitter amplifies a signal from a RTD or linear resist-
ance, and it turns the signal into a current which increases from
4 to 20 milliamperes as the temperature or input signal increas-
es. This industry-standard 4-20mA signal travels thousands of
feet over a pair of wires, ignoring electrical interference and
bringing the temperature, accurately, into your computer or
controller. Drawing power directly from the signal line, only 2
wires are needed for power and signal.
• RTD or Ohm input
• Accurate, Stable 4–20mA Output
• PC and field-programmable Electrical Specifications
• FM Approved Intrinsically Safe Ambient temperature range: -40°C to +85°C

Converts multiple inputs Common Specifications

Temperature measurement can be done with one of several Supply voltage: 8 -30 VDC
RTD’s: 100 Ω, 1000 Ω platinum, 100 Ω Nickel and 1000 Ω Warm-up time: 5 min.
Nickel.
Communication interface: PC Interface/Loop Link
Because amplification and conversion of the input signal is
performed within a few feet of the sensor, electrical interfer- Signal/noise ratio: Min. 60 dB
ence in noisy environments is eliminated. The transmitter Response time (programmable): 0.33 sec. to 60 sec.
can be mounted at the field location in a standard DIN form
Update time: 135 msec.
B head or on a DIN rail inside a local box.
Calibration temperature: 20 to 28°C

Applications Effect of supply voltage change: < 0.005% of span/ VDC

• Single temperature measurement EMC-lmmunity influence: < ±0.5% of span
Vibration: IEC 600 68-2-6 Test FC
Configuration Lloyd's specification no. 1: 4 g / 2 - 100 Hz
The TT518 is delivered configured to the customer’s 2
Max. wire size: AWG14 (1.5 mm )
specifications, including the transmitter’s measurement
range and RTD type. Air humidity: 0 - 95% RH
Dimensions: ∅1.73 x 0.84 in (∅44 x 20.2mm)
PC Programming Tightness (enclosure/terminal): IP 68 / IP00
The TT518 transmitter can be configured via a standard PC Weight: 50g
using a programming kit. It can be configured before installa-
tion or while installed in the process - even in hazardous areas.
Communication is 2-way, so set-up and serial/tag
numbers can be retrieved from the transmitter.

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-8
Inputs (common specifications) Output
Max. offset: 50% of selected max. value The 4-20 mA output follows the TT518 input configuration,
Cable resistance per wire (max.): 10Ω reflecting the temperature and/or resistance. The unit is pro-
tected against polarity reversal. The output signal action can
Sensor current: >0.2mA, <0.4mA be reversed with respect to the input signal. Sensor and/or
Effect of sensor cable resistance: cable errors can be programmed to cause the output to go
(3-wire): < 0.002 Ω/Ω to a fixed value.

Input: Specification and order options:

Type Minimum Maximum Minimum
Value Value Span
TT518 Model Number: TT518 Temperature Transmitter
PD (Pt100) -200°C +850°C 25°C
PF (Pt1000) -200°C +850°C 25°C PD Sensor Type:
Linear Res. 0 Ω 10000 Ω 30 Ω PD = 100 Ω Platinum RTD (0.00385)
PF = 1000 Ω Platinum RTD (0.00385)

INSTRUMENTS
Basic accuracy: (-25/200) Ranging:
PD/PF (Pt100/1000): <±0.3°C Specify temperature range in either °C or °F.
Linear Resistance: <±0.2Ω For example, -25° to +200°C = 4 to 20 mA.
C Display Units:
Temperature coefficient: C = Celsius
PD/PF (Pt100/1000): <±0.01°C/°C F = Fahrenheit
Linear Resistance: <±20mΩ/°C 1 Calibration:
Current output: 1 = Nominal
2 = Matched to sensor ±0.75% of span
Signal range: 4 - 20 mA
For other calibration options, contact Minco
Min. signal range: 16 mA
Z Sensor Leads:
Load resistance : < (Vsup. – 8) / 0.023 [Ω] Z = 3-lead RTD
Load stability: ± 0.01% of span / 100 Ω
TT518PD(-25/200)C1Z : Sample part number
Sensor error detection:
Programmable: 3.5 - 23 mA, or no action
Namur NE43 Downscale/Upscale: 3.5 mA/ 23 mA
Approvals:
EMC: EN 61326-1
ATEX.: KEMA 03ATEX1535
FM: 2D5A7
CSA: 1125003
GOST R: Yes
GOST Ex: Yes
DNV Marine: Stand. F. Certification No. 2.4

Input
The input type is selected to be one of these types:
• RTD (3-wire): PT100, PT1000
• High level

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-9
TT519 Programmable Temperature Transmitter

Overview
This transmitter amplifies a signal from a thermocouple, and
it turns the signal into a current which increases from 4 to 20
milliamperes as the temperature or input signal increases.
This industry-standard 4-20mA signal travels thousands of
feet over a pair of wires, ignoring electrical interference and
bringing the temperature, accurately, into your computer or
controller. Drawing power directly from the signal line, only
2 wires are needed for power and signal.
• Thermocouple or Voltage Input
• Accurate, Stable 4–20mA Output
• PC and field-programmable
Electrical Specifications
• Galvanically Isolated
Ambient temperature range: -40°C to +85°C

Converts multiple inputs

Temperature measurement can be done with multiple thermo- Common Specifications
couple types, which boast high operating temperature ranges. Supply voltage: 7.2 -30 VDC

Because amplification and conversion of the input signal is Warm-up time: 5 min.
performed within a few feet of the sensor, electrical interfer-
Communication interface: PC Interface/Loop Link
ence in noisy environments is eliminated. The transmitter can
be mounted at the field location in a standard DIN form B Signal/noise ratio: Min. 60 dB
head or on a DIN rail inside a local box.
Response time (programmable): 1 sec. to 60 sec.
Update time: 440 msec.
Applications
Calibration temperature: 20 to 28°C
• Single temperature measurement
Effect of supply voltage change: < 0.005% of span/ VDC
EMC-lmmunity influence: < ±0.5% of span
Configuration
The TT519 is delivered configured to the customer’s Electrical Isolation, test/operation: 1.5kVAC/50VAC
specifications, including the transmitter’s measurement Vibration: IEC 600 68-2-6 Test FC
range and thermocouple type.
Lloyd's specification no. 1: 4 g / 2 - 100 Hz
2
Max. wire size: AWG14 (1.5 mm )
PC programming
The TT519 transmitter can be configured via a standard PC Air humidity: 0 - 95% RH
using a programming kit. It can be configured before installa- Dimensions: ∅1.73 x 0.84 in (∅44 x 20.2mm)
tion or while installed in the process - even in hazardous areas.
Tightness (enclosure/terminal): IP 68 / IP00
Communication is 2-way, so set-up and serial/tag numbers can
be retrieved from the transmitter. Weight: 50g

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-10
Inputs (common specifications) Output
Max. offset: 50% of selected max. value The 4-20 mA output follows the TT519 input configuration,
Input: reflecting the temperature. The unit is protected against
Type Minimum Maximum Minimum
polarity reversal. The output signal action can be reversed with
Value Value Span
respect to the input signal. Sensor and/or cable errors can be
E -100°C +1000°C 50°C
J -100°C +1200°C 50°C programmed to cause the output to go to a fixed value.
K -180°C +1372°C 50°C
T -200°C +400°C 50°C
B +400°C +1820°C 100°C Specification and order options:
N -180°C +1300°C 50°C
R -50°C +1760°C 100°C TT519 Model Number: TT519 Temperature Transmitter
S -50°C +1760°C 100°C K Sensor Type:
E=Type E Thermocouple
J=Type J Thermocouple

INSTRUMENTS
Basic accuracy: K=Type K Thermocouple
TC type E, J, K, L, N, T: <±1°C T=Type T Thermocouple
TC type B, R, S: <±2°C B=Type B Thermocouple
N=Type N Thermocouple
Temperature coefficient: R=Type R Thermocouple
TC type E, J, K, T: <±0.05°C/°C S=Type S Thermocouple
TC type B, N, R, S: <±0.2°C/°C V = Voltage Input
Voltage: <±1uV/°C (-25/200) Ranging:
Cold Junction Compensation: <±1°C Specify temperature range in either °C or °F.
For example, -25° to +200°C = 4 to 20 mA.
Current output: C Display Units:
Signal range: 4 - 20 mA C = Celsius
Min. signal range: 16 mA F = Fahrenheit
Load resistance : < (Vsup. – 7.2) / 0.023 [Ω] 1 Calibration:
Load stability: ± 0.01% of span / 100 Ω 1 = Nominal
Sensor error detection: Y Sensor Leads:
Programmable: 3.5 - 23 mA, or no action Y = 2-lead Thermocouple
Namur NE43 Downscale/Upscale: 3.5 mA/ 23 mA TT519K(-25/200)C1Y: Sample part number
Approvals:
EMC: EN 61326-1
ATEX.: KEMA 06ATEX0062
GOST R: Yes
GOST Ex: Yes
DNV Marine: Stand. F. Certification No. 2.4

Input
The input type is selected to be one of these types:
• Type E, J, K, T, B, N, R, S Thermocouple
• Voltage Input

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-11
TT273 Field Rangeable RTD
Temperature Transmitter

Overview
Model TT273 is a 2-wire temperature transmitter for 2 or 3-lead TT273 RTD
100 Ω platinum RTDs. The transmitter converts the RTD Temperature Transmitter
temperature into a linearized 4 to 20 mA DC current signal.
Because this current signal is immune to leadwire and electrical
noise, the TT273 lets you obtain accurate temperature readings
from RTDs thousands of feet away. An ordinary twisted pair of
wires carries both the temperature signal and power for the Ambient temperature effects:
transmitter’s electronics. ±0.018% of span/°C (±0.01% of span/°F).

An LED conveniently indicates the status of the control loop. Warmup drift: ±0.1% of span max., assuming
The brightness is directly proportional to the loop current. A Vsupply = 24 VDC and Rloop = 250 Ω.
very bright LED indicates an open RTD; a dark LED signals a Stable within 15 minutes.
shorted RTD or loss of current loop power. Input/output isolation (optional): 600 VRMS, 1 minute.
• 4 to 20 mA current signal Supply voltage:
• Fits standard 35 mm DIN rail Non-Isolated: 10 to 45 volts DC with no load.
Isolated: 13 to 45 volts DC with no load.
• Field-calibrate to your temperature range Reverse polarity protected.
• Optional high-accuracy calibration to Minco RTDs for Voltage effect: ±0.001% of span per volt.
improved accuracy; see next page and page 5-22 for more
information Lead wire compensation: (3-wire RTD)
±0.05% of span per Ω, up to 25 Ω in each leg.
• Optional Input/Output isolation to 600 VRMS
Maximum load resistance: The maximum allowable resistance
of the signal-carrying loop is given by this formula:

Specifications
Non-Isolated:
Output: 4 to 20 mA DC over specified range.
Calibration accuracy: ±0.2% of span.
Isolated:
Linearity: ±0.2% of span, reference to actual sensor temperature.
Adjustments: Maximum output current: 28 mA.
Zero: -50 to 150°C (-58 to 302°F).
Connections: Terminal block accepts wires from AWG 22 to
Span: 50 to 600°C (90 to 1080°F).
AWG 14.
Ambient temperature:
Physical: Polycarbonate, DIN rail enclosure.
Operating: -40 to 85°C (-40 to 185°F).
Storage: -55 to 100°C (-67 to 212°F). Weight: 4.2 oz. (119 g).

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-12
RTD input types Specification and order options
2 or 3-wire 100 Ω platinum RTD. TT273 Model number
Element Code PD RTD element code from table
Platinum (0.00392 TCR) 100Ω at 0°C PA 1 Output: 4 to 20 mA DC
Platinum (0.00391 TCR) 100Ω at 0°C PB N Input/Output:
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100Ω at 0°C PD, PE N = Non-isolated
I = Isolated
(-25/50) Factory preset temp. range:
Special high-accuracy calibration (4 mA/20 mA temperature)
Range is user adjustable.
For high system accuracy, specify transmitters with matched Refer to the Zero and Span specifications.
calibration. Temptrans match calibrated to a sensor are always C Temperature scale:
ordered as assemblies. Common examples are shown in F = Fahrenheit

INSTRUMENTS
Section 2. C = Celsius
TT273PD1N(-25/50)C = Sample part number

Dimensions in inches (mm)

SLIDING
CATCH

PWR 35 mm DIN
2.95 RAIL MOUNT
(74.9) ZERO
SPAN
DIP SWITCH
RANGE SELECTION

0.886 3.875
(22.5) (98.4)

Wiring diagram
TT273
ZERO
SPAN

PWR

RESISTANCE DC
THERMOMETER SUPPLY
4 TO 20 COPPER LEADS, R1
mA LOOP TWISTED PAIR
CONTROLLER
AND/OR INDICATOR LINE POWER

CONTROL ROOM

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-13
TT274 Field Rangeable Thermocouple
Temperature Transmitter

Overview
Model TT274 is a 2-wire temperature transmitter for types J
and K thermocouples. The transmitter converts the thermocou-
ple’s millivolt signal to a 4 to 20 mA DC current signal. Because
this current signal is immune to leadwire and electrical noise,
the TT274 lets you obtain accurate temperature readings from TT274 Thermocouple
thermocouples thousands of feet away. An ordinary twisted Temperature Transmitter
pair of wires carries both the temperature signal and power for
the transmitter’s electronics.
Ambient temperature:
With the isolation option, the mV input signal from the thermo- Operating: -40 to 85°C (-40 to 185°F).
couple is electrically isolated from the 4 to 20 mA output, Storage: -55 to 100°C (-67 to 212°F).
allowing use of grounded thermocouples with multiple TT274s
operating from the same power supply. Ambient temperature effects: ±0.036% of span/°C (±0.02% of
span/°F).
An LED conveniently indicates the status of the control loop.
The brightness is directly proportional to the loop current. A Cold junction compensation drift: ±0.03°C/°C for -25 to 70°C
dark LED signals an open sensor or loss of current loop power. ambients. ±0.06°C/°C for -40 to -25°C and 70 to 85°C ambients.

• 4 to 20 mA current signal Warmup drift: ±0.1% of span max., assuming

Vsupply = 24 VDC and Rloop = 250 Ω.
• Fits standard 35 mm DIN rail Stable within 15 minutes.
• Field-calibrate to your thermocouple type and temperature Input/output isolation (optional): 600 VRMS, 1 minute.
range
Supply voltage:
• Optional Input/Output isolation to 600 VRMS Non-Isolated: 10 to 45 volts DC with no load.
Isolated: 13 to 45 volts DC with no load.
Reverse polarity protected.
Specifications
Voltage effect: ±0.001% of span per volt.
Input: Type J or K thermocouple (field selectable).
Maximum load resistance: The maximum allowable resistance
Output: 4 to 20 mA DC over specified range. of the signal-carrying loop is given by this formula:
Accuracy: ±0.2% of span.
Non-Isolated:
Linearity: Voltage linear.
The output signal of the TT274 is voltage linear
(not temperature linear) and is intended for use with Isolated:
instruments which compensate for the nonlinear signal
output of the thermocouple sensor. Maximum output current: 28 mA.
Adjustments: Connections: Terminal block accepts wires from AWG 22 to
Zero: -50°C to 150°C (-58°F to 302°F). AWG 14.
Span: Type J: 125 to 850°C (225 to 1530°F).
Type K: 150 to 1200°C (270 to 2160°F). Physical: Polycarbonate, DIN rail enclosure.
Weight: 4.2 oz. (119 g).

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-14
Specification and order options
TT274 Model number
K T/C element code
J = Type J thermocouple
K = Type K thermocouple
1 Output: 4 to 20 mA DC
N Input/Output:
N = Non-isolated
I = Isolated

INSTRUMENTS
(-25/200) Factory preset temp. range:
(4 mA/20 mA temperature)
Range is user adjustable.
Refer to the Zero and Span specifications.
C Temperature scale:
F = Fahrenheit
C = Celsius
TT274K1N(-25/200)C = Sample part number

Dimensions in inches (mm)

SLIDING
CATCH

PWR 35 mm DIN
2.95 RAIL MOUNT
(74.9) ZERO
SPAN
DIP SWITCH
RANGE SELECTION

0.886 3.875
(22.5) (98.4)

Wiring diagram
TT274
ZERO
SPAN

PWR

DC
THERMOCOUPLE
SUPPLY
4 TO 20 COPPER LEADS, R1
mA LOOP TWISTED PAIR
CONTROLLER
AND/OR INDICATOR LINE POWER

CONTROL ROOM

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-15
Programmable Transmitters

Overview
Models TT520 and TT530 are programmable
transmitters designed for process control
and other applications. Both transmitters
use a 4-20mA current loop output and are
PC programmable to accept a signal from a
thermocouple, a Resistance Temperature
TT520
Detector (RTD), or a millivolt signal. Model TT520
can be mounted at the field location in a standard DIN
form B head or on a DIN rail inside a local box (with an AC807
Minco DIN rail adapter), whereas model TT530 can be
mounted vertically or horizontally on a DIN rail.
• T/C, RTD, or mV input TT530

• Accurate, Stable 4-20mA Output

• PC and field-programmable TC Input:

• Galvanically isolated Minimum measurement range:

Type E, J, K, T: 50°C
• FM Approved Intrinsically Safe
Max. offset: 50% of selected max. value
• Single temperature measurement
Basic accuracy:
Type E, J, K, T: <1°C
Cold junction compensation (CJC): <1.0°C
Specifications
Common Specifications: Temperature coefficient:
Type E, J, K, T: <± 0.05 °C / °Camb
Supply voltage: 7.2 - 30 VDC Sensor error detection: yes
Temperature coefficient: < ± 0.01% of span/ °C RTD Minimum Maximum Minimum
type value value span.
Effect of supply voltage change: < 0.005% of span/ VDC PD (Pt100) -200°C +850°C 25°C
Max. wire size: AWG14 (1.5 mm2) PF (Pt1000) -200°C +850°C 25°C

Air humidity: 0 - 95% RH RTD-input:

Basic accuracy PD/PF (Pt100/1000): <±0.2°C
Dimensions:
Temperature coefficient: <±0.01°C / °C
TT520: Ø1.73 x 0.84 in (Ø44 x 20.2mm)
Current output:
TT530: 4.29 x .0.93 x 4.09 in (109 x 23.5 x 104mm)
Signal range: 4 - 20 mA
AC205817 USB Loop Link Programmer: Load resistance: < (Vsup. - 7.2) / 0.023 [Ω ]
TT520 and TT530 transmitters are preconfigured for ease
Intrinsic Safety data: FM Approved Intrinsically Safe for Class 1,
of use. The AC205817 USB Loop Link Programmer allows
Div. 1, Groups A-D, Entity Approval (pending)
the user to reconfigure the transmitter using free, Windows-
based software. Vmax: 30.0 VDC Ci: 1 nF
Imax: 120 mADC Li: 10 μH
Tightness (enclosure/terminal):
Pmax: 0.84 W
TT520: IP 68 / IP00
TT530: IP50 / IP20 Europe: ATEX II 1 G

Weight: Meets these European requirements:

TT520: 50 g EMC 2004/108/EC: Standard EN 61326
TT530: 145 g

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-16
Specifications and order options Dimensions in inches (mm)
TT520 Model Number: 0.93 (23,5)
TT520 Temperature Transmitter 4.09 (104,0)
TT530 DIN Rail Temperature Transmitter 11 12 13 14

PD Sensor Type:
PD = 100Ω Platinum RTD (0.00385)
PF = 1000Ω Platinum RTD (0.00385)
E = Type E Thermocouple
J = Type J Thermocouple
4.29 (109,0) 3.54 (90,0)
K = Type K Thermocouple
T = Type T Thermocouple
(-25/200) Temperature Range:
Specify temperature range in either °C or °F.
For example, -25° to +200°C = 4 to 20 mA.
C Temperature Units: 41 42 43 44

C = Celsius
F = Fahrenheit

INSTRUMENTS
1 Calibration:
1 = Nominal
Wiring Diagrams
2 = Matched to sensor ±0.75% span
For other calibration options, contact Minco
Y Sensor Leads:
Y = 2-lead RTD (or thermocouple)
Z = 3-lead RTD
X = 4-lead RTD
TT520PD(-25/200)C1Y = Sample part number

Dimensions in inches (mm)

1.30 (33,0)

1 2

0.75
(19,1)

6 3

5 4
0.255 (6,48) DIA.
1.74 (44,2)

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-17
Programmable Transmitters w/ HART® Protocol
Communication interface: HART® and PC interface

Temperature coefficient: < ± 0.005% of span/ °C

Effect of supply voltage change: < 0.005% of span/ VDC

Max. wire size: AWG14 (1.5 mm2)
Air humidity: 0 - 95% RH
Dimensions:
TT521 TT521: Ø1.73 x 0.84 in (Ø44 x 20.2mm)
TT531: 4.29 x .0.93 x 4.09 in (109 x 23.5 x 104mm)
TT531
Overview Tightness (enclosure/terminal):
TT521: IP 68 / IP00 TT531: IP50 / IP20
Models TT521 and TT531 are programmable transmitters
designed for process control and other applications. Both Weight:
models use HART® communication protocol and are PC TT521: 50 g TT531: 145 g
programmable to accept a signal from a thermocouple, a
AC205817 USB Loop Link Programmer:
Resistance Temperature Detector (RTD), or a millivolt signal.
TT521 and TT531 transmitters are preconfigured for
Model TT521 transmitter can be mounted at the field location
ease of use. The AC205817 USB Loop Link Programmer
in a standard DIN form B head or on a DIN rail inside a local box
allows the user to reconfigure the transmitter using free,
(with an AC807 Minco DIN rail adapter). Model TT531 can be
Windows-based software.
mounted vertically or horizontally on a DIN rail.
• T/C, RTD, or mV input
TC Input:
• HART® Communication Protocol
Minimum measurement range:
• PC and field-programmable Type E, J, K, T : 50°C
Max. offset: 50% of selected max. value
• Galvanically isolated
Basic accuracy:
• FM Approved Intrinsically Safe
Type E, J, K, T : <±0.5°C
• Single temperature measurement Cold junction compensation (CJC): <±1.0°C
• Difference temperature measurement Temperature coefficient:
Type E, J, K, T: ± 0.025 °C / °Camb
• Average temperature measurement
Sensor error detection: yes
RTD-input:
HART® Communication RTD Minimum Maximum Minimum
By way of 2-wire HART® communication between the process type value value span.
computer and the TT521 or TT531, the transmitter is program- PD (Pt100) -200°C +850°C 25°C
mable, readable, and controllable. PF (Pt1000) -200°C +850°C 25°C
Basic accuracy PD/PF (Pt100/1000): <±0.1°C
• Up to 15 transmitters can be controlled in a multidrop
Temperature coefficient: <±0.005°C / °C
system. (Parallel connection of all transmitters on 2 wires).
Current output:
• Set-up, configuration and control can be done from a central
Signal range: 4 - 20 mA
monitoring room.
Load resistance: < (Vsup. - 8) / 0.023 [Ω]
When each transmitter is connected to a 2-wire cable, a
Intrinsic Safety data: FM Approved Intrinsically Safe for Class 1,
standard 4-20 mA signal can be used at the same time as
Div. 1, Groups A-D, Entity Approval (pending)
the HART® communication.
Vmax: 30.0 VDC Ci: 1 nF
Imax: 120 mADC Li: 10 μH
Specifications Pmax: 0.84 W
Europe: ATEX II 1 G
Common Specifications:
Meets these European requirements:
Supply voltage: 8.0 - 30 VDC
EMC 2004/108/EC: Standard EN 61326-1
Specifications subject to change

Page 5-18
Specifications and order options Wiring Diagrams
TT521 Model Number:
TT521 Temperature Transmitter with
HART® Protocol
TT531 DIN Rail Temperature Transmitter
with HART® Protocol
PD Sensor Type:
PD = 100Ω Platinum RTD (0.00385)
PF = 1000Ω Platinum RTD (0.00385)
E = Type E Thermocouple
J = Type J Thermocouple
K = Type K Thermocouple
T = Type T Thermocouple
(-25/200) Temperature Range:
Specify temperature range in either °C or °F.
For example, -25° to +200°C = 4 to 20 mA.
C Temperature Units:
C = Celsius
F = Fahrenheit
1 Calibration:

INSTRUMENTS
1 = Nominal
2 = Matched to sensor ±0.75% span
For other calibration options, contact Minco
Y Sensor Leads:
Y = 2-lead RTD (or thermocouple)
Z = 3-lead RTD
X = 4-lead RTD
TT521PD(-25/200)C1Y = Sample part number

Dimensions in inches (mm)

1.30 (33,0)
0.75
(19,1)

1 2

HART® Multidrop Wiring Diagram

1.74 (44,2) TT521/TT531 Transmitters

6 3

5 4
0.255 (6,48) DIA.
0.93 (23,5)
4.09 (104,0)
11 12 13 14

4.29 (109,0) 3.54 (90,0)

41 42 43 44
Specifications subject to change

Page 5-19
Temptran™ Temperature Ranges
Below is a list of commonly selected Temptran temperature If you do not find the temperature range required by your
ranges. The endpoints of the temperature range correspond application, go to www.minco.com for a complete list of
to the Temptran’s 4 and 20 mA signals. Choose the smallest temperature ranges. Custom ranges are also available
possible span for best accuracy. Be sure to check the for a small setup charge. Contact Minco Sales and Customer
temperature limits of the sensor you specify. Service for more information.

For more temperature ranges (over 400 options) go to www.minco.com

RTD Temptrans Thermocouple Temptrans
Temperature Range TT111, TT115, TT211, TT829 TT246, TT220 TT221 TT205
Range Zero °F Span °F Zero °C Span °C Platinum Other Elements T/C types T/C types
code elements* elements
MH -328 -148 -200.0 -100.0 PA PB PD PE
HG -325 100 -198.3 37.8 PA PB PD PE PF PW JT
QS -300 150 -184.4 65.6 PA PB PD PE
EZ -148 32 -100.0 0.0 PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE
LN -148 212 -100.0 100.0 PA PB PD PE
SA -140 100 -95.6 37.8 PA PB PD PE
UL -103 752 -75.0 400.0 K
M -58 122 -50.0 50.0 PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE
EO -58 212 -50.0 100.0 PA PB PD PE NA PA PB PD PE T ET
JD -58 302 -50.0 150.0 PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE J
MR -58 500 -50.0 260.0 PA PB PD PE CA NA
SD -50 100 -45.6 37.8 PA PB PD PE
MI -50 150 -45.6 65.6 PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE T
AI -50 275 -45.6 135.0 PA PB PD PE PF PW FB FC FL NA PA PB PD PE
MS -50 650 -45.6 343.3 PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE
AD -40 120 -40.0 48.9 PA PB PD PE FB FC PA PB PD PE
AK -40 140 -40.0 60.0 PA PB PD PE PU PA PB PD PE
BE -40 160 -40.0 71.1 PA PB PD PE FB PA PB PD PE
GH -40 212 -40.0 100.0 PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE
UE -40 302 -40.0 150.0 PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE
L -30 120 -34.4 48.9 PA PB PD PE PF PW FB FC
AS -30 130 -34.4 54.4 PA PB PD PE PF PW FB PA PB PD PE
R -30 150 -34.4 65.6 PA PB PD PE FB FC PA PB PD PE
DN -22 122 -30.0 50.0 PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE
EE -22 302 -30.0 150.0 PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE
DO -20 120 -28.9 48.9 PA PB PD PE PF PW ND PA PB PD PE
EN -20 140 -28.9 60.0 PA PB PD PE PF PW FB PA PB PD PE
B -20 180 -28.9 82.2 PA PB PD PE FB FC NA PA PB PD PE CA
BP -4 104 -20.0 40.0 PA PB PD PE FC PA PB PD PE
SH -4 122 -20.0 50.0 PA PB PD PE
DB -4 212 -20.0 100.0 PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE
JZ 0 65 -17.8 18.3 PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE
S 0 100 -17.8 37.8 PA PB PD PE PF PG PW FB PA PB PD PE PW
JH 0 120 -17.8 48.9 PA PB PD PE PF PW FC PA PB PD PE
HD 0 130 -17.8 54.4 PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE
DV 0 150 -17.8 65.6 PA PB PD PE FB PA PB PD PE
EI 0 160 -17.8 71.1 PA PB PD PE
AC 0 200 -17.8 93.3 PA PB PD PE PF PW FB NA PA PB PD PE CA EJKT T
EY 0 250 -17.8 121.1 PA PB PD PE PF PW NA PA PB PD PE JK JKT
AN 0 300 -17.8 148.9 PA PB PD PE PF PW FB FC NA PA PB PD PE CA NA EJKT K
JA 0 350 -17.8 176.7 PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE KJ
DS 0 400 -17.8 204.4 PA PB PD PE NA PA PB PD PE CA NA JK
AG 0 500 -17.8 260.0 PA PB PD PE PF PW NA PA PB PD PE CA EJT JKT
QN 0 550 -17.8 287.8 PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE
AB 0 600 -17.8 315.6 PA PB PD PE PF PW NA PA PB PD PE EJK J
AA 0 800 -17.8 426.7 PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE J JK
BZ 0 1000 -17.8 537.8 PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE JK EJ
* Element codes (PA, PB, PD, PE, etc.) are defined in the Resistance/Temperature Tables on page 1-13 Specifications subject to change

Page 5-20
For more temperature ranges (over 400 options) go to www.minco.com
RTD Temptrans Thermocouple Temptrans
Temperature Range TT111, TT115, TT211, TT829 TT246, TT220 TT221 TT205
Range Zero °F Span °F Zero °C Span °C Platinum Other Elements T/C types T/C types
code elements* elements
HU 0 1300 -17.8 704.4 K
BY 14 104 -10.0 40.0 PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE
AJ 14 122 -10.0 50.0 PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE
AP 20 70 -6.7 21.1 PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE
GV 20 100 -6.7 37.8 PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE
A 20 120 -6.7 48.9 PA PB PD PE PF PW FA FB FC NA PA PB PD PE PF
HE 20 240 -6.7 115.6 PA PB PD PE
AF 20 320 -6.7 160.0 PA PB PD PE FA FB
QE 22 122 -5.6 50.0 PA PB PD PE
GW 23 131 -5.0 55.0 PA PB PD PE
U 30 80 -1.1 26.7 PA PB PD PE PF PW FB FC PA PB PD PE
DA 30 90 -1.1 32.2 PA PB PD PE PF PW FC PA PB PD PE
DP 30 100 -1.1 37.8 PA PB PD PE PF PW
BI 30 130 -1.1 54.4 PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PF PW
DQ 30 150 -1.1 65.6 PA PB PD PE FB PA PB PD PE
KK 30 180 -1.1 82.2 PA PB PD PE

INSTRUMENTS
EV 30 230 -1.1 110.0 PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE
BN 30 240 -1.1 115.6 PA PB PD PE PF PW FB PA PB PD PE
BJ 30 250 -1.1 121.1 PA PB PD PE PF PW NA PA PB PD PE FA
GQ 32 100 0.0 37.8 PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE
EG 32 104 0.0 40.0 PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE
N 32 122 0.0 50.0 PA PB PD PE PF PW FB FC PA PB PD PE
HL 32 167 0.0 75.0 PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE
C 32 212 0.0 100.0 PA PB PD PE PF PW FB FC NA PA PB PD PE CA NA JT
QR 32 257 0.0 125.0 PA PB PD PE
DL 32 280 0.0 137.8 PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE
J 32 302 0.0 150.0 PA PB PD PE PF PU PW FC NA PA PB PD PE CA J J
K 32 392 0.0 200.0 PA PB PD PE PU NA PA PB PD PE CA JK J
LX 32 400 0.0 204.4 PA PB PD PE
BW 32 482 0.0 250.0 PA PB PD PE NA PA PB PD PE EJKT J
LF 32 572 0.0 300.0 PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE JT
JW 32 932 0.0 500.0 PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE JK K
HA 32 1112 0.0 600.0 PA PB PD PE PF PW K
GF 32 1472 0.0 800.0 PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE K K
SG 33.8 123.8 1.0 51.0 PA PB PD PE
H 40 90 4.4 32.2 PA PB PD PE PF PW FB PA PB PD PE
BU 40 100 4.4 37.8 PA PB PD PE PF PW
QL 40 120 4.4 48.9 PF PW FC
BK 40 140 4.4 60.0 PA PB PD PE PF PW FB PA PB PD PE
KH 40 240 4.4 115.6 PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE
KP 42 92 5.6 33.3 PA PB PD PE
DU 45 95 7.2 35.0 PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE
DX 50 100 10.0 37.8 PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE
AH 50 110 10.0 43.3 PA PB PD PE FB PA PB PD PE
ED 50 120 10.0 48.9 PA PB PD PE PF PW FB
V 50 150 10.0 65.6 PA PB PD PE PF PW FA FB NA PA PB PD PE
AV 50 230 10.0 110.0 PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE J
BF 50 250 10.0 121.1 PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE PF PW ET
AO 50 300 10.0 148.9 PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE CA FA
KF 50 400 10.0 204.4 PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE
D 70 220 21.1 104.4 PA PB PD PE PF PW FB FC PA PB PD PE
E 100 500 37.8 260.0 PA PB PD PE PF PW PA PB PD PE
BH 122 302 50.0 150.0 PA PB PD PE PA PB PD PE T
BL 200 500 93.3 260.0 PA PB PD PE PF PW K
* Element codes (PA, PB, PD, PE, etc.) are defined in the Resistance/Temperature Tables on page 1-13 Specifications subject to change

Page 5-21
Temptran™ Calibration & Accessories
Special high-accuracy calibration
Standard transmitters can be calibrated to the nominal resistance values of the RTD at the zero and span points. Total system error
includes the tolerance of both the transmitter and the RTD sensor. If you order Minco Temptrans calibrated to the actual resistance of
the RTD (traceable to NIST), this effectively eliminates the sensor tolerance from the system accuracy specifications.
Temptrans match calibrated to a sensor are always ordered as assemblies. Common examples are shown in Section 2.

Free NIST traceability Temptran Accessories

With each matched sensor/transmitter set, Minco sends you
calibration data traceable to the National Institute of Standards DIN rail mounting
& Technology. This helps your process comply with ISO 9001 For easy installation in instrument cabinets. Adapters fit all
and other quality standards. Temptran models. Specify length when ordering rails.

Model Description
Recalibration
AC805 DIN EN50022 Rail
Minco prints RTD resistance values right on the Temptran label AC807 Adapter for EN50022
to simplify recalibration. You simply connect a resistance
decade box or “RTD simulator” in place of the RTD, dial in the
correct values, and adjust zero and span.
Because Minco platinum RTDs are extremely stable in typical AC807
ADAPTER
installations (0.1°C or better), you can trust the printed values
for many years.

Temptrans mounted to DIN rail AC807 adapter for EN50022

Dual mounting kits

The AC103528 mounting kit fits connection head models
CH105, CH107, CH328, CH330, CH342, CH343, CH357, CH358,
CH405 and CH407. It holds two miniature Temptrans in a single
head for use with dual RTDs.
Use AC103133 for connection head models CH104, CH106 and
CH306, and CH356. CH106, CH306 and CH356 also require
AC103625 connection head modification.

AC103528 AC103133
mounting kit mounting kit

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-22
Loop-powered Indicators

TI196 Head-mounted Indicator AC102765 Pipe Mounting Hardware Kit TI350 Indicator

INSTRUMENTS
Overview TI350 indicator
The display range is field programmable via coarse dip The TI350 features a washdown compatible digital readout for
switches and two fine adjustment potentiometers. Wiring is local indication of temperature. Sensors and transmitters are
easy. Simply connect the indicator in series with the 4 to 20 mA specified separately. Optional Temptran model TT321 will fit
loop. Forward voltage drop is only 2.8 VDC. inside the case along with the meter. Other 4 to 20 mA
• Local indication of process variable for convenient visual transmitters may be mounted outside the case and used
verification with this device.

• Enclosures are sealed from harsh environments to enhance • NEMA 4X enclosure

product reliability and longevity • Cable glands are installed for 0.118" to 0.256" (3mm to
• Variety of mounting options allows for flexible and easy 6.5mm) cable
installation
• Compatible with 4 to 20 mA temperature transmitters for AC102765 pipe mounting hardware kit
easy sensor interchangeability Use AC102765 for mounting TI196 or TI350 to vertical or
horizontal pipe. Kit includes plate, stainless U-bolts, nuts
• IP66 NEMA 4X/7 rated (only for TI196)
and washers for 2" schedule 40 pipe [Ø 2.375" (60mm)].
Order model number AC102765
TI196 head-mounted indicator
The TI196 includes an explosionproof connection head and
digital indicator for local indication of temperature. Sensors
and transmitters are specified separately. Optional Temptran
models TT111, TT211 or TT205 will fit inside the connection
head along with the meter.

TI196 Hazardous Area Certification

(explosionproof/flameproof):
Class I, Div I, Groups B,C and D
Class II, Div I, Groups E,F and G
Class III
Ex d IIC

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-23
TI196 head-mounted indicator TI350 indicator
Specifications Specifications
Input: 4 to 20 mA DC series connection Input: 4 to 20 mA DC series connection

Range: User adjustable. Range: User adjustable.

Zero: -500 to +1000 counts. Zero: -500 to +1000 counts.
Span: 10 to 2000 counts. Span: 10 to 2000 counts.

Accuracy: ± (0.1% reading + 1 count). Accuracy: ± (0.1% reading + 1 count).

Temperature Coefficient: Temperature Coefficient:

Zero: ± 0.075 counts/°C typ. Zero: ± 0.075 counts/°C typ.
Span: ± 0.005% of span/°C typ. Span: ± 0.005% of span/°C typ.

Linearity: ± (0.1% of span + 1 count). Linearity: ± (0.1% of span + 1 count).

Forward Voltage Drop: 2.8 volts DC maximum. Forward Voltage Drop: 2.8 volts DC maximum.

Display: 0.59” (15mm) high, 3-1/2 digit LCD, with °C/°F Display: 0.59” (15mm) high, 3-1/2 digit LCD, with °C/°F
descriptor. descriptor.

Display Update: 3 times per second. Display Update: 3 times per second.

Underrange Indication: -1 in MSD (Most Significant Digit). Underrange Indication: -1 in MSD (Most Significant Digit).

Overrange Indication: 1 in MSD. Overrange Indication: 1 in MSD.

Connections: Terminal Block, Pluggable Connections: Terminal Block, Pluggable

Decimal: User programmable to 1 position or absent Decimal: User programmable to 1 position or absent
(i.e. 1XX.X or 1XXX). (i.e. 1XX.X or 1XXX).

Ambient Temperature Range: Ambient Temperature Range:

Operating: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C). Operating: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C).
Storage: -4 to 149°F (-20 to 65°C). Storage: -4 to 149°F ( -20 to 65°C ).

Weight: 50 oz. (1420 g.) Weight: 7 oz. (200 g).

Enclosure: Aluminum, polyester-coated Enclosure: Polycarbonate, NEMA 4X.

Enclosure Rating: NEMA 4X, IP66 Dimensions (box only): 2.6" W x 4.5" L x 2.2" D
(65 mm W x 115 mm H x 56 mm D).
Dimensions (connection head): 4.5" W x 4.5" H x 3.4" D
(144 mm W x 114 mm H x 87 mm D). TI350 specification and order options
TI196 specification and order options TI350 Model number TI350
(0/100) Temperature range:
TI196 Model number TI196 (4 mA temp./20 mA temp.), user adjustable
P3 Pipe thread size:
P2 = 3/4 - 14 NPT (sensor and conduit) C Display:
C = Celsius
P3 = 1/2 - 14 NPT (sensor and conduit) F = Fahrenheit
(0/100) Temperature range: TI350(0/100)C = Sample part number
(4 mA temp./20 mA temp.), user adjustable
C Display: Note: Sensors and transmitters are specified separately.
C = Celsius
F = Fahrenheit
TI196P3(0/100)C = Sample part number

Note: Sensors and transmitters are specified separately.

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-24
CT224 12-Channel Temperature Alarm/Monitor

Overview
The CT224 consists of a 12-Channel temperature monitor/
over-temperature alarm and MincoSoft™ CT224 Software. It is
the next generation in temperature monitoring equipment
from Minco designed to meet the needs of electric machinery
protection. The 12-channel scanning capability, standard
RS485/RS232 interface and Windows-compatible software

INSTRUMENTS
utility for system configuration and data logging provide
over-temperature and under-temperature protection and
critical feedback to safeguard expensive machinery.
• UL and cUL recognized to help meet regulatory compliance
• PC programmable with Windows compatible software makes
monitoring easy and efficient, allowing quick reprogramming
and extensive data logging
• Mix and match sensor input types for freedom to adapt to
pre-installed bearing and apparatus sensors
Software
• Ability to monitor 12 inputs allows you to monitor stator
sensors from two motors MincoSoft™ CT224 software features:

• Five outputs, relays or logic offers either internal relay trips or • Compatibility with Microsoft® Windows® operating system
flexibility of external control • User-friendly configuration program
• Logic outputs can be used with external SSRs • Save unlimited set-up configurations
• Prevent costly damage to motors, generators, transformers, • Commission mode to test configurations before implementation
and other equipment
• Continuously displayed measurement and relay status of all
• Power loss protection 12 channels
• 24 independent trip points (2 per channel) • Data-logging
• Programmable deadband (hysteresis)
Applications
• Rugged steel enclosure • Generators
• Can be used as a 4-channel on/off controller • Motors
• Display High, Low, or Any valid zones • Turbines
• Self-calibrating • Compressors
• Pumps

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-25
Specifications Programming: Programmable from front panel or via RS485
Input: 1 to 12 RTDs (2 or 3-wire), thermocouples, or 4 to 20 mA or RS232 interface using Modbus protocol. PC software is
current loops. Accepts any combination of input types. included for data logging, commissioning, and configuration.
Program settings may be password protected.
Standard Input types:
RTD: Firmware fault protection: Watchdog resets microprocessor if
-200 to 700°C: PA (Platinum / 100 Ω / 0.00392 Ω/Ω/°C) it fails to perform program sequence.
-200 to 700°C: PB (Platinum / 100 Ω / 0.00391 Ω/Ω/°C) Enclosure: Steel case; NEMA 4 front panel.
-200 to 850°C: PD/PE (Platinum / 100 Ω / 0.00385 Ω/Ω/°C)
-200 to 600°C: PF (Platinum / 1000 Ω / 0.00385 Ω/Ω/°C) Ambient temperature rating: 0 to 60°C (32 to 140°F).
-80 to 260°C: NA (Nickel / 120 Ω / 0.00672 Ω/Ω/°C) Connections: Terminal blocks at rear accept wires to AWG 12.
-100 to 260°C: CA (Copper / 10 Ω / 0.00427 Ω/Ω/°C)
Thermocouple: Leadwire resistance compensation: Up to 30 Ω per leadwire
-270 to 1000°C: Type E -270 to 1150°C: Type K for RTDs with no effect on reading.
-200 to 1200°C: Type J -270 to 400°C: Type T Dimensions: 7.5 x 11.5 x 2” (191 x 292 x 51 mm).
4 to 20 mA current loop: Pressure (PSI, Bar), Humidity (%), Mounting: Panel mount enclosure. Cutout size of 6.8" x 10.6"
Temperature (°F, °C), Vibration (G), and process variable (mA, VDC) (173 x 269 mm).
Note: 4 to 20 mA inputs must be linear with respect to the
measured variable. Weight: 3.8 lbs. (1.72 kg.).

Input scan rate: 1.5 seconds maximum to scan all 12 channels. Approvals: UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 14-M91.

Input fault detection: Options for ignoring, sounding alarm, or Accessories

tripping relays associated with the failed sensor. Other zones AC102734: Communication package. Includes isolated RS232
are unaffected. to RS485 converter and power supply.
Output: 24 independent trip points (2 per channel): 5 relays,
one relay is intended for use as an alarm function (but can be
configured as a trip point), and one internal audible alarm. Specification and order options
Alarm may be programmed to sound when selected relays trip.
CT224 Model number
Logic output option is available for controlling external SSRs or
sending a signal to another device. A Power supply
A: 85-240 VAC @ 50/60 Hz / 110-250 VDC
Relays: Form C, SPDT 10 A @ 250 VAC/24 VDC resistive load; B: 18-36 VDC
10 A make current; 2500 VA breaking capacity, ¼ HP at 120 VAC 1 Output
motor load. 1: Relays
Trip point hysteresis (deadband): Programmable from 0 to 20 2: Logic (5 VDC)
(°C or °F). A Interface
A: RS232
Display: 20 x 4 line backlit LCD. 0.1°C or 0.1°F resolution. B: RS485
Front panel LEDs indicate relay and alarm status. CT224A1A = Sample part number
Accuracy: 2°C (3°F) in 0 to 60°C (32 to 140°F) ambient,
over entire range of the input.
Supply power: 85 to 240 VAC @ 50/60 Hz. or 110 to
250 VDC, 5 watts max.; or 18 to 36 VDC, 6 watts max.
Keyboard: 4 membrane type keys with audible feedback.
Serial interface: RS485 or RS232 (Modbus protocol).
STOCKED PARTS AVAILABLE
Power loss protection: Trip points and program parameters
stored in non-volatile memory. Normal operation resumes
when power is restored.
Specifications subject to change

Page 5-26
CT424 Temperature Alarm/Monitor
User-programmable three input temperature monitor system

Overview
Minco’s CT424 consists of a 3-channel temperature monitor
and alarm system that controls three relay outputs based on
user-programmable set points to help safeguard expensive
machinery.

Features

INSTRUMENTS
The CT424 offers users a completely programmable monitor
and alarm with improved measurement range and universal
inputs. The microprocessor-based design maintains accuracy
over a wide range of temperatures and conducts regular self-
checks to ensure correct operation. Additionally, one of the
relay outputs is specifically designed for control of a cooling
fan, and the user-configurable fan exercise option extends the
fan life and reduces bearing lock-up. Other key features
include:
• Universal inputs of 100 and 1000 Ω platinum RTDs and Types
E and K thermocouples
• Configurable through the front-panel interface, MODBUS
Applications
over USB or the isolated RS-485, PC software included for Minco’s CT424 temperature monitor and alarm is designed
data logging and configuration with the specifications for dry-type transformer monitoring
}and protection. Additional applications include use in pumps,
• User-configurable measurement range to Celsius or
compressors and motors.
Fahrenheit scale
• Large, dimmable 7-digit LED display allows easy
programming and visibility at various distances and Specification and order options
lighting conditions
CT424 Model number
• Dual password design allows certain users to have full
configuration access and others, set points only CT424A AC power, 120-240VAC
50-60Hz, 120-240VDC
• Non-volatile memory storage of per-channel min/max CT424B DC power: 21-36VDC
temperatures for recall in the event of power-loss
• Electrically isolated 4-20mA output signal allows for
connection to PLCs or remote displays
• UL/cUL recognition (CT424A and CT424B) and CE
certification (CT424A)

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-27
Technical Specifications

-50°C to 300°C (-58°F to 572°F), 1°C resolution,

Measurement Range
2°C full-range accuracy
Voltage: 240V AC
Fan Relay: 30A or 1.5HP @ 55°C, derates to
Relay Contact Ratings
22A or 1.5HP @ 72°C
Trip/Alarm Relays: 10A
Configuration: high value, low value,
specific channel selection.
Current Loop Outputs
Isolated, industry-standard Scaling: Offset from -50°C to 250°C,
Performance 4-20mA current-loop output span from 50°C to 350°C
for forwarding of reading to Error signaling: 3.5mA or 23mA output
PLC or remote indicator. during sensor failure.
Power: isolated loop power –or–
non-isolated self-power
MODBUS over USB or isolated RS-485, RTU,
Communications
300-38400bps
UL/cUL recognized (CT424A and CT424B) and
Certifications
CE certification (CT424A)

Sensor Inputs RTD: 100Ω or 1000Ω Platinum, 0.00385Ω/Ω/°C TCR,

Note: “Universal” inputs are 2- or 3-wire connection, Open and shorted sensor
standard and are electrically detection
isolated from control logic Thermocouple: Type K or Type E thermocouple,
and communications.
Environment open detection.
-30°C to 72°C (-22°F to 162°F), 95% humidity,
Temperature Range
non-condensing
Connection: terminal block, 30 AWG to
Output Relays
10 AWG wire
Display: LED, 7-segment, red, 0.56” height,
dimmable
User Interface
Indicators: LED, red: Fan, Trip, Alarm, Peak,
Manual Fan, Test
Mechanical Front-panel: 6.3” x 9.9”
Dimensions Cut-out: 5.67” x9.17”
Depth: 1.9”
Enclosure Metal, corrosion-resistant

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-28
CT325 Miniature DC Temperature Controller

Overview
The CT325 Miniature DC Temperature Controller is designed for
use with Minco Thermofoil™ heaters and RTD or thermistor CT325 DC Controller
sensors. It offers inexpensive on/off temperature control of
your process or equipment with accuracy many times better
than bimetal thermostats. Easily read and adjust the set point
temperature using a voltmeter, then monitor the actual signal Specifications
temperature at the other end. Operating from your 4.75 to 60
volt DC power supply, the controller can switch up to 4 amps Input: 100 Ω or 1000 Ω platinum RTD, 0.00385 Ω/Ω/°C,
power to the heater. A bright LED indicates when power is 2 or 3-leads, or 50 k Ω NTC thermistor, 2-lead.

INSTRUMENTS
applied to the heater. Setpoint range: 2 to 200°C (36 to 392°F) for platinum RTD
The entire unit is epoxy filled for moisture resistance, with a input. 25 to 75°C (77 to 167°F) for thermistor input.
through-hole for a mounting bolt. A terminal block provides Consult factory for other ranges.
the power input, sensor input and heater output connections. Setpoint stability: ±0.02% of span/°C.
• Tight control in a small package means that enclosures or Vtemp signal: 0.010 V/°C over specified range.
panel spaces are not required which allows successful
Platinum RTD sensor Thermistor sensor
portable device implementation
2°C 0.02 V 25°C 0.25 V
• Simple control without complicated programming can 50°C 0.50 V 50°C 0.50 V
reduce set-up time
100°C 1.00 V 75°C 0.75 V
• Three-wire RTD connection cancels lead resistance for highly 200°C 2.00 V
accurate temperature readings Accuracy: ±1% of span Accuracy: ±2% of span
• Solid state on-off control with adjustable set point improves Linearity: ±0.1% of span Linearity: ±2% of span
durability compared to electro-mechanical devices Deadband: ±0.1°C (0.2°F).
• Flexible heating control compliments all Minco Thermofoil™ Input power: 4.75 to 60 VDC.
Heaters for convenient off the shelf operation
Output: Open drain, 4 amps max. DC.
• Uses standard 100 Ω or 1000 Ω platinum RTD or
50 kΩ thermistor sensor input Leadwire compensation: (3-wire RTD) ±0.06°C/ Ω for 100 Ω or
1000 Ω platinum up to 25 Ω per leg.
• Single DC power source provides power to the controller and
heater up to 240 watts Fault protection: Heater disabled on RTD short or thermistor
open. No heater protection; external fuse is recommended.
Applications Operating ambient temperature range: -40 to 70°C (-40 to 158°F).
• IV solutions for medical/surgical applications
Relative humidity: 0 to 95% non-condensing.
• Military batteries
Physical: Polycarbonate case, epoxy sealed for moisture resistance.
• Enclosures to maintain the temperature of electronics
Weight: 1 oz. (28g).
• Ruggedized laptop LCDs and hardrives
Connections: Terminal block for wires AWG 22 to AWG 14.
Custom design options
Mounting: Mounting hole for #6 screw through or #8 thread
Minco can customize the design of the CT325 for special appli-
forming screw.
cations. Specific temperature ranges, other sensor options, and
special packaging are possible for volume OEM applications.
Specifications subject to change

Page 5-29
 Sensor type Code Wiring diagrams
100Ω platinum RTD (0.00385 TCR) PD
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1000Ω platinum RTD (0.00385 TCR) PF
Fuse
50 kΩ thermistor R25/R125 = 31.2 TF
DC +
Note: 50kW thermistor sensor TS665TF is available on page 10-6 Power RTD
Supply –

Specification and order options

CT325 Model number
Heater 1 2 3 4 5 6
PD Sensor type from table
Fuse
1 Power supply: DC +
1 = 4.75 to 10 VDC Power Thermistor
2 = 7.5 to 60 VDC Supply –

C Temperature range:
A = 25 to 75°C (thermistor only)
C = 2 to 200°C (RTD only)
1 Dead band: Heater
1 = 0.1°C
CT325PD1C1 = Sample part number
AC powered heaters
The CT325 can provide the control signal to an external solid
state relay to switch AC power. Use a DC supply voltage suitable
for both the CT325 and SSR.

CT325

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Fuse
DC +
Dimensions in inches (mm) Power
Supply –
RTD

+ –

3 INPUT 4
AC Solid
(27.7) 2 OUTPUT 1 State Relay
.69
(17.5) Neutral
115 VAC
Line
Fuse

Mounting Hole

1.50 Heater
(38.1)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
0.149 (3.8)
1.00 I.D. THRU
(25.4)
Setpoint
Adjust
Vtemp STOCKED PARTS AVAILABLE
Vsetpoint Test Points
GND
Heat Indicator

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-30
CT335 PC Board Mount Temperature Controller

Overview
The CT335 is an OEM micro-processor based temperature
controller that offers two sensor inputs, and two outputs.
This low cost, PCB mount style proportional controller is
great for system integration.
The CT335 multiple output options make it more versatile than
other temperature controllers. Option 1) one output capable of
handling up to 6 Amps. Option 2) Two open drain outputs with
3 Amps each. Option 3) one open drain output that can handle
up to 3 Amps and a logic output option to work with an exter-
nal SSR for higher power.
AC207473 USB to SPI Converter Kit:
• Proportional and On/Off control
The AC207473 allows the user to configure the CT335 from
• Two inputs and two outputs (solid state) a PC. It is ideal for prototyping and early-stage development.
It consists of a CT335 USB to SPI converter, power supply,
• Small package designed for PCB mounting

INSTRUMENTS
USB cable, and software CD for easy user interface.
• Able to handle up to 6 Amps
• Operates on 7.5-60 volts DC Operation
• Low cost The CT335 controller can be configured to On/Off or
Proportional control. On/Off control offers faster reaction time
and better accuracy over thermostats. The CT335 Proportional
Specifications control minimizes temperature overshoot and gives steadier
temperature control by reducing the time the heater/load stays
Sensor Inputs:
on as the process temperature approaches the set-point. Note
100Ω at 0ºC Pt RTD, 2-leads (0.00385 TCR) that actual outputs depend on the system’s configuration and
1000 Ω at 0ºC Pt RTD, 2-leads (0.00385 TCR) controlling parameters. See below.
Output Options:
One output of 6A On/Off Control
Two outputs of 3A each
One 3A output and one logic output (0-5V) On/Off

Controlling Parameters: PV
Temperature

Set-point
Dead-band for On/Off Control: 0.1 to 10ºC
Proportional band for Proportional Control: 0.1 to 10ºC
Ambient:
Operating temperature: -40 to 70ºC (-40 to 158ºF)
Storage temperature: -55 to 85ºC (-67 to 185ºF)
Relative humidity: 90%, non-condensing Time

Accuracy: ±1º C Proportional Control

System stability determined by overall system.
Power supply: 7.5 to 60VDC
PV
Proportional

Physical: ABS case, epoxy potted for moisture resistance

Temperature

Set-point

Case Dimensions: 1.49x1.03x0.36"

Mounting: Pins on 0.1" center for mounting on PCB

Specifications subject to change Time

Page 5-31
Wiring with Different Output Options: Specifications and order options
CT335 Model Number: CT335
Option 1: One output of 6A PD Sensor Types:
PD = 100Ω Platinum RTD (-40 to 200°C)
PF = 1000Ω Platinum RTD
1 Output Options:
1. one output of 6A
2. two outputs of 3A
3. one 3A output and 1 logic output
P Control Method:
O = On/Off
P = Proportional
10 Dead-band or Proportional Band
1 = 0.1° C
10 = 1.0° C
Option 2: Two outputs of 3A each 100 = 10.0º C
T100 Setpoint Temperature
(Min = - 40ºC, Max = 200ºC):
XXXX = Setpoint in 0.1ºC increments
Example: 100 = 10.0ºC
103 = 10.3ºC
-200 = -20.0ºC
CT335PD1T100 = Sample part number

Dimensions

Option 3: One 3A output and one logic output (0-5V)

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-32
CT15 Temperature Controller & Alarm

CT15 Controller

INSTRUMENTS
Overview Specifications
The CT15 is an easy-to-use controller with sophisticated PID Selectable inputs:
control. It can also be a single or 2-stage alarm (using alarm RTD: 2 or 3-wire, Minco types PD or PE (100 Ω EN60751 platinum).
feature plus control relay) to monitor motors and generators Thermocouple: Type J (factory default), K, T (selectable).
for overheating.
Input impedance:
• RTD or thermocouple input Thermocouple: 3 megohms minimum.
RTD current: 200 μ A maximum.
• Control modes: Self-Tune, pre-set or programmable PID, or
On/Off Sensor break or short protection: De-energizes control
outputs to protect system.
• Bright red LED display
Loop break protection: Error message is initiated and output
• Ramp to setpoint
is turned off in case of shorted sensor or open heater circuit.
• Digital sensor input correction Break time adjustable from OFF to 99 minutes.
• Digital input filter adjustable for noisy or jittery processes Cycle rate: 1to 80 seconds.
• Four security levels Setpoint range: Selectable from -212 to 1371°C (-350 to
2500°F), input dependent.
• Setpoint limits
Display: One 4 digit, 7 segment, 0.3" high LED. Display shows
• Non-volatile memory needs no battery backup
the measured temperature unless a control key is pressed,
• Input fault timer then it will display the item value.
• Alarms at one or two temperatures Control action: Reverse (usually heating) or Direct (usually
cooling), selectable.
• Alarm Relay option is programmable for high, low, absolute, or
deviation, can be reset manually or automatically, and controls Ramp/Soak: One ramp, 0 to 100 hours.
a single electromechanical relay with voltage-free contacts

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-33
Specifications continued Specification and order options
Accuracy: ±0.25% of span ±1 count. CT15 Model number
Resolution: 1° or 0.1°, selectable. 1 Alarm:
0 = No
Line voltage stability: ±0.05% over supply voltage range. 1 = Yes
Temperature stability: 4 μV/°C (2.3 μV/°F) typical, 8 μV/°C 2 Input:
(4.5 μV/°F) max. (100 ppm/°C typical, 200 ppm/°C max.). 1 = J, K, or T thermocouple
2 = 100 Ω platinum RTD, type PD or PE
Isolation: Relay and SSR outputs are isolated. Pulsed voltage
1 Output:
output must not share a common ground with the input. 1 = Built-in AC SSR
2 = Pulsed voltage (5 VDC)
Supply voltage: 100 to 240 VAC nom., +10/-15%, 50 to 400 Hz,
3 = Mechanical relay
single phase; 132 to 240 VDC, nom., +10/-20%. 5 VA maximum.
Note: Do not confuse controller power with heater power. The CT15121 = Sample part number
controller does not supply power to the heater, but only acts as Note: See page 5-37 for controller accessories.
a switch. For example, the controller could be powered by
115 VAC, but controlling 12 VDC to the heater.
Operating temperature range: -10 to 55°C (14 to 131°F).
Memory backup: Non-volatile memory (no batteries required). Dimensions shown in inches (mm)
Control output ratings: 1.89
(48)
AC SSR (SPST): 3.5 A @ 250 VAC @ 25°C
(77°F); derates to 1.25 A @ 55°C (131°F).
Minimum 48 VAC and 100mA required. 1.89
An SSR is recommended for longer life than (48)
a mechanical relay.
Switched voltage (non-isolated):
5 VDC @ 25 mA. 5.04 (128)
Mechanical relay, SPST Form A (Normally Open):
3 A resistive, 1.5 A inductive @ 250 VAC;
pilot duty: 250 VA; 2 A @ 125 VAC or
1 A @ 250 VAC. 1.76
(44.7)
Alarm relay, SPST Form A (Normally Open):
3 A resistive, 1.5 A inductive @ 250 VAC;
pilot duty: 250 VA; 2 A @ 125 VAC or 0.45 (12)
1 A @ 250 VAC.
PANEL CUTOUT: 1.775" × 1.775" (45 mm × 45 mm)
Weight: 227g (8 oz.). MAXIMUM PANEL THICKNESS: 0.25" (6.35 mm)
Agency approvals: UL & CSA.
DIMENSIONS IN INCHES (mm)

Front panel rating: Type 4X (IP66).

STOCKED PARTS AVAILABLE

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-34
CT16A Temperature Controller

CT16A Controller

Overview • Ramp & Soak option handles complex heating profiles of 16

INSTRUMENTS
This economical controller packs sophisticated PID control into segments with front-panel activation and a selectable time
a compact 1/16 DIN enclosure. A wide range of control modes, base (CT16A3)
sensor input types, and relay or SSR outputs give versatile • Auto / Manual option easily switches to manual control for
control of Thermofoil™ heaters and lets you easily connect to set up or experiments (CT16A3)
other electronics.
• RS-232 or RS-485 Serial Communications access the
• Dual displays continuously show the set point and the actual temperature readings and all control parameters (optional)
temperature reading in resolutions of 1°, 0.1°, or engineering
units • Retransmit either the sensed temperature or the set point as a
voltage or current signal to a computer or recorder (optional)
• Universal Input fits any sensor: Select from 10 thermocouple
types, 4 RTD types, voltage, and current signals • 4-Stage Set Point to quickly switch from one temperature to
the next (optional)
• Isolated Outputs for safe, easy wiring
• Loop Break protection handles sensor or heater failure
Specifications
• Peak / Valley records the maximum and minimum
temperatures Selectable inputs:
RTD: 2 or 3-wire, Minco types
• Front panel is waterproof and corrosion-resistant, making it PD or PE (100 Ω EN60751 platinum),
ideal for sanitary applications. Illuminated keypad for easy PA (100 Ω NIST platinum),
operation PF (1000 Ω EN60751 platinum), or
• Limit the temperatures which the operator can set via four NA (120 Ω Nickel).
password-protected Security Levels Thermocouple: Type J (factory default), K, T, L, E, R, S, B, C, or N.
DC current: 0-20 mA or 4-20 mA (use with Temptran™ transmitters).
• Controller can Self-Tune for best PID control
DC voltage: 0-10 or 2-10 VDC, -10 to 10 mVDC, scalable.
• Control modes: Self-Tune, pre-set or adjustable PID values,
Input impedance:
simple On/Off control, and open loop
Voltage: 5000 Ω.
• Fuzzy Logic provides better response time and reduces Thermocouple: 3 megohms minimum.
overshoot in processes with unpredictable inputs Current: 10 Ω.
RTD current: 200 μ A.
• Alarms at one or two temperatures
• Alarm Relay option is programmable for high, low, absolute, or
deviation, can be reset manually or automatically, and controls
a single electromechanical relay with voltage-free contacts
Specifications subject to change

Page 5-35
Specifications continued Control output ratings:
AC SSR (SPST): 2.0 A combined outputs
Sensor break or short protection:
A & B @ 240 VAC @ 25°C (77°F);
Selectable output: disabled, average output before fault,
derates to 1.0 A @ 55°C (131°F).
or preprogrammed output.
An SSR is recommended for longer life than a
Adjustable delay: 0.0 to 540.0 minutes.
mechanical relay.
Loop break protection: Error message is initiated and output is Mechanical relay, SPST Form A (Normally Open) or Form B
turned off in case of shorted sensor or open heater circuit. (Normally Closed):
Break time adjustable from OFF to 9999 seconds. 3 A resistive, 1.5 A inductive @ 240 VAC;
pilot duty: 240 VA; 2 A @ 120 VAC or 1 A @ 240 VAC.
Cycle rate: 1 to 80 seconds.
Switched voltage (isolated): 15 VDC @ 20 mA.
Setpoint range: Selectable from -212 to 2320°C (-350 to Current (isolated): 0 to 20 mA, 600 Ω max.
4208°F), input dependent. DC SSR: 1.75 A @ 32 VDC max.
Displays: Two, 4 digit, 7 segment, 0.3" high LEDs. Process Value Alarm relay, SPST Form A (Normally Open):
red, Setpoint Value green. °C or °F. 3 A @ 240 VAC resistive;
1/10 HP @ 120 VAC.
Control action: Reverse (usually heating) or Direct (usually
cooling), selectable.
Specifications and order options
Ramp/soak: (CT16A3 only) 16 separate ramp and soak times
are adjustable in minutes or seconds from 0 to 9999. When the CT16A Model number
program has ended, you may choose to repeat, hold, revert to 2 Feature set:
local setpoint, or turn the outputs off. 2 = Standard
3 = Enhanced (ramp & soak, Auto/manual)
Accuracy: ±0.25% of span ±1 count.
1 Alarm relay:
Resolution: 1° or 0.1°, selectable. 0 = No
1 = Yes
Line voltage stability: ±0.05% over supply voltage range. 1 Output A:
1 = Built-in AC SSR
Temperature stability: 4 μV/°C (2.3 μV/°F) typical, 8 μV/°C
2 = Pulsed voltage (15 VDC) for external SSR
(4.5 μV/°F) max. (100 ppm/°C typical, 200 ppm/°C max.).
3 = Mechanical relay, SPST (normally open)
Isolation: 4 = Mechanical relay, SPST (normally closed)
Relay and SSR: 1500 VAC to all other inputs and outputs. 5 = Current
8 = DC SSR
SP1 and SP2 current and voltage: 500 VAC to all other inputs
and outputs, but not isolated from each other. 0 Output B:
0 = None
Process output (options 934, 936): 500 VAC to all other inputs 1 = Built-in AC SSR
and outputs. 2 = Pulsed voltage (15 VDC) for external SSR
3 = Mechanical relay, SPST (normally open)
Supply voltage: 100 to 240 VAC nom., +10/-15%, 50 to 400 Hz,
4 = Mechanical relay, SPST (normally closed)
single phase; 132 to 240 VDC, nom., +10/-20%. 5 VA maximum.
5 = Current
Note: Do not confuse controller power with heater power. The
-948 Options on next page (leave blank for none)
controller does not supply power to the heater, but only acts as
CT16A2110-948 = Sample part number
a switch. For example, the controller could be powered by
115 VAC, but controlling 12 VDC to the heater.
Operating temperature range:
-10 to 55°C (14 to 131°F).
Memory backup: Non-volatile memory
(no batteries required).

See page 5-37 for Accessories.

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-36
CT16A - Options and Accessories

Dimensions shown in inches (mm) Accessories for CT15 and CT16A

1.89 AC744: 1-10 A, 24 to 280 VAC SSR
(48)
AC745: 1-25 A, 24 to 280 VAC SSR
1.89 AC746: 1-50 A, 24 to 280 VAC SSR
(48)
AC1009: 1-20 A, 0 to 100 VDC SSR
AC743: SSR heat sink for high current or ambient temperature
5.04 (128)
AC996 R/C Snubber: Highly recommended to prolong relay
contact life if using the mechanical relay or SSR output to drive
1.76 a relay or solenoid. Also, for the CT16A AC SSR output, make
(44.7)
sure that the coil HOLDING current is greater than 100 mA and
voltage is minimum 48 VDC.
0.45 (12)
AC1001: Steel 1/16 to ¼ DIN adapter plate. 127 x 127 mm gray
PANEL CUTOUT: 1.775" × 1.775" (45 mm × 45 mm) steel with 45 x 45 mm centered hole.
MAXIMUM PANEL THICKNESS: 0.25" (6.35 mm)

INSTRUMENTS
AC1001

Additional options for CT16A (board level) AC743

934: Analog retransmission of Process Variable or Set
Variable: (4 to 20 mADC) For use as recorder, transmitter or
computer A/D input. Linearized 4 to 20 mA DC signal follows
the Process or Set variable. Scalable.
936: Analog retransmission of Process Variable or Set
Variable: (0 to 10 VDC) Similar to option 934, but output signal
is linearized 0 to 10 VDC.
948: 4-Stage setpoint: Four preset setpoints may be selected
by external contacts. Each set point has its own set of PID
values giving controller 4 distinct “recipes” for different process
situations. AC996

992: RS-485 Computer communication link: Allows remote

computer to read and write all control parameters.
993: RS-232 Computer communication link: Allows remote
computer to read and write all control parameters.

Specifications subject to change

Page 5-37
 S E C T I O N 6 : S A N I TA RY S E N S O R S

• Authorized to carry 3-A symbol for sanitary applications

• Fast response for food, beverage and pharmaceutical processing
• Accurate 100 ohm platinum elements, single or dual
• Three styles: probe, connection head assembly, thermowell assembly

Probes ......................................................................................................................6-2
Assemblies............................................................................................................6-3
Installation and accessories .......................................................................6-4

Page 6-1
Sanitary RTD Probes
CASE LENGTH

0.125" (3.2 mm)

RADIUS

Overview
Install directly into process lines for fast response. Cases, made
of polished 316 stainless steel, are free of cracks and crevices 0.25" (6.4 mm)
DIAMETER
that might shelter bacteria. External cables will withstand wash-
down; optional stainless steel armor prevents abrasion wear.
Tri-clamp® caps are standard. Contact Minco for other styles.
Note that clamp and gasket are not part of the assembly.
Get more information on page 6-4.

Specifications
Sensing element: Platinum RTD, 100 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C,
TCR = 0.00385 Ω/Ω/°C (Meets EN60751, Class B).
Specification and order options
Temperature range:
Probe: -100 to 200°C (-148 to 392°F). S5020PD Model number:
S5020PD: Single element
External leadwires: -100 to 121°C (-148 to 250°F).
S5022PD: Dual element
Material: 316 stainless steel. Z Number of leads per sensing element:
Y = 2 leads
Finish: Z = 3 leads
Standard: #4 finish per 3-A standard 74-02, 32 microinches max.
30 Case length in 0.1" increments:
Pharmaceutical (optional): Polished to mirror finish and Standard lengths:
passivated. 10 microinches typical. 30 = 3.0"
40 = 4.0"
Pressure rating: 500 psi (34.5 bar).
50 = 5.0"
Leadwires: AWG 22, polyimide insulation; optional stainless steel A Lead covering:
armor. Polyolefin shrink tubing wrap standard over either option. T = Tubing
A = Armor
Time constant: 2 seconds.
60 Lead length in inches
Self-heating: 50 mW/°C typical in moving water. TC Sanitary cap style:
TC = Tri-clamp®
Insulation resistance:
20 Nominal diameter:
Single element probes: 1000 megohms minimum at 500 VDC, 10 = 1.0"
leads to case. 15 = 1.5"
20 = 2.0"
Dual element probes: 100 megohms minimum at 100 VDC,
between elements and leads to case. P Case finish:
S = Standard finish
P = Pharmaceutical finish
S5020PDZ30A60TC20P = Sample part number

Specifications subject to change

Page 6-2
Sanitary RTD Assemblies
3.6" (91 mm) 1.4" PROBE 3.6" (91 mm) 2.5" THERMOWELL
CH328 EPOXY-COATED ALUMINUM HEAD SHOWN. (36 mm) LENGTH (64 mm) LENGTH
SEE PAGES 4-2 FOR OTHER MODELS. 0.25"
(6.4 mm) 1.5"
· CAST IRON: MODEL CH103 RADIUS (38 mm)
· POLYPROPYLENE: MODEL CH366;
· STAINLESS STEEL: MODEL CH335, CH360
4.6" 4.6"
(117 mm) 0.25" (6.4 mm) (117 mm) 0.25" (6.4 mm)
DIAMETER RADIUS
0.375" (9.5 mm)
DIAMETER
0.23" (5.8 mm)
DIAMETER

CONDUIT 1.6" 1.6"

(41 mm) CONDUIT (41 mm)
THREAD THREAD

PROBE ASSEMBLY THERMOWELL ASSEMBLY

Overview Temperature Transmitters

These assemblies include a connection head for terminating Minco’s Temptran™ transmitters provide a 4 to 20 mA signal
RTD leads to external wiring. The fast-response thermowell or HART® Protocol that can be sent over long distances with
assembly lets you remove the RTD probe without breaking a simple 2-wire system. See Section 5 for complete temperature
into process lines. Cases and thermowells, made of polished transmitter specifications.
316 stainless steel, are free of cracks and crevices that might
Contact Minco if transmitter is required.
shelter bacteria.

Specifications
Specification and order options
Sensing element: Platinum RTD, 100 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C,
AS5000PD Model number:
TCR = 0.00385 Ω/Ω/°C (Meets EN60751, Class B).

SANITARY
SENSORS
Probe assembly:
Temperature range: -100 to 200°C (-148 to 392°F). AS5010PD: Single element
AS5012PD: Dual element
Material: Thermowell assembly:
Probe: 316 stainless steel. AS5000PD: Single element
Spring-loaded holder on thermowell version: 300 series AS5002PD: Dual element
stainless steel. Z Number of leads per element:
Y = 2 leads
Finish: Z = 3 leads
Standard: #4 finish per 3-A standard 74-02, 32 microinches max. 50 Probe or thermowell length in 0.1" increments:
Pharmaceutical (optional): Polished to mirror finish and Standard lengths: 30 (3.0"), 40 (4.0"), 50 (5.0")
passivated. 10 microinches typical. TC Sanitary cap style:
TC = Tri-Clamp®
Pressure rating: 500 psi (34.5 bar).
15 Nominal diameter:
Leadwires: Polyimide insulated leads, 4" (102 mm) long. 10 = 1.0"
15 = 1.5"
Time constant: 20 = 2.0"
Probe assembly: 2 seconds. E Connection head:
Thermowell assembly: 4 seconds. C = Cast iron
E = Epoxy coated alum.
Self-heating: Typical value in moving water. N = White polypropylene
Probe assembly: 50 mW/°C S = Stainless steel (CH335)
Thermowell assembly: 25 mW/°C. SS = Stainless steel (CH360)
3 Conduit thread:
Insulation resistance: 3 = 1/2 - 14 NPT
Single element probes: 1000 megohms min. at 500 VDC, 4 = 3/4 - 14 NPT (N/A with N or S connection heads)
leads to case.
S Case finish:
Dual element probes: 100 megohms min. at 100 VDC, S = Standard finish
between elements and leads to case. P = Pharmaceutical finish
AS5000PDZ50TC15E3S = Sample part number

Specifications subject to change

Page 6-3
Installation and Accessories

Installation

Accessories
Tri-Clamp fittings, manufactured by Tri-Clover, consist of two
identical pipe faces with a gasket between them. A hinged
clamp holds the two flanges together.

Pipe diameter Clamp part #

1.5" AC101656
Clamp for sanitary fitting
2.0" AC101657

Specifications subject to change

Page 6-4
 S E C T I O N 7 : M I N I AT U R E S E N S O R S

• Embedment sensors install in bearings for over-temperature protection

• Small, rugged RTDs and thermocouples withstand rough handling and harsh environments
• Certified non-sparking sensors for hazardous areas
• Bolt-on designs for easy installation

Embedment RTDs........................................................................................7-2
Embedment Thermocouples................................................................7-3
Non-sparking Embedment Sensors ..................................7-4 to 7-7
Bolt-on sensors ..............................................................................................7-8
Economy sensors..........................................................................................7-9
Installation and accessories ................................................................7-10

Page 7-1
Embedment RTDs
Element TCR Case style A Case style B Case style C Case style D
Ω/Ω/°C Case L: 0.250" (6.4 mm) Case L: 0.250" (6.4 mm) Case L: 0.300" (7.6 mm) Case L: 0.300" (7.6 mm)
Case Ø: 0.275" (7.0 mm) Case Ø: 0.188" (4.8 mm) Case Ø: 0.125" (3.2 mm) Case Ø: 0.080" (2.0 mm)
Flange Ø: 0.250" (6.4 mm)

Single Dual Single Dual Single Dual Single Dual

S325PA,
Platinum, 100 Ω ±0.36% at 0°C .00392 S4026PA S331PA S7792PA S341PA S14320PA S12414PA
S11636PA*
Platinum, 100 Ω ±0.12% at 0°C
.00385 S304PD S309PD S306PD S14405PD S308PD S14455PD S13282PD
(Meets EN60751, Class B)
Platinum, 100 Ω ±0.36% at 0°C .00385 S7304PE S305PE S7746PE S307PE S7908PE S14456PE S13282PE
Platinum, 1000 Ω ±0.12% at 0°C .00385 S101907PF S101911PF S101908PF S101912PF S101909PF S101913PF S101910PF
Copper, 10 Ω ±0.2% at 25°C .00427 S324CA S4026CA S332CA S342CA
S326NA,
Nickel, 120 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C .00672 S4026NA S330NA S7792NA S340NA
S11636NA*
*MIL-T-24388C qualified models

STOP OIL SEEPAGE!

Overview
Install miniature sensors in or beneath the babbitt layer of
bearing shoes. They monitor metal temperature — the most
reliable indicator of bearing condition — to give early warning STOCKED PARTS AVAILABLE
of oil film breakdown. Machines can then be shut down and
the problem corrected before catastrophic failure occurs.
While no larger than many bare ceramic elements, these RTDs Specification and order options
have metal cases and insulated leads to withstand rough S331PA Model number from table
handling and harsh environments. They are easy to install 3 Number of leads per sensing element (2, 3, or 4):
in drilled holes for general purpose sensing. CA or PD elements not available with 2 leads.
4 leads available on single elements and S14405
Specifications only.
Temperature range: -50 to 260°C (-58 to 500°F). S Covering over leadwires:
T = PTFE insulated leads only
Case: Tin plated copper alloy. Models S12414, S13282 and S = Stainless steel overbraid with PTFE insulated
S101910: Stainless steel. leads
F = FEP over PTFE insulated leads
Babbitt tip: Factory applied babbitt tip, available on case style R = FEP over stainless steel braid and PTFE
A or B, reduces the danger of overheating the sensor when insulated leads.
installed in babbitt layer. E = FEP over stainless steel braid, with elastomer
fill and PTFE insulated leads.
Leads: Stranded copper with PTFE insulation; stainless steel (max fill length 240”)
overbraid optional (one sleeve covers all leads). Polyimide S11636 Covering options only:
insulation available on selected models (See specification K = Polyimide insulated leads.
and order options). S = Stainless steel overbraid with polyimide
insulated leads.
Time constant: 3.0 seconds Leadwire size (AWG):
36 Lead length in inches
(case style A) to 1.5 seconds Case Number of leads
(case style D), typical value (Stop here for case style C or D; no installation variable)
style 2 3 4 6
in moving water. AC1 Optional Installation/Accessory option:
A 24 24 24 24 B0 = No babbitt metal or accessories
Insulation resistance: B 24 24 28 28 B1 = Babbitt metal applied
10 megohms min. at C 24 26 30 30 AC1 = Supplied with AC171 spring and AC172
100 VDC, leads to case. D 30 30 34 series ring (case style B only)
AC2 = Supplied with AC171 spring and AC1038
*MIL-T-24388C qualified models: ring (case style B only)
PRT-EM-E2: Order S11636PA3K36B1. AC3 = Supplied with AC171 spring and AC915-1
NRT-EM-E1: Order S11636NA3K36B1. ring (case style B only)
Specifications subject to change S331PA3S36AC1 = Sample part number

Page 7-2
Embedment Thermocouples
Leadwire Case style A Case style B Case style C Case style D
Case L: 0.250" (6.4 mm) Case L: 0.250" (6.4 mm) Case L: 0.300" (7.6 mm) Case L: 0.300" (7.6 mm)
Case Ø: 0.275" (7.0 mm) Case Ø: 0.188" (4.8 mm) Case Ø: 0.125" (3.2 mm) Case Ø: 0.080" (2.0 mm)
Flange Ø: 0.250" (6.4 mm)

Single Dual Single Dual Single Dual Single Dual

AWG 20 stranded TC311 TC312 TC333
AWG 24 stranded TC2162 TC2303 TC2084 TC2096 TC344 TC2623
AWG 24 stranded with
TC2698 TC2520 TC2837
single SS braid over both wire pairs
AWG 30 solid TC2741

Overview Insulation resistance: 10 megohms min. at 100 VDC, leads to

case, ungrounded junctions only.
These thermocouples are mechanically interchangeable
with the RTDs on pages 7-2 and 7-3. Case: Tin plated copper alloy.

Specifications Babbitt tip: Factory applied babbitt tip, available on case styles
A and B, reduces the danger of overheating the sensor when
Temperature range: -184 to 260°C (-300 to 500°F). installed in babbitt layer.
Copper-Constantan (Type T):
AWG 24: 200°C (392°F) maximum, Leads: See table for sizes and options. Dual element models
AWG 30: 150°C (302°F) maximum. with AWG 24 stranded leadwires are available with a single
stainless steel braid over all four wires. This option is recom-
Time constant: Typical value in moving water: mended for use with integral feedthroughs. See below for
Grounded junction: 0.3 seconds. more information.
Ungrounded junction: 6 seconds (case style A) to 1 second
(case style C).
STOP OIL SEEPAGE!

MINIATURE
SENSORS
Specification and order options Feedthroughs provide an oil tight seal where a cable
exits a machine housing. The stainless steel tube is
TC311 Model number from table epoxy filled and each wire is sealed to the individual
E Junction type: conductor. This prevents wicking of oil inside the wires
E = Chromel-Constantan K = Chromel-Alumel
as well as leakage around the wire insulation. Pressure
J = Iron-Constantan T = Copper-Constantan
rating to 25 psi (1.7 bar.) See page 4-11 for details.
U Junction grounding:
G = Grounded U = Ungrounded Leadwire and cable seal models FG1015, FG3015 and
36 Lead length in inches FG4015 seal RTD or thermocouple leadwires where they
S Covering over leadwires: exit oil-filled bearing housings of rotating equipment.
T = PTFE insulated leads only Both versions include a grommet that provides the seal
S = Stainless steel overbraid with PTFE insulated leads and allows adjustment of the wire or cable position.
F = FEP over PTFE insulated leads
See page 4-12 for details.
R = FEP over stainless steel braid and PTFE insulated leads
E = FEP over stainless steel braid, with elastomer fill and Elastomer rubber-filled cable has elastomer fill between
PTFE insulated leads (max fill length 240”) the wires, stainless steel braid, and outer jacket. This fill
(Stop here for case style C or D; no installation variable) can extend along the entire length of the cable, or a
B0 Optional Installation/Accessory option: specified portion. The outside of the cable can be sealed
B0 = No babbitt metal or accessories
with an FG1015, FG3015 and FG4015 fitting. See Leadwire
B1 = Babbitt metal applied
Covering Options on Miniature Sensors on
AC1 = Supplied with AC171 spring and AC172 series ring
(case style B only) pages 7-2 to 7-10.
AC2 = Supplied with AC171 spring and AC1038 ring For more information on the problems
(case style B only)
of oil seepage and various solutions,
AC3 = Supplied with AC171 spring and AC915-1 ring
visit www.minco.com
(case style B only)
TC311EU36SB0 = Sample part number Specifications subject to change

Page 7-3
Non-sparking Embedment Sensors
Specification and order options:
RTD non-sparking embedment sensors
ATEX
II 3G Ex nA IIC u S102617PD Model number from next page
3 Number of leads per sensing element (2, 3 or 4):
CA or PD elements not available with 2 leads
4 leads available on all single elements and
dual S102618 and S102662 only
F Covering over leadwires:
T = PTFE insulated leads only
Overview S = Stainless steel overbraid with PTFE
• Non-sparking embedment sensors insulated leads
for monitoring the temperature of thrust bearings F = FEP over PTFE insulated leads
E = FEP over stainless steel braid with
• Four case styles offer a variety of installation options elastomer fill and PTFE Insulated leads
(max. fill length 240")
• Certified for use in Zone 2, Group IIC hazardous areas
48 Lead length in inches
(Stop here for case style C or D; no installation variable)
Specifications
B0 Optional Installation/Accessory option:
Temperature range: -50 to 200°C (-58 to 392°F), reducing to B0 = No babbitt metal or accessories
125°C (257°F) when elastomer filled cable is ordered. B1 = Babbitt metal applied
AC1 = Supplied with AC171 spring and
Case: Tin plated copper alloy. AC172 series ring (case style B only)
Babbitt tip: Factory applied babbitt tip, available on case style AC2 = Supplied with AC171 spring and
AC1038 ring (case style B only)
A, B, and short style B, reduces the danger of overheating the
AC3 = Supplied with AC171 spring and
sensor when installed in babbitt layer.
AC915-1 ring (case style B only)
Leads: S102617PD3F48B0 = Sample part number
RTD: stranded copper with PTFE insulation.
Stainless steel braid, FEP over PTFE and FEP over stainless
Thermocouple non-sparking embedment sensors
steel braid with elastomer fill are optional.
Thermocouple: stranded, PTFE insulated, twisted pairs. TC102621E Model number from next page
Stainless steel braid, FEP over PTFE and FEP over stainless
U Junction grounding:
steel braid with elastomer fill are optional. G = Grounded
U = Ungrounded
Leadwire size (AWG):
48 Lead length in inches
RTD
Case styleNumber of leads F Covering over leadwires:
T = PTFE insulated leads only
2 3 4 6 8 S = Stainless steel overbraid with PTFE
A 24 24 24 24 insulated leads
B 24 24 28 28 28 F = FEP over PTFE insulated leads
C 24 26 30 30 E = FEP over stainless steel braid with
elastomer fill and PTFE Insulated leads
Short B 24 26 28 30
(max. fill length 240")
Thermocouple
(Stop here for case style C or D; no installation variable)
All cases 24 24
B0 Optional Installation/Accessory option:
Time constant: 3.0 seconds (case style A), typical in moving water. B0 = No babbitt metal or accessories
B1 = Babbitt metal applied
Insulation resistance: 10 megohms minimum at 100 VDC, leads AC1 = Supplied with AC171 spring and
to case. AC172 series ring (case style B only)
AC2 = Supplied with AC171 spring and
AC1038 ring (case style B only)
AC3 = Supplied with AC171 spring and
AC915-1 ring (case style B only)
TC102621EU48FB0 = Sample part number
Specifications subject to change

Page 7-4
RTD Element TCR Case style A Case style B Case style C Short case style B
Ω/Ω/°C Case L: 0.250" (6.4 mm) Case L: 0.250" (6.4 mm) Case L: 0.300" (7.6 mm) Case L: .188" (4.8 mm)
Case Ø: 0.275" (7.0 mm) Case Ø: 0.188" (4.8 mm) Case Ø: 0.125" (3.2 mm) Case Ø: .188" (4.8 mm)
Flange Ø: 0.250" (6.4 mm) Flange Ø: 0.250" (6.4 mm)

Single Dual Single Dual Single Dual Single Dual

Platinum,
.00392 S102617PA S102617PAPA S102618PA S102618PAPA S102619PA S102619PAPA S102662PA S102662PAPA
100 Ω ±0.36% at 0°C
Platinum,
100 Ω ±0.12% at 0°C .00385 S102617PD S102617PDPD S102618PD S102618PDPD S102619PD S102619PDPD S102662PD S102662PDPD
(Meets EN60751, Class B)
Platinum,
.00385 S102617PE S102617PEPE S102618PE S102618PEPE S102619PE S102619PEPE S102662PE S102662PEPE
100 Ω ±0.36% at 0°C
Platinum,
.00385 S102617PF S102617PFPF S102618PF S102618PFPF S102619PF S102619PFPF S102662PF S102662PFPF
1000 Ω ±0.12% at 0°C
Copper,
.00427 S102617CA S102617CACA S102618CA S102619CA S102662CA
10 Ω ±0.2% at 25°C
Nickel,
.00672 S102617NA S102617NANA S102618NA S102618NANA S102619NA S102662NA S102662NANA
120 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C

Thermocouple Case style A Case style B Case style C Short case style B
Junction Type Case L: 0.250" (6.4 mm) Case L: 0.250" (6.4 mm) Case L: 0.300" (7.6 mm) Case L: .188" (4.8 mm)
Case Ø: 0.275" (7.0 mm) Case Ø: 0.188" (4.8 mm) Case Ø: 0.125" (3.2 mm) Case Ø: .188" (4.8 mm)
Flange Ø: 0.250" (6.4 mm) Flange Ø: 0.250" (6.4 mm)

MINIATURE
SENSORS
Single Dual Single Dual Single Dual Single Dual
E = Chromel-Constantan TC102620E TC102620EE TC102621E TC102621EE TC102622E TC102622EE TC102663E TC102663EE
J = Iron-Constantan TC102620J TC102620JJ TC102621J TC102621JJ TC102622J TC102622JJ TC102663J TC102663JJ
K = Chromel-Alumel TC102620K TC102620KK TC102621K TC102621KK TC102622K TC102622KK TC102663K TC102663KK
T = Copper-Constantan TC102620T TC102620TT TC102621T TC102621TT TC102622T TC102622TT TC102663T TC102663TT

STOP OIL SEEPAGE!

Feedthroughs provide an oil tight seal where a cable exits a machine housing. The stainless steel tube is epoxy filled and each
wire is sealed to the individual conductor. This prevents wicking of oil inside the wires as well as leakage around the wire
insulation. Pressure rating to 25 psi (1.7 bar.) See page 4-11 for details.
Leadwire and cable seal models FG1015, FG3015 and FG4015 seal RTD or thermocouple leadwires where they exit oil-filled
bearing housings of rotating equipment. Both versions include a grommet that provides the seal and allows adjustment of the
wire or cable position. See page 4-12 for details.
Elastomer rubber-filled cable has elastomer fill between the wires, stainless steel braid, and outer jacket.
This fill can extend along the entire length of the cable, or a specified portion. The outside of the cable
can be sealed with an FG1015, FG3015 and FG4015 fitting. See Leadwire Covering Options on Miniature
Sensors on pages 7-2 to 7-10.
Minco Application Aid #27 provides more information on the problems of oil seepage and various solutions.
Download AA#27 at www.minco.com
Specifications subject to change

Page 7-5
Non-sparking Embedment Sensors
II 3G CE Ex nA IIC IECEx DEK 11.001
Specification and order options:
RTD non-sparking embedment sensors
S207596PD Model number from next page
3 Number of leads per sensing element (2, 3 or 4):
CA or PD elements not available with 2 leads
4 leads available on all single elements and
dual S207596 + S207598 only
Overview E Covering over leadwires:
T = PTFE insulated leads only
• Non-sparking embedment sensors S = Stainless steel overbraid with PTFE
for monitoring the temperature of thrust bearings insulated leads
F = FEP over PTFE insulated leads
• Four case styles offer a variety of installation options E = FEP over stainless steel braid, with
• Certified for use in Zone 2, Group IIC hazardous areas, elastomer fill and PTFE insulated leads
defined by IEC 60079-0 and IEC 60079-15 (max. fill length 240")
72 Lead length in inches
(Stop here for case style C; no installation variable)
Specifications
AC1 Optional Installation/Accessory option
Temperature range: -50 to 200°C (-58 to 392°F), reducing to B0 = No babbitt metal or accessories
125°C (257°F) when elastomer filled cable is ordered. B1 = Babbitt metal applied
AC1 = Supplied with AC171 spring and
Case: Tin plated copper alloy. AC172 series ring (case style B only)
AC2 = Supplied with AC171 spring and
Babbitt tip: Factory applied babbitt tip, available on case style AC1038 ring (case style B only)
A, B, and short style B, reduces the danger of overheating the AC3 = Supplied with AC171 spring and
sensor when installed in babbitt layer. AC915-1 ring (case style B only)
Leads: S207596PD3E72AC1 = Sample part number
RTD: stranded copper with PTFE insulation.
Stainless steel braid, FEP over PTFE and FEP over stainless
steel braid with elastomer fill are optional. Thermocouple non-sparking embedment sensors
Thermocouple: stranded, PTFE insulated, twisted pairs. TC207600K Model number from next page
Stainless steel braid, FEP over PTFE and FEP over stainless U Junction grounding:
steel braid with elastomer fill are optional. G = Grounded
U = Ungrounded
Leadwire size (AWG): 72 Lead length in inches
RTD S Covering over leadwires:
Case styleNumber of leads T = PTFE insulated leads only
S = Stainless steel overbraid with PTFE
2 3 4 6 8
insulated leads
A 24 24 24 24 F = FEP over PTFE insulated leads
B 24 24 28 28 28 E = FEP over stainless steel braid, with
C 24 26 30 30 elastomer fill and PTFE insulated leads
Short B 24 24 28 28 (max fill length 240”)
(Stop here for case style C; no installation variable)
Thermocouple
B0 Optional Installation/Accessory option
All cases 24 24 B0 = No babbitt metal or accessories
B1 = Babbitt metal applied
Time constant: 3.0 seconds (case style A), typical in moving water. AC1 = Supplied with AC171 spring and
Insulation resistance: 10 megohms minimum at 100 VDC, leads AC172 series ring (case style B only)
AC2 = Supplied with AC171 spring and
to case.
AC1038 ring (case style B only)
AC3 = Supplied with AC171 spring and
AC915-1 ring (case style B only)
Specifications subject to change TC207600KU72SB0 = Sample part number

Page 7-6
RTD Element TCR Case style A Case style B Case style C Short case style B
Ω/Ω/°C Case L: 0.250" (6.4 mm) Case L: 0.250" (6.4 mm) Case L: 0.300" (7.6 mm) Case L: .188" (4.8 mm)
Case Ø: 0.275" (7.0 mm) Case Ø: 0.188" (4.8 mm) Case Ø: 0.125" (3.2 mm) Case Ø: .188" (4.8 mm)
Flange Ø: 0.250" (6.4 mm) Flange Ø: 0.250" (6.4 mm)

Single Dual Single Dual Single Dual Single Dual

Platinum,
.00392 S207595PA S207595PAPA S207596PA S207596PAPA S207597PA S207597PAPA S207598PA S207598PAPA
100 Ω ±0.36% at 0°C
Platinum,
100 Ω ±0.12% at 0°C .00385 S207595PD S207595PDPD S207596PD S207596PDPD S207597PD S207597PDPD S207598PD S207598PDPD
(Meets EN60751, Class B)
Platinum,
100 Ω ±0.067% at 0°C .00385 S207595PM S207595PMPM S207596PM S207596PMPM S207597PM S207597PMPM S207598PM S207598PMPM
(Meets EN60751, Class A)
Platinum,
.00385 S207595PE S207595PEPE S207596PE S207596PEPE S207597PE S207597PEPE S207598PE S207598PEPE
100 Ω ±0.36% at 0°C
Platinum,
.00385 S207595PF S207595PFPF S207596PF S207596PFPF S207597PF S207597PFPF S207598PF S207598PFPF
1000 Ω ±0.12% at 0°C
Copper,
.00427 S207595CA S207595CACA S207596CA S207597CA S207598CA
10 Ω ±0.2% at 25°C
Nickel,
.00672 S207595NA S207595NANA S207596NA S207596NANA S207597NA S207598NA S207598NANA
120 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C

Thermocouple Case style A Case style B Case style C Short case style B
Junction Type Case L: 0.250" (6.4 mm) Case L: 0.250" (6.4 mm) Case L: 0.300" (7.6 mm) Case L: .188" (4.8 mm)
Case Ø: 0.275" (7.0 mm) Case Ø: 0.188" (4.8 mm) Case Ø: 0.125" (3.2 mm) Case Ø: .188" (4.8 mm)
Flange Ø: 0.250" (6.4 mm) Flange Ø: 0.250" (6.4 mm)

MINIATURE
SENSORS
Single Dual Single Dual Single Dual Single Dual
E = Chromel-Constantan TC207600E TC207600EE TC207601E TC207601EE TC207602E TC207602EE TC207603E TC207603EE
J = Iron-Constantan TC207600J TC207600JJ TC207601J TC207601JJ TC207602J TC207602JJ TC207603J TC207603JJ
K = Chromel-Alumel TC207600K TC207600KK TC207601K TC207601KK TC207602K TC207602KK TC207603K TC207603KK
T = Copper-Constantan TC207600T TC207600TT TC207601T TC207601TT TC207602T TC207602TT TC207603T TC207603TT

STOP OIL SEEPAGE!

Feedthroughs provide an oil tight seal where a cable exits a machine housing. The stainless steel tube is epoxy filled and each
wire is sealed to the individual conductor. This prevents wicking of oil inside the wires as well as leakage around the wire
insulation. Pressure rating to 25 psi (1.7 bar.) See page 4-11 for details.
Leadwire and cable seal models FG1015, FG3015 and FG4015 seal RTD or thermocouple leadwires where they exit oil-filled
bearing housings of rotating equipment. Both versions include a grommet that provides the seal and allows adjustment of the
wire or cable position. See page 4-12 for details.
Elastomer rubber-filled cable has elastomer fill between the wires, stainless steel braid, and outer jacket.
This fill can extend along the entire length of the cable, or a specified portion. The outside of the cable
can be sealed with an FG1015, FG3015 and FG4015 fitting. See Leadwire Covering Options on Miniature
Sensors on pages 7-2 to 7-10.
Minco Application Aid #27 provides more information on the problems of oil seepage and various solutions.
Download AA#27 at www.minco.com
Specifications subject to change

Page 7-7
Bolt-on Temperature Sensors
Dimensions Temp. Element Case Leadwire Model
W x L x T (max.) range options material
0.50 x 1.00 x 0.188" (12.7 x 25.4 x
-70 to 500°C Stainless AWG 22, Mica-glass
4.8 mm) w/ 0.161" (4.1 mm) PD, PF, PW S101730
(-94 to 932°F) steel insulated
diameter hole
0.29 x 1.25 x 0.188" (7.4 x 31.8 x -70 to 500°C Stainless AWG 22,
PD, PF, PW S101731
4.8 mm) with 0.161" (4.1 mm) hole (-94 to 932°F) steel Mica-glass insulated
-50 to 260°C Nickel plated 2 lead: AWG 24, 3 lead:
0.265" (6.7 mm) ID ring lug PD, PE, PF, NB S101732
(-58 to 500°F) copper AWG 26, PTFE insulated
0.50 x 0.375 x 0.188" (12.7 x 9.5 x -50 to 260°C Stainless
PD, PE, PF, NB S101733
4.8 mm) with 0.166" (4.2 mm) hole (-58 to 500°F) steel 2 lead: AWG 24,
1 3 7
/4 - 20 x /8" long thread with /16" 3 lead: AWG 26,
S101734
hex head -50 to 260°C PD, PE, PF, NB Stainless PTFE insulated
M6 x 1 thread, 10 mm long, with (-58 to 500°F) steel with SS braid cover
S101797
10 mm hex
Overview Specifications
Bolt-on temperature sensors are designed for easy installation
Time constant: Less than 10 seconds in moving water.
in industrial and commercial environments. The sensors
can be mounted on machines, against process pipes, or Insulation resistance: 10 megohms minimum at 100 VDC,
embedded directly into a machined part. Threaded leads to case.
fasteners install in seconds and can be easily removed Vibration: Withstands 10 to 2000 Hz at 20 G’s minimum per
for installation at another location. MIL-STD-202. Method 204, test condition D.
These sensors are ideal for process control measurements,
test and verification of existing systems, and retrofitting Element specifications* Code
existing machines. Standard designs allow prototyping Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.12% at 0°C
PD
without high setup costs, while significant discounts are (EN60751, Class B)
available for large quantities. Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.36% at 0°C PE
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 1000 Ω ±0.12% at 0°C PF
Standard platinum and nickel RTD elements provide stable and
Platinum (0.00375 TCR) 1000 Ω ±0.12% at 0°C PW
reliable output compatible with most control and monitoring
Nickel 0.00618 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.22% at 0°C
systems. Physically interchangeable designs allow you to easily NB
(DIN43760 NI100, Class B)
customize your installation to different instrumentation. Minco *See descriptions for element options on each model.
can also provide custom RTD, thermistor or thermocouple
elements in these packages, or specialized case designs
to meet your application needs.
• Removable and reusable
• Wide temperature range
• Configurations to fit most applications STOCKED PARTS AVAILABLE
• Standard 100 Ω platinum, 1000 Ω platinum and
100 Ω nickel elements

Specification and order options

S101732 Model number from table
PD Element code from table
3 Number of leads: 2 or 3:
2 leads not recommended for PD models
S Leadwire covering:
G = Mica-glass (S101730 and S101731)
T = PTFE (S100722, S101732, S101733, S101734,
and S101797)
S = Stainless steel braid over PTFE insulated
leads (S100722, S101732, S101733, S101734,
and S101797)
40 Leadwire length (inches): 40" (1000 mm) standard
S101732PD3S40 = Sample part number Specifications subject to change

Page 7-8
Economy Sensors

Dimensions Temperature Element Case Leadwire Model

range options material
2 leads: .050" x .065" x
.035" thick (1.3 x 1.7 x .9
mm) Thin-Film with AWG 32
insulated leads -50 to 150°C
PD, PF Ceramic solid enamel S102404
3 leads: .063" x .098" x (-58 to 302°F)
.035" thick (1.6 x 2.5 x .9 insulated
mm) Thin-Film with
insulated leads
Ø .125" x .90" -50 to 260°C AWG 26,
PD, PF, PW Stainless steel S102409
(Ø 3.2 x 22.9 mm) (-58 to 500°F) PTFE insulated
Ø .125" x .90" -50 to 155°C AWG 30, PTFE
PD, PF Stainless steel S102737
(Ø 3.2 x 22.9 mm) (-58 to 311°F) insulated
Ø .140" x .40" -70 to 500°C AWG 27, solid glass
PD, PF, PW Ceramic S102410
(Ø 3.6 x 10.2 mm) (-94 to 932°F) insulated nickel
Ø .188" x .90" -50 to 150°C Silicone AWG 24, silicone
PD, PF, PW S102406
(Ø 4.8 x 22.9 mm) (-58 to 302°F) rubber rubber insulated
Ø .188" x 1.25" -50 to 230°C AWG 24, PTFE with
PD, PF, PW PTFE S102405
(Ø 4.8 x 31.8 mm) (-58 to 446°F) PTFE jacket
Ø .188" x 1.25" -50 to 260°C PD, PF, PW, AWG 22, PTFE
Aluminum S102407
(Ø 4.8 x 31.8 mm) (-58 to 500°F) NA insulated
Ø .188" x 2.38" -70 to 550°C AWG 22, glass
PD, PF, PW Stainless steel S102408
(Ø 4.8 x 60.5 mm) (-94 to 1022°F) braid insulated

Overview Specification and order options

MINIATURE
SENSORS
Economy sensors are designed to be a component of your final
S102408 Model number from table
assembly. With insulated leads preattached and strain relieved,
final construction is easy and reliable. PD Element code from table
3 Number of leads:
• Insulated leads of variable length, installed and strain relieved 2 leads (not recommended for PD models) or
3 leads (only option for S102410PD)
• Wide temperature range
G Leadwire covering:
• Configurations to fit most applications E = Enamel (S102404)
G = Glass (S102408 and S102410)
• Standard 100 Ω platinum, 1000 Ω platinum and 120 Ω nickel R = Silicone rubber (S102406)
elements T = PTFE (S102405, S102407, S102409, S102737)
40 Leadwire length in inches: 40" (1000 mm) standard
Specifications S102408PD3G40 = Sample part number
Insulation resistance: 10 megohms minimum at 100 VDC,
leads to case.
Vibration: Withstands 10 to 2000 Hz at 20 G’s minimum
per MIL-STD-202. Method 204, test condition D.

Element specifications* Code

Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.12% at 0°C STOCKED PARTS AVAILABLE
PD
(EN60751, Class B)
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 1000 Ω ±0.12% at 0°C PF
Platinum (0.00375 TCR) 1000 Ω ±0.12% at 0°C PW
Nickel (0.00672 TCR) 120 Ω ±0.50% at 0°C NA
* See descriptions for element options on each model.
Specifications subject to change

Page 7-9
Installation and Accessories
Case style A 0.278/0.281" AC172 and AC915 retaining ring for case style B
(7.1 mm) Ø BORE
Install case style A sensor just BABBIT A
below the babbitt layer, then LAYER
puddle the babbitt metal over SENSOR
the sensor tip and smooth. Read BEARING
SHOE
Engineering Instruction #164 and
0.188" LEADWIRE
Engineering Instruction #167 for (4.8 mm)
0.010" REF (0.25 mm)
complete details.

Model “A” diameter Hole I.D.

Case style B 0.312±0.001" AC172 sized to fit leadwires 0.312" (7.92 mm)
BABBIT (7.92±0.02 mm)
The “top hat” flange LAYER Ø BORE AC172-3 0.175" (4.45 mm) 0.375" (9.53 mm)
shape allows spring AC171 AC172 RING AC915-1 0.213" (5.4 mm) 0.312" (7.92 mm)
SPRING
loading with the AC171 BEARING
SENSOR SHOE
spring and AC172 or
AC915 retaining ring LEADWIRE AC190 terminal block
(order separately). Choose the economical AC172 style for lowest Two tin-plated brass terminals.
PTFE body. Meets MIL-T-17600. 1.00" (25.4 mm)
cost. The AC915 style allows removal and reinstallation. Slide the DIAMETER
spring and ring over the leads, insert the sensor tip into a milled For instructions, read
hole, and push down on the retaining ring to compress the Installation Instruction #107.
spring and secure the sensor. Read Engineering Instruction #180
and Engineering Instruction #181.
AC191 terminal block
0.62" (15.7 mm)
Two tin-plated brass terminals. DIAMETER
Case styles C and D SENSOR
BABBIT LAYER
PTFE body. Meets MIL-T-17600.
Pot with epoxy inside small bear- SENSOR Ø
Read Installation Instruction #121
ing shoes. Locate near the babbitt +0.005" for instructions.
face for best readings. Read (0.01 mm)
Engineering Instruction #184.
LEADWIRE AC192 terminal block
BEARING Three tin-plated brass terminals.
0.53" (13.5 mm)
AC171 spring for case style B SHOE Glass-filled PTFE body. DIAMETER
Stainless steel. Outside diameter 0.240" (6.1 mm). Compressed AC195 terminal block
length 0.22" (5.6 mm). To be used in conjunction with AC172 or
Same as AC192 except polyamide-imide body for radiation
AC915 for spring loading case style B
resistance to 109 rads.

Feedthroughs
AC197 terminal block
Feedthroughs provide an oil tight seal where a cable exits a
Three tin-plated brass terminals. 0.75" (19.0 mm)
machine housing. The stainless steel tube is epoxy filled and DIAMETER
Glass-filled PTFE body.
each wire is sealed to the individual conductor. This prevents
wicking of oil inside the wires as well as leakage around the AC196 terminal block
wire insulation. Pressure rating to 25 psi (1.7 bar).
Same as AC197 except polyamide-imide body for radiation
See page 4-12 for more information.
resistance to 109 rads.

Specifications subject to change

Page 7-10
 S E C T I O N 8 : S TATO R W I N D I N G S E N S O R S

• Install between stator windings for continuous protection of motors and generators
• Increased safety sensors for use in hazardous areas
• Single and dual elements offer high reliability
• Sensor dimensions to fit any machine
• Class F or Class H

Increased safety RTDs ................................................................8-2 to 8-3

Single element RTDs ..................................................................8-4 to 8-5
Dual element RTDs.....................................................................................8-6
Corona resistant RTD.................................................................................8-7
Machinery protection products.........................................................8-8

Page 8-1
Increased Safety Stator Winding Temp. Sensors

EC-Type Examination Certificate

KEMA 03ATEX2240 U

Overview Specification and order options

Insert these thin, laminated RTDs in winding slots to detect S100050 PD Model number from table on next page
high temperatures before insulation damage occurs. RTD 79 RTD length in .1" increments:
temperature sensors continuously monitor conditions and Example: 79 = 7.9" (200 mm)
provide the long term trend data that is necessary for Minimum length = 20 (2.0" [51 mm])
making adjustments before unexpected alarms occur. These Maximum length= 232 (23.2" [590 mm])
models are designed for use in hazardous areas, where there T Lead insulation:
may be a presence of flammable gas under normal operating T = TFE
conditions. Strict construction guidelines prevent arcing. K = Polyimide film
Certified as “increased safety” devices, these RTDs have 394 RTD width in .001" increments:
component approval for Zone 1, Groups llA, llB, and llC. Example: 394 = .394" (10 mm)
Minimum width
• Pt100, Ni100, or U.S. curves = .219" (5.6 mm) for 2 or 3 leads;
• CENELEC Ex e II certified = .285" (7.25 mm) for 4 leads
Maximum width = .956" (25.4 mm)
• Tested and certified by KEMA Quality B.V.
Z Number of leads:
• EC-Type Examination Certificate KEMA 03ATEX2240 U Y = 2 leads
Z = 3 leads
• Complies with European standards for electrical apparatus for X = 4 leads
potentially explosive atmospheres: ATEX Directive 94/9/EC 15 Lead length in inches
EN 60069-0: 2006, General requirements Lead configuration:
F
EN 60079-7: 2007, Increased safety T = Twisted leads
F = Flat leads
Specifications N Lead covering:
N = No jacket
Temperature limit: -50 to180°C (-58 to 356°F), class H S = FEP jacket overall (available only
with twisted lead configuration option “T”)
Body material: High temperature epoxy glass.
S100050PD79T394Z15FN = Sample part number
Leadwires: 2, 3, or 4 leads, stranded copper, AWG #22 (0.35
mm2, with TFE or polyimide insulation).
Dielectric strength: 3,200 VRMS at 60 Hz, 1 mA maximum
leakage current, tested momentarily (1–5 seconds), between
the leads and external flat body surface.

Specifications subject to change

Page 8-2
Wire-wound or thin-film RTD element
Wire-wound RTDs, embedded in stator slots, are the most
common method for measuring winding temperature in large
motors. The wire-wound element extends through most of the
body length and measures the average temperature of the
winding.
Thin-film RTDs are identical, except for the size of the sensing
element. Because the thin-film element is small, approximately
0.08" x 0.09" (2.0 mm x 2.3 mm), it senses the temperature in
only one small spot of the winding. Thin-film elements are best
suited for shorter length stator sensors.

Thickness Length Lead Length

Width

Wire-wound RTD elements

Thickness Platinum (0.00385 TCR) Platinum (0.00385 TCR) Nickel (0.00618 TCR) Platinum (0.00392 TCR)
100Ω ±0.12 at 0°C 100Ω ±0.5 at 0°C 100Ω ±0.2 at 0 C 100Ω ±0.5 at 0°C
Meets IEC 751, Class B Meets DIN 43760
0.079" [2.0 mm] S100050PD S100050PE S100050NB S100050PA
0.098" [2.5 mm] S100051PD S100051PE S100051NB S100051PA

STATOR RTDs
0.118" [3.0 mm] S100052PD S100052PE S100052NB S100052PA
0.138" [3.5 mm] S100053PD S100053PE S100053NB S100053PA
0.157" [4.0 mm] S100054PD S100054PE S100054NB S100054PA

Thin-film RTD elements

Thickness Platinum (0.00385 TCR) Platinum (0.00385 TCR) Nickel (0.00618 TCR) Platinum (0.00392 TCR)
100Ω ±0.12 at 0°C 100Ω ±0.5 at 0°C 100Ω ±0.2 at 0 C 100Ω ±0.5 at 0°C
Meets IEC 751, Class B Meets DIN 43760
0.079" [2.0 mm] S200050PD S200050PE S200050NB S200050PA
0.098" [2.5 mm] S200051PD S200051PE S200051NB S200051PA
0.118" [3.0 mm] S200052PD S200052PE S200052NB S200052PA
0.138" [3.5 mm] S200053PD S200053PE S200053NB S200053PA
0.157" [4.0 mm] S200054PD S200054PE S200054NB S200054PA

Specifications subject to change

Page 8-3
Single Element Stator Winding RTDs

Overview Specifications
Flat, laminated “stick” RTDs fit in slots between stator windings Temperature limit:
to monitor temperature rise and prevent overheating. The Class F: 155°C (311°F)
National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) Class H: 180°C (356°F).
recognizes embedded detectors as a standard protection for
Body material:
motor and generator insulation. Unlike on-off devices, RTDs
Class F: Epoxy glass
provide continuous sensing for earlier warning without
Class H: High temperature epoxy glass.
unnecessary tripouts.
Standard sizes (others available):
The sensing elements of stator RTDs extend through most of
the body length to provide an average temperature reading. Thickness
0.030 (.76) 0.050 (1.3) 0.078 (2.0) 0.125 (3.2)
This eliminates the danger of a point-type sensor missing a inches (mm)
localized hot spot. Six sensors are recommended for each Length
6.0 (152) 10.0 (254) 11.0 (279) 12.0 (305)
motor, two per phase. Locate sensors near the hottest point of inches (mm)
the windings for best performance. Standard 0.219 (5.6)
0.260 (6.6) 0.305 (7.7) 0.315 (8.0)
body width 0.344 (8.7)
0.406 (10) 0.455 (12) 0.500 (13)
Minco stator RTDs meet the specifications of ANSI C50.10-1990, inches (mm) 0.563 (14)
0.656 (17) 0.750 (19) 0.875 (22)
general requirements for synchronous motors. 1.000 (25)
Note: Order any width from 0.219" (5.6mm) to 2.500" (64mm)
Custom designs
Leadwires: 2, 3, or 4, stranded copper with PTFE or polyimide
Minco designs and builds custom models for many insulation. Other leadwire coverings available.
applications. We offer unmatched capabilities because we 0.125" thick: AWG 18.
control all steps of the production from element to finished 0.078" thick: AWG 22.
product. Examples of special options include: 0.050" thick: AWG 26.
• Thermocouple elements 0.030" thick: AWG 30 (no lead bulge);
AWG 18 (0.110" lead bulge);
• Thermistor elements (PTC or NTC)
Cable (0.110" lead bulge).
• Dual sensors with different elements (for example, one
Dielectric strength: 3200 VRMS at 60 Hz, tested between the
copper and one platinum element)
leads and external flat body surface for 1 to 5 seconds.
• Ex rated sensors for equipment in hazardous areas.
See page 8-2 for more information.
• Electrically conductive coating
• Special leadwire or cable

Specifications subject to change

Page 8-4
Class F (155°C) RTDs
Element Model thickness:
0.030" 0.050" 0.078" 0.125"
(.76mm) (1.3mm) (2.0mm) (3.2mm)
Platinum (0.00392 TCR)
S1320PA1 S7682PA S11PA S8015PA
100 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C
Platinum (0.00385 TCR)
100 Ω ±0.12% at 0°C S8009PD1 S8013PD S8011PD S8015PD
(Meets EN60751, Class B)
Platinum (0.00385 TCR)
S8009PE1 S8013PE S8011PE S8015PE
100 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C
Copper (0.00427 TCR)
S1120CA1 S23CA S3CA S8015CA
10 Ω ±0.2% at 25°C
Nickel (0.00672 TCR)
S1140NA1 S24NA S4NA S8015NA
120 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C

Class H (180°C) RTDs Specification and order options

Element Model thickness: S3CA Model number from table
0.030" 0.050" 0.078" 0.125" 110 Body length:
(.76mm) (1.3mm) (2.0mm) (3.2mm) Specify in 0.1" increments (Example: 110 = 11.0 inches)
Platinum (0.00392 TCR) T Leadwire insulation:
S1420PA1 S7401PA S13PA S8016PA
100 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C T = PTFE
1 K = Polyimide
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) S8010PD
100 Ω ±0.12% at 0°C S100305PD2 S8014PD S11016PD S8016PD 344 Body width:
Specify in 0.001" increments (Example: 344 = 0.344 inches)
(Meets EN60751, Class B) S100415PD3
Minimum body widths:
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) S8015, 2 or 3-lead: 320

STATOR RTDs
S8010PE1 S8014PE S8012PE S8016PE
100 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C S8015, 4-lead: 420
Copper (0.00427 TCR) S8016, 2 or 3-lead: 320
S1220CA1 S7401CA S18CA S8016CA
10 Ω ±0.2% at 25°C S8016, 4-lead: 420
Nickel (0.00672 TCR) S100305: 310
S1240NA1 S7401NA S15NA S8016NA S100415: 310
120 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C
All other 2 or 3-lead models: 219
Notes: All other 4-lead models: 320
1
Leadwires: AWG 30; lead bulge: 0.045" thick, extending into the body a Z Number of leads:
maximum of 0.62". Y = 2 leads (PA, PE, NA only)
2
Z = 3 leads
Leadwires: AWG 18; lead bulge: 0.110" thick, extending into the body a
X = 4 leads
maximum of 1.75".
36 Lead length in inches
3
Leadwires: AWG 30 with PTFE jacket overall; lead bulge: 0.110" thick,
S3CA110T344Z36 = Sample part number
extending into the body a maximum of 1.75".

Specifications subject to change

Page 8-5
Dual Element Stator Winding RTDs
LEAD
LENGTH BODY LENGTH

BODY WIDTH
Overview
Dual element stator winding RTDs provide extra protection
Leadwires: 2 or 3 (per element) stranded copper with PTFE or
for motors and generators. The second element can be a
polyimide insulation. Other leadwire coverings available.
back up in case of damage, or use one element for input to a
0.125" thick: AWG 18.
temperature display at the machine and the other for control
0.078" thick: AWG 22.
room monitoring.
0.050" thick: AWG 26.
Standard models are available with thickness options of 0.030" 0.030" thick: AWG 30.
to 0.125", with sensing elements to match most instrumentation.
Dielectric strength: 3200 VRMS at 60 Hz, tested between the
leads and external flat body surface for 1 to 5 seconds.
Custom designs
Minco designs and builds custom models for many applica- Class H (180°C) RTDs
tions. We offer unmatched capabilities because we control all
Element Model for thickness:
steps of the production from element to finished product.
Examples of special options include: 0.030" * 0.050" 0.078" 0.125"
Platinum
• Thermocouple elements (0.00392 TCR) S9030PAPA S9050PAPA S9078PAPA S9125PAPA
100 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C
• Thermistor elements (PTC or NTC)
Platinum
• Dual sensors with different elements (for example, one (0.00385 TCR)
copper and one platinum element) 100 Ω ±0.12% at 0°C S9030PDPD S9050PDPD S9078PDPD S9125PDPD
(Meets EN60751,
• Ex rated sensors for equipment in hazardous areas. Class B)
See page 8-2 for more information. Platinum
• Electrically conductive coating (0.00385 TCR) S9030PEPE S9050PEPE S9078PEPE S9125PEPE
100 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C
• Special leadwire or cable Copper
(0.00427 TCR) S9030CACA S9050CACA S9078CACA S9125CACA
10 Ω ±0.2% at 25°C
Specifications
Nickel
Temperature limit: 180°C (356°F), class H. (0.00672 TCR) S9030NANA S9050NANA S9078NANA S9125NANA
120 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C
Body material: High temperature epoxy glass.
*Model has a lead bulge 0.045" (0.11mm) thick, extending into the body a
Standard sizes: maximum of 0.62" (1.6mm).

Thickness 0.030 (.76mm) 0.050 0.078 0.125

inches (mm) (1.3mm) (2.0mm) (3.2mm) Specification and order options
Length 2.0 to 35.0" S9078PAPA Model number from table
inches (mm) (51 to 899 mm) 2.0 to 48.0" (51 to 1219.2 mm)
120 Body length:
Body width 0.425 to 1.065 0.425 to 2.500 Specify in 0.1" increments (Ex: 120 = 12.0")
inches (mm) (10.8 to 27.0 mm) (10.8 to 63.5 mm) T Leadwire insulation:
T = PTFE
K = Polyimide
500 Body width:
Specify in 0.001" increments (Ex: 500= 0.500")
Z Number of leads per element:
Y = 2 leads (PA, PE, NA only)
Z = 3 leads
36 Lead length in inches
S9078PAPA120T500Z36 = Sample part number
Specifications subject to change

Page 8-6
Corona Resistant Stator RTD

Overview
Motor manufacturers that use variable speed drives for
flexibility and high performance can experience corona related
problems. PWM inverters can create high voltage spikes
exceeding 1600 volts. Minco has answered the call with a
corona resistant RTD. This RTD is specifically designed for the
latest generation of variable frequency drives for AC motors.
Minco uses special materials and manufacturing techniques to
create an RTD that is virtually corona-proof, eliminating the
need for expensive reactors or filters for the sensors.**
• Designed for AC motors with variable frequency drives (VFD)
• Proprietary design* resists detrimental effects of corona
S8025: corona resistant RTD
• Protect expensive motors with an inexpensive overtemperature
warning system Specification and order options
• Tested to 10,000 VAC without failure S8025 Model Number
PA Sensing element
• Widths from 0.305" to 1.25" PA = Platinum, 100 Ω ±0.5%, 0.00392
120 Body length:
• Lengths from 7" to 30"
Specify in 0.1" increments
Specifications - Model S8025 (Example: 120 = 12.0")
Minimum = 70; maximum = 300
Temperature: 180°C (356°F); Class H. T Leadwire insulation:
Thickness: 0.030" (0.075" max. thickness over lead bulge). T = PTFE
K = Polyimide
Length: 7" to 30". 500 Body width:
Specify in 0.001" increments
Width: 0.305" to 1.25" (2 and 3 lead models); 0.344" to 1.25"

STATOR RTDs
(Example: 500 = 0.500")
(4 lead models).
Minimum = 305 (2 and 3 lead models)
Leadwires: 2, 3, or 4 AWG #22, stranded copper; PTFE or Minimum = 344 (4 lead models)
polyimide insulation. Maximum = 1250
Z Number of leads per element:
Element: Platinum; 100 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C; 0.00392 TCR. Y = 2 leads
Body material: Polyimide, corona resistant. Z = 3 leads
X = 4 leads
Dielectric strength: Body: 8000 VRMS at 60 Hz; Leads and 36 Lead length in inches
leadwire exit (0.5" into body): 5000 VRMS at 60 Hz. F Leadwire configuration
F = Flat
T = Twisted
S8025PA120T500Z36F = Sample part number
LEAD LENGTH BODY LENGTH

Notes:
BODY WIDTH
* Patent pending
** Reducing the effects of corona on motor windings is
the responsibility of the motor manufacturer

Specifications subject to change

Page 8-7
Machinery Protection Products

CT224 12-channel temperature alarm/monitor End turn RTD

The CT224 consists of a 12-Channel Temperature Monitor Model S3238 Thermal-Ribbon is designed to sense stator
and MincoSoft™ CT224 Software. It is the next generation temperatures in motors and generators. With an alternative
in temperature monitoring equipment from Minco installation method to the “stick-type” sensors in this sec-
designed to meet the needs of electric machinery protec- tion, S3238 is used on the end turns of stator windings and
tion. The 12-channel scanning capability, standard provides an easy way to add overtemperature protection
RS485/RS232 interface and Windows-compatible software when the stator is not being rewound.
utility for system configuration and data logging provide
overtemperature and undertemperature protection and
critical feedback to safeguard expensive machinery.
• UL and cUL recognized to
help meet regulatory
compliance
• Mix and match sensor input
types for freedom to adapt
to pre-installed bearing and
apparatus sensors
• Ability to monitor 12 inputs
allows you to monitor stator
sensors from two motors

See page 5-25 for details. See page 10-5 for details.

CT15 temperature alarm Anti-condensation space heaters

• Alarm shuts down motor on over-temperature to prevent • Flexible silicone rubber insulation
catastrophic failure
• Mount on windings or housings to prevent moisture
• Monitors single 100 Ω platinum RTD (PD or PE) buildup
• 1 or 2 relays with independent trip points for warning • 2.5 to 10 watts per square inch at 120 or 240 volts
and shutdown
• Variety of sizes to 60” (1.5 m)
• Microprocessor-based
• UL component recognition
• Front panel programmable with four security levels
• Available from stock
• 100 to 240
VAC supply
power
• Compact
DIN case
with water
resistant
front panel

See pages 5-33 for details. Go to www.minco.com for more information.

Specifications subject to change

Page 8-8
 S E C T I O N 9 : H VAC S E N S O R S

• Complete range of sensors/transmitter assemblies made for easy installation,

high reliability, and compatibility with almost any Building Automation System
• Accurate and stable sensing ensures maximum energy efficiency
• Optional matched system calibration of transmitters and sensors offer increased accuracy
• RTDs, thermistors and humidity sensing for a variety of applications in critical environments

Chill-Out™ combination sensor..................................................9-2 to 9-3

Averaging temperature sensors................................................................9-4
Duct and outside air temperature sensors.........................................9-5
Room air temperature sensors...................................................................9-6
Flexible Thermal-Ribbon™ pipe sensors...............................................9-7
Humidity sensor/transmitter assembly..................................9-8 to 9-9
Hazardous area humidity assembly ...................................9-10 to 9-11
Intrinsically safe humidity assembly...................................9-12 to 9-13
Thermal Vial™ temperature sensing system..................9-14 to 9-15
Refrigeration and freezer temperature system.............................9-16
Fluid immersion temperature sensors ...............................................9-17
Elements and probes ....................................................................................9-18
Temptran 4 to 20 mA transmitters .......................................................9-19

Page 9-1
Chill-OutTM Combination Sensor

Bendable Aluminum

Overview
• Two sensors in one easily installed package: a solid state low
temperature cut-out ("Freeze Stat") and an averaging resistance
temperature sensor.

• Digital alarm signal to RTU, PLC or an electronic control;

24VAC-powered.

• Solid state design and rugged 3/8" diameter tubing eliminate

concerns of gas leaks or kinking the capillary during installation.

• Mount in any direction — horizontal installation is not required. Ultra Flexible PVC Coated
Steel Armor
• Easily formed aluminum or ultra flexible plenum-rated PVC coated Specification and order options
galvanized steel armor sensor case.
AS103759 Model number
• Relay and control circuitry self contained in rugged housing.
PF Element Type:
Mounts on either side of enclosure with a locknut (included).
PF = 1000 Ω RTD (0.00385 Platinum)
• Failure detection feature — relay changes state if power is lost 38 Switching Temperature: 38°F
• 4 to 20 mA temperature loop output available with optional Specify 30 to 44°F
Temptran™ (ordered separately — see Section 5 for more N Relay reset option:
information) N = Non-latching (auto reset)
L = Latching (manual reset)
Specifications E = Latching (panel mounted reset)
Note: option ‘E’ requires enclosure ‘L’
Switching temperature: 38°F factory pre-set, user adjustable from
30°F to 44°F. 10 Case length: 10 feet
A Case type:
Accuracy: ±0.9°F (±0.5°C) typical.
A = Aluminum
Power requirement: 24V AC or DC. B = Brass
Relay contact: User specified 1 Relay Rating:
Standard relay, SPDT (2" x 4" utility box) 1 = 0.3A
0.3 A at 125 VAC, Max. Voltage 125 VAC, or 2 = 25A, VAC powered controller/coil
1A at 30 VDC, Max. Voltage 110 VDC 3 = 25A, VDC powered controller/coil
Note: option 2 or 3 requires enclosure ‘L’
Optional power relay, DPST (4" x 4" utility box)
S Enclosure:
25 A at 277 VAC
N = No enclosure
25 A at 120 VAC
S = Standard utility box (2” x 4”)
1 HP at 120 VAC
L = Large utility box (4” x 4”)
2 HP at 277 VAC
W = Weatherproof utility box (2” x 4”)
Sensor case length: 10 feet standard, lengths up
AS103759PF38N10A1S = Sample part number
to 50 feet available by special order.

Connection: AWG 18 leadwires. Order Replacement Relays

Chill-Out Sensor installation example
Model number External Relay
AC103779 25A
24VAC Coil
AC103780 25A
24VDC Coil

Specifications subject to change

Page 9-2
Chill-Out Sensor Interface Setpoint Adjustment
SET POINT ADJUSTMENT
36°F 38°F

RESET SWITCH (OPTIONAL)

LED 34°F 40°F

32°F 42°F

44°F
30°F
TEMPERATURE SENSOR [RED]
TEMPERATURE SENSOR [RED]
ALARM OUTPUT [BLUE]
(NC CONTACT, OPENS WHEN POWER APPLIED)
ALARM OUTPUT [ORANGE]
(NO CONTACT, CLOSES WHEN POWER APPLIED)
24VAC (COM) [BLACK]
24VAC [WHITE]

Standard and Large Utility Boxes No Enclosure

2.0 REF L ± .5 FT
2.5 REF 10.0 FT ± .5 FT

Ø .375

Ø .375
¾ - 14 NPSM (Z)

¾ - 14 NPSM

Weatherproof Utility Box Typical Installation with Relay

2.0 REF L ± .5 FT 110 VAC OUTPUT (H)
SET POINT ADJUSTMENT

HOT

HVAC SENSORS
8 6 4 2 RESET SWITCH (OPTIONAL)
HOT LED

110
VAC
NEUTRAL
0
Ø .375 TEMPERATURE SENSOR [RED]
110 VAC OUTPUT TEMPERATURE SENSOR [RED]
(N) ALARM OUTPUT, NC [BLUE]
NEUTRAL ALARM OUTPUT, NO [ORANGE]

¾ - 14 NPSM
24VAC (N) [BLACK]
24VAC (H) [WHITE]

24 VAC
or
24 VDC
HOT

Specifications subject to change

Page 9-3
Averaging Temperature Sensors
Bendable
Overview Averaging Sensor
Enclosure: Sheath Diameter:
Sense temperature of air streams in ducts and plenums. W 2.12" (54 mm) 0.188" (4.8 mm)
Sensors include a junction box with gasket to prevent leakage H 4.00" (102 mm)
D 1.75" (44 mm)
and vibration noise.
These sensors have a continuous element to sense true
average temperature along their entire length. They provide
accurate composite readings in locations where air may be
stratified into hot and cold layers.
Rigid
Rigid averaging sensors have a brass case. Bendable models Averaging Sensor
have aluminum sheaths (copper on special order), formable to Enclosure:
Sheath
a radius of 4". Bendable sensors can criss-cross ducts to average W 2.12" (54 mm)
Diameter:
temperatures in two dimensions. H 4.00" (102 mm)
0.188" (4.8 mm)
D 1.75" (44 mm)
See page 5-2 for optional 4 to 20 mA temperature transmitters.
Specification and order options:
Specifications
Rigid averaging sensors
Temperature range:
Probe: -45.5 to 135°C (-50 to 275°F). S456PE Model number from table
Gasket: 100°C (212°F) max. Y Number of leads:
Y = 2 leads
Leadwires: AWG 22, PTFE insulated, 8" (200 mm) long. Z = 3 leads
Moisture resistance: Meet MIL-STD-202, Method 104, Test 12 Insertion depth in inches:
Condition B. 1 inch = 25.4 mm
Standard lengths: 12, 18, 24, 36, 48, 60, 72"
S456PEY12 = Sample part number
Special options:
• Lengths to 100 feet(30 m) • Weatherproof connection box
Bendable averaging sensors
• Sensor only, no box • Thermistor averaging sensors Model number from table
S457PE
Z Number of leads:
Model numbers Y = 2 leads
RTDs TCR Rigid Bendable Z = 3 leads
(Tolerance: ±0.25% at 70°F) Ω/Ω/°C averaging averaging 24 Insertion length in feet:
sensors sensors 1 foot = 0.3 m
*Platinum 100 Ω at 0°C 0.00391 S423PB S447PB Standard lengths: 6, 12, 24 feet
*Platinum 100 Ω at 0°C 0.00385 S456PE S457PE S457PEZ24 = Sample part number
*Platinum 1000 Ω at 0°C 0.00385 S493PF S475PF
*Platinum 1000 Ω at 0°C 0.00375 S492PW S488PW To order with transmitter, add
Nickel-iron 1000 Ω at 70°F 0.00527 S421FB S445FB
Nickel-iron 2000 Ω at 70°F 0.00527 S422FC S446FC TT111 Transmitter Models
TT111: Fixed Range (2 leads)
*HW 3000 Ω at -30.2°C 0.00262 S20080PX S15215PX
TT211: Fixed Range (2 leads)
* These averaging sensors use a proprietary
TT321: Fixed Range (3 leads)
sensing element that closely matches the
Contact for other transmitter options.
platinum curve over the specified range.
A Temperature Range Code:
A = 20°F to 120°F (-6.7°C to 48.9°C)
Contact for complete list of available temp. codes.
1 Calibration:
STOCKED PARTS AVAILABLE 1 = Nominal Calibration
2 = Match Calibrated,
0.75% Total System Accuracy
Contact for other calibration options.
Specifications subject to change TT111A1 = Sample part number addition

Page 9-4
Duct and Outside Air Temperature Sensors
Duct Point Sensor
Overview Enclosure:
Sense temperature of air streams in ducts and plenums. W 2.12" (54 mm) Outside Air Sensor
Sensors include a junction box with gasket to prevent H 4.00" (102 mm)
D 1.75" (44 mm) Dimensions:
leakage and vibration noise. L 5.6" (142 mm)
These point-sensing thermometers feature a fast-responding H 1.6" (41 mm)
W 1.3" (33 mm)
aluminum sensing tip.
Custom options include a NEMA 4 weatherproof connection
box and an all stainless steel probe.
Outside air sensors are designed to mount on conduit outside your
Probe Diameter:
building. They include an elbow type enclosure and sun shield.
0.25" (6.4 mm)
See page 5-2 for optional 4 to 20 mA temperature transmitters. 0.188" (4.8 mm) at tip

Specifications Specification and order options:

Temperature range:
Duct point sensors
Probe: -45.5 to 135°C (-50 to 275°F).
Gasket: 100°C (212°F) max. S450PD Model number from table
Y Number of leads:
Leadwires: Y = 2 leads
AWG 22, PTFE insulated, Z = 3 leads (RTD only)
4" (100 mm) long. 12 Insertion depth in inches:
1 inch = 25.4 mm
Moisture resistance: Standard lengths: 3, 6, 12, 18"
Point sensors meet MIL-STD-202, Method 104, Test Condition B Minimum: 3"
S450PDY12 = Sample part number
Special options
Outside air sensors
• Weatherproof connection box
S414PB Model number from table
• All stainless steel probe
Z Number of leads:
Y = 2 leads
Z = 3 leads (RTD only)
S414PBZ = Sample part number
STOCKED PARTS AVAILABLE

To order with transmitter, add

HVAC SENSORS
Model numbers
TT111 Transmitter Models
Element TCR Duct point Outside air TT111: Fixed Range (2 leads)
Ω /Ω/°C sensors sensors TT211: Fixed Range (2 leads)
RTDs TT321: Fixed Range (3 leads)
Contact for other transmitter options.
Platinum 100 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C 0.00391 S408PB S414PB
A Temperature Range Code:
Platinum 100 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C 0.00385 S450PD S454PD
A = 20°F to 120°F (-6.7°C to 48.9°C)
(Meets EN60751, Class B)
Contact for complete list of available temp. codes.
Platinum 1000 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C 0.00385 S451PF S455PF 1 Calibration:
Platinum 1000 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C 0.00375 S484PW S486PW 1 = Nominal Calibration
Nickel-iron 1000 Ω ±0.12% at 70°F 0.00527 S406FB S412FB 2 = Match Calibrated,
Nickel-iron 2000 Ω ±0.12% at 70°F 0.00527 S407FC S413FC 0.75% Total System Accuracy
HW 3000 Ω at -30.2°C 0.00262 S100060PX S100062PX 3 = Match Calibrated,
R25
0.5% Total System Accuracy
Thermistors ¼R125
4 = Match Calibrated,
Thermistor 2,252 Ω ±1% at 25°C 29.2 TS430TA TS428TA 0.2% or 1°C Total System Accuracy
Thermistor 10,000 Ω ±1% at 25°C 23.5 TS431TB TS429TB Contact for other calibration options.
Specifications subject to change TT111A1 = Sample part number addition

Page 9-5
Room Air Temperature Sensors
Compact Wall-mount Full Size Wall-mount Moisture resistance: Meets MIL-STD-202,
Dimensions: Dimensions:
Method 104, Test Condition B.
W 3.12" (79 mm) W 2.75" (70 mm)
H 2.09" (54 mm) H 4.50" (114 mm) Transmitters: Full size sensors with 2 leads can use
D 1.80" (46 mm) D 1.56" (40 mm)
Temptran™ transmitter model TT115 installed within
the sensor enclosure. A variety of transmitters are
Explosionproof Wall- Flush Wall-mount available for all other sensor models. Transmitters must
mount Dimensions: be installed in a separate enclosure from the sensor.
Dimensions: W 2.75" (70 mm)
W 1.60" (41 mm) H 4.50" (114 mm) Specification and order options:
H 5.55" (141 mm) D 0.18" (5 mm)
D 2.05" (52 mm) Compact and full size
S472PB Model number from table
Overview Y Number of leads:
Y = 2 leads Z = 3 leads
Minco’s room air sensors are available with a variety of enclo- 4 Lead length in inches: (stocked only in 4")
sures that meet most standard and explosionproof HVAC/R K0 Knockouts (full size only):
installations. The sensors can be match calibrated with a Minco K0= No knockouts
Temptran™ (temperature transmitter) for increased accuracy K1= Knockouts for wiremold raceway
and reliability. S472PBY4K0 = Sample part number
Note: For replacement cover only, order part AC692KO or
Room air sensors are designed for wall mounting. Choose from AC692K1 for full size, AC551 for compact.
two plastic enclosure styles with brushed aluminum faceplates
or a flushmount stainless steel model.
Explosionproof and flush-mount
S100147PD Model number from table
The full-size enclosure and flushmount fit over standard Y Number of leads:
junction boxes. The full size enclosure has optional Y = 2 leads Z = 3 leads
knockouts for Wiremold raceway surface wiring. Just S100147PDY = Sample part number
remove knockouts with pliers. This enclosure may also
include a 4-20 mA temperature transmitter; specify
model AS200655. STOCKED PARTS AVAILABLE
The compact room air sensor mounts
directly on drywall.
Element TCR Compact Full size Explosion- Flush
The explosionproof sensor housing is UL Ω /Ω/°C room air room air proof mount
listed and CSA approved for Class I, Groups sensors sensors wall-mount room air
C and D; Class II, Groups E, F, and G; and sensors sensors
Class III. Download Application Aid #19 for RTDs
more hazardous area information and the Platinum
0.00391 S405PB S472PB
various standards and agencies (including 100 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C
FM, CSA, CENELEC and ATEX) at Platinum
100 Ω±0.1% at 0°C 0.00385 S448PD S473PD S100147PD S101456PD
www.minco.com.
(Meets EN60751, Class B)
Specifications Platinum
0.00385 S449PF S474PF S100148PF S101456PF
1000 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C
Temperature range: Platinum
-45.5 to 100°C (-50 to 212°F) 0.00375 S483PW S489PW S101608PW S101456PW
1000 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C
Temperature range (with TT115 transmitter): Nickel-iron 0.00527 S403FB S470FB
Zero: -40 to 10°C (-40 to 50°F) 1000 Ω ±0.12% at 70°F
Span: 25 to 100°C (45 to 180°F) Nickel-iron
0.00527 S404FC S471FC
2000 Ω ±0.12% at 70°F
Max upper temperature: 85°C (185°F)
HW
0.00262 S1000064PX S1000063PX
Leadwires: 3000 Ω at -30.2°C
R25
Full size and compact: AWG 22, Thermistors ¼R125
PTFE insulated, 4" (100 mm) long. Thermistor
29.2 TS426TA TS424TA TS100149TA TS101769TA
Explosionproof and flush mount: AWG 26, 2,252 Ω ±1% at 25°C
PTFE insulated, 6" (150 mm) Thermistor
23.5 TS427TB TS425TB TS100150TB TS101769TB
inside cover. 10,000 Ω ±1% at 25°C

Page 9-6
Flexible Thermal-Ribbon™ Pipe Sensors
Overview Specifications
Flexible Thermal-Ribbon™ sensors mount on the pipe surface Body material: Silicone rubber with polyimide backing.
so there’s no expense of a pipefitter to drain, drill, and tap the
pipe for a thermowell because there is no thermowell! When Temperature range:
properly installed and insulated, the accuracy and response of RTD: -62 to 200°C (-80 to 392°F).
a Thermal-Ribbon equals an immersed thermowell assembly. Thermistor: -45.5 to 135°C (-50 to 275°F).

Options include stainless steel braid over leadwires to prevent Leadwires: AWG 24, silicone rubber.
abrasion damage and pressure-sensitive adhesive for easier Moisture resistance: Meets MIL-STD-202, Method 104,
mounting (smooth surfaces only). Test Condition B.
See Section 5 for optional 4 to 20 mA temperature
transmitters. Model numbers
Element TCR Ω /Ω/°C Model
RTDs
Platinum 100 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C 0.00391 S464PB
Platinum 100 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C 0.00385 S467PD
(Meets EN60751, Class B)
Platinum 1000 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C 0.00385 S468PF
Nickel-iron 1000 Ω ±0.12% at 70°F 0.00527 S462FB
Nickel-iron 2000 Ω ±0.12% at 70°F 0.00527 S463FC
HW 3000 Ω at -30.2°C 0.00262 S100001PX
R25
Thermistors /R125
Thermistor 2,252 Ω ±1% at 25°C 29.2 TS436TA
Thermistor 10,000 Ω ±1% at 25°C 23.5 TS437TB
Note: Tape the Thermal-Ribbon in place beneath a layer of insulation.

Mounting accessories: Specification and order options

AC766 mounting kit S467PD Model number from table
Provides a pipe-mounted enclosure for transmitters and
Z Number of leads:
connections. Kit includes junction box, 5 ft. nylon strap, Y = 2 leads
buckle, 4 wire nuts, and 6 ft. of #20 stretch tape. Z = 3 leads (RTD only)
YS = 2 leads, stainless steel braid
#20 stretch tape
ZS = 3 leads, stainless steel braid (RTD only)
High temperature self-fusing silicone rubber tape for mounting
36 Lead length in inches

HVAC SENSORS
Thermal-Ribbons to pipes. 1" wide rolls, 6 or 36 foot lengths.
A Adhesive backing:
#6 RTV adhesive A = No adhesive
Room temperature vulcanizing adhesive for attaching Thermal- B = Pressure-sensitive adhesive
Ribbons to surfaces. 3 oz. (89 ml) tube. S467PDZ36A = Sample part number

STOCKED PARTS AVAILABLE

Specifications subject to change

Page 9-7
Humidity Sensor/Transmitter Assembly

Space
Wall/Duct
Outside Air (OSA)

Overview Specifications
Minco humidity and humidity/temperature transmitters are Ambient Temperature:
designed using an advanced microprocessor. Digital signal Operating:
processing allows these transmitters to precisely match the Room: -10 to 150°F (-23 to 65°C), non-condensing.
characteristics of the humidity sensor to a wide range of RH Wall/Duct/OSA: -10 to 185°F (-23 to 85°C), non-condensing.
and temperature values found in the many applications the Storage:
product serves. Room: -58 to 150°F (-50 to 65°C), non-condensing.
Wall/Duct/OSA: -58 to 185°F (-50 to 85°C), non-condensing.
The humidity sensor is composed of an integrated circuit (IC)
with a stable polymer element and platinum RTD that is used for Supply voltage: 9.5 to 35 VDC, non-polarized.
temperature compensation. This sensor offers outstanding resist-
Voltage effect: ±.001% of span/volt from 9.5 to 35 VDC.
ance to airborne contaminant and chemicals, and is protected
by a sintered stainless steel filter which resists condensation. Loop resistance: The maximum allowable resistance of the
signal-carrying loop, including extension wires and load resis-
• Wall/Duct/OSA mounting configurations
tors, is given by this formula: Rloopmax = (Vsupply - 9.5)/0.02 AMPS.
• Accuracies of ±1% or ±2% RH For example, if supply voltage is 24 VDC, the loop resistance
must be less than 725 Ω.
• Temperature compensated
Adjustments: Zero and span field adjustments, non-interacting.
• Temperature output option
Time Constant: 50 seconds in slow moving air.
• Two-point field calibration
Connections: Screw terminals (22-14 AWG wire).
• NIST traceable calibrations
Weight:
Room: 0.19 lb (.084 kg).
Applications Wall/Duct/OSA: 1.20 lb (0.55 kg).
Building environmental control systems (HVAC), hospitals, food
Minimum output current: 3.5 mA
storage, warehouses, clean rooms, pharmaceutical, freezers,
drying equipment, and emissions monitoring. Maximum output current: 23 mA.

Specifications subject to change

Page 9-8
Humidity Transmitter AH429 and AH439 AH429 = Humidity Transmitter
Output: 4-20 mA DC = 0% to 100% RH. AH439 = Humidity/Temperature Transmitter
Sensing Element: Capacitive monolithic IC.
Accuracy: Includes temperature, linearity, hysteresis, and
AH439 Specification and order options
repeatability.
±1% from 10% to 80% RH @ 25 to 35°C or AH439 Model number:
±2% from 0% to 90% RH @ 25°C R Enclosure
(±3% from 0% to 90% RH @ 15 to 50°C) D: Duct mount, 8" probe length
(±5% from 0% to 90% RH @ 0 to 82°C) O: Outside Air/Wall mount, 4" probe length
with shield, weather resistant enclosure
S: Space mount
W: Wall mount, 4" probe length, weather
Temperature Transmitter (AH439 only) resistant enclosure
Output: 4-20 mA DC over the specified temperature range. R: Remote probe, 4" probe length
1 Outputs: 4 to 20 mA DC
Sensing element: 1000 Ω platinum; 2 lead resistance
N10 Calibration accuracy (humidity transmitter)
thermometer, 0.00385 TCR. N10: ±1% from 10% to 80% (25 to 35°C)
Accuracy: Includes resistance thermometer tolerance, calibra- with NIST certificate
tion accuracy, linearity, and ambient temperature effects. N20: ±2% from 0% to 90% (25 to 35°C)
with NIST certificate
±.75% of Temptran™ span for 32 to 122°F ambient.
S20: ±2% from 0% to 90% (25 to 35°C)
±1.50% of Temptran™ span for -13 to 185°F ambient.
S Temperature transmitter range
EN: -20°F to 140°F
S: 0°F to 100°F
AH429 Specification and order options A: 20°F to 120°F
BI: 30°F to 130°F
AH429 Model number: KK: 30°F to 180°F
R Enclosure N: 32°F to 122°F
D: Duct mount, 8" probe length H: 40°F to 90°F
O: Outside Air/Wall mount, 4" probe length More temperature range codes starting on
with shield, weather resistant enclosure page 5-20 or www.minco.com
S: Space mount
T1 Sensing element cover
W: Wall mount, 4" probe length, weather (omitted on “S” space mount models)
resistant enclosure T0= Sintered stainless steel; pressed on cover
R: Remote probe, 4" probe length T1= Sintered stainless steel; screw on cover
1 Output: 4 to 20 mA DC T2= Slotted stainless steel; screw on cover

HVAC SENSORS
N10 Calibration accuracy (humidity transmitter) (NA on "O" outside air models)
N10: ±1% from 10% to 80% (25 to 35°C) To order enclosure D, O, S or W, stop here.
with NIST certificate To order enclosure R (remote probe), add:
N20: ±2% from 0% to 90% (25 to 35°C)
with NIST certificate A Probe mounting location
S20: ±2% from 0% to 90% (25 to 35°C) A = Side mounting B = Bottom mounting
T1 Sensing element cover 48 Remote probe cable length (in inches)
(omitted on "S" space mount models) 48" and 96" are standard lengths
T0= Sintered stainless steel; pressed on cover AH439R1N10ST1A48 = Sample part number
T1= Sintered stainless steel; screw on cover
T2= Slotted stainless steel; screw on cover
(NA on "O" outside air models)
To order enclosure D, O, S or W, stop here.
To order enclosure R (remote probe), add:
A Probe mounting location
A = Side mounting B = Bottom mounting
48 Remote probe cable length (in inches)
48" and 96" are standard lengths
AH429R1N10T1A48 = Sample part number Specifications subject to change

Page 9-9
Hazardous Area Humidity Assembly

Overview Specifications
Models AH71_, AH72_, and AH73_ series are 2-wire tempera- Output(s):
ture compensated humidity transmitters that are FM and CFM Humidity: 4 to 20 mA DC = 0% to 100% RH.
approved for use in hazardous locations. Intrinsically safe mod- Temperature: 4 to 20 mA DC over specified range (optional)
els are available with an optional temperature transmitter out-
Humidity Range: 0 – 100% RH
put. The AH73 is also available with an optional digital display
for remote indication of relative humidity and temperature. Sensing Element:
Humidity: Thin film capacitive element.
The transmitters utilize a thin film capacitive humidity sensor
Temperature: 1000 ohm platinum RTD, 0.00385 TCR
which provides outstanding sensitivity and chemical robustness.
The transmitter converts the humidity sensor’s signal into a 4 to Temperature Effect: ±0.03% RH/°C ±1% from 10°C to 85°C
20 mA DC current, which changes proportionally from 4 mA at
Operating Temperature:
0% RH to 20 mA at 100% RH. The optional temperature loop
Transmitter:
produces a second 4 to 20 mA DC output where the current
-40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C), non-condensing.
changes from 4 mA at the lowest temperature of the range, to
-4 to 176°F (-20 to 80°C), non-condensing, model AH73.
20 mA at the top of the temperature range. The leads that
Sensor:
supply power also carry the current signal.
-40 to 302°F (-40 to 150°C).
• Accuracy of ±2.5% RH
Storage Temperature:
• Temperature compensated -58 to 185°F (-50 to 85°C), non-condensing.

• Temperature output option Supply voltage:

9.5 to 28 VDC for intrinsically safe (IS) models.
• Two-point field calibration
16.5 to 28 VDC for explosionproof (XP) models.
• NIST traceable calibrations
Voltage effect: ±0.001% of span/volt from 9.5 to 28 VDC.
Loop resistance: The maximum allowable resistance of the
Applications signal-carrying loop, including extension wires and load
Building automation systems (HVAC), hospitals, food storage, resistors, is given by this formula:
warehouses, clean rooms, pharmaceutical, drying equipment, IS: Rloopmax = (Vsupply - 9.5)/0.02 AMPS. For example, if supply volt-
and emissions monitoring. age is 24 VDC, the loop resistance must be less than 725 Ω.
XP: Rloopmax = (Vsupply - 16.5)/0.02 AMPS. For example, if supply
voltage is 24 VDC, the loop resistance must be less than 375 Ω.

Specifications subject to change

Page 9-10
Accuracy: Includes linearity, hysteresis, repeatability, and Accessories:
voltage effects. Sintered Filter Replacement Part Number: AC103512
Humidity: ±2.5% from 10% to 80% RH @ 25°C, ±3.5% from Slotted Filter Replacement Part Number: AC103513
80% to 90% RH @ 25°C. Pipe Mounting Kit for AH72/AH73 Part Number: AC102765
Temperature: ±0.5°F(0.27°C) @ 77°F (25°C) or +/- 0.75% of span, Wall Mounting Kit for AH71 Part Number: AC103168
whichever is greater. Duct Mounting Kit for AH71 Part Number: AC103253
Adjustments: Zero and Span field adjustments, non-interacting.
Time Constant: 50 seconds in slow moving air. Specification and order options
AH73 Model number
Connections: Screw terminals (22-14 AWG wire). AH71 Industrial grade humidity transmitter with
Weight: optional temperature transmitter,
CH106 connection head, display NA
AH71_ 2.84 lbs (1.29 kg).
AH72 Industrial grade humidity transmitter with
AH72_, AH73_ 4.46 lbs (2.02 kg). optional temperature transmitter,
Min. output current: 3.8 mA. connection head, display NA
AH73 Industrial grade humidity transmitter with
Max. output current: 22 mA. optional temperature transmitter,
connection head, display available
Filter: 60 micron stainless-steel sintered filter
(replacement P/N : AC103512) 1 Probe diameter
1 = 0.375"
Factory Mutual Approvals: Pipe Thread Code
P3
Explosionproof with intrinsically safe sensor: Code Process Conduit
Suitable for the following hazardous area locations: P3 1/ - 14NPT
2
1/ - 14NPT
2
Class I, Division 1, 2, Groups B, C, D P4 1/ - 14NPT
2
3/ - 14NPT
4
Class II, Division 1, 2, Groups E, F, G P5 G1/2A 1/ - 14NPT
2
Class III, Division 1, 2 P6 G1/2A 3/ - 14NPT
4

Intrinsically safe installation: L120 Probe length

Suitable for the following hazardous area locations: L60 = 6"
Class I, Division 1, 2, Groups A, B, C, D L120= 12"
Class II, Division 1, 2, Groups E, F, G T1 Filter type
Class III, Division 1, 2 T1= Sintered stainless steel
T2= Slotted stainless steel
Class I, Zone 0, AEx ia IIC T4
HT490 Transmitter model number
Non-Incendive: HT480 = Explosionproof with intrinsically safe sensor
Suitable for the following hazardous area locations: (transmitter code NT only)
Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D HT490 = Intrinsically safe
Class II, Division 2, Groups F, G F Display

HVAC SENSORS
Class III, Division 2 C = Display, metric units (AH73_series only)
F = Display, English units (AH73_series only)
Transmitter entity parameters: N = No display (AH71_ and AH72_ series only)
Vmax = 28 volts; Imax = 100 mA; Ci = 0.037 μF and Li = 0 mH. 1 Signal output
1 = 4 to 20mA
Transmitter ranges:
N25 Calibration accuracy (humidity transmitter)
Code Transmitter range N25 ±2.5% from 10% to 80% (25°C)
NT No temperature transmitter with NIST certificate
EN -20°F to 140°F S25: ±2.5% from 10% to 80% (25°C)
S 0°F to 100°F EN Temperature transmitter range from table
A 20°F to 120°F AH731P3L120T1HT490F1N25EN = Sample part number
BI 30°F to 130°F
KK 30°F to 180°F
N 32°F to 122°F
H 40°F to 90°F

Specifications subject to change

Page 9-11
Intrinsically Safe Humidity Assembly
Temperature Effect: ±0.03% RH/°C ±1% from 10°C to 85°C
Operating Temperature:
Transmitter:
-40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C), non-condensing.
-4 to 176°F (-20 to 80°C), non-condensing, model AH75.
Sensor:
-40 to 176°F (-40 to 80°C),
Storage Temperature:
-58 to 185°F (-50 to 85°C), non-condensing.

Overview Supply voltage: 9.5 to 28 VDC .

Models AH74 and AH75 are 2-wire temperature compensated Voltage effect: ±0.001% of span/volt from 9.5 to 28 VDC.
humidity transmitters that are FM and CFM approved as Loop resistance: The maximum allowable resistance of the sig-
intrinsically safe for use in hazardous locations. Both models nal-carrying loop, including extension wires and load resistors,
are available with an optional temperature transmitter output. is given by this formula: Rloopmax = (Vsupply - 9.5)/0.02 AMPS).
AH75 incorporates a digital display for remote indication of
relative humidity and temperature. Accuracy: Includes linearity, hysteresis, repeatability, and
voltage effects.
The transmitters utilize a thin film capacitive humidity sensor Humidity: ±2.5% from 10% to 80% RH @ 25°C, ±3.5% from
which provides outstanding sensitivity and chemical robust- 80% to 90% RH @ 25°C.
ness. The transmitter converts the humidity sensor’s signal into Temperature: ±0.5°F(0.27°C) @ 77°F (25°C) or +/- 0.75% of span,
a 4 to 20 mA DC current, which changes proportionally from 4 whichever is greater.
mA at 0% RH to 20 mA at 100% RH. The optional temperature
loop produces a second 4 to 20 mA DC output where the Adjustments: Zero and Span field adjustments,
current changes from 4 mA at the lowest temperature of the non-interacting.
range, to 20 mA at the top of the temperature range. The leads Time Constant: 50 seconds in slow moving air.
that supply power also carry the current signal.
Connections: Screw terminals (22-14 AWG wire).
• Accuracy of ±2.5% RH
Weight:
• Temperature compensated
AH74 0.54 lbs (245 g).
• Temperature output option AH75 0.61 lbs (276 g).
• Two-point field calibration Min. output current: 3.8 mA.
• NIST traceable calibrations
Max. output current: 22 mA.
Applications Filter: 60 micron stainless-steel sintered filter
Building automation systems (HVAC), hospitals, food (replacement P/N : AC103512)
storage,warehouses, clean rooms, pharmaceutical, drying
Factory Mutual Approvals:
equipment, and emissions monitoring.
Intrinsically safe:
Specifications Suitable for the following hazardous area locations:
Class I, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, D
Output(s):
Class I, Zone 0, AEx ia IIC T4
Humidity: 4 to 20 mA DC = 0% to 100% RH.
Non-Incendive:
Temperature: 4 to 20 mA DC over specified range (optional).
Suitable for the following hazardous area locations:
Humidity Range: 0 – 100% RH Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D

Sensing Element: Transmitter entity parameters:

Humidity: Thin film capacitive element. Vmax = 28 volts; Imax = 100 mA; Ci = 0.037 μF and Li = 0 mH.
Temperature: 1000 ohm platinum RTD.

Specifications subject to change

Page 9-12
 Dimensions:
Transmitter ranges:
Probe Location A
Code Transmitter range
NT No temperature transmitter 4.550
EN -20°F to 140°F
S 0°F to 100°F
2.200
A 20°F to 120°F
BI 30°F to 130°F
KK 30°F to 180°F
N 32°F to 122°F CONNECTION BOX
H 40°F to 90°F
PROBE

Specification and order options INSERTION DEPTH

AH75 Model Number: SENSOR

AH74 - Humidity Transmitter with Optional Temperature CAP
Transmitter , No Display
AH75 - Humidity Transmitter with Optional Temperature 4.350
Transmitter, with Display 3.550
1 Probe Diameter: 1 = 0.375"
C1 Probe Location / Cable Bushings Option:
Please refer to dimensional drawings for probe Location.
C1 = Probe Location A (Rear) / Single Cable Gland
4.550
C2 = Probe Location A (Rear) / Dual Cable Glands
C3 = Probe Location A (Rear) / Single Conduit Fitting, 1/2" NPT
C4 = Probe Location A (Rear) / Dual Conduit Fittings, 1/2" NPT
C5 = Probe Location B (Bottom) / Single Cable Gland
C6 = Probe Location B (Bottom) / Dual Cable Glands
C7 = Probe Location B (Bottom) / Single Conduit Fitting, 1/2" NPT
C8 = Probe Location B (Bottom) / Dual Conduit Fittings, 1/2" NPT
Probe Location B
Note: If a temperature loop is desired, dual cable glands or dual conduit
fittings must be selected unless special cable is used during installation.
Please refer to National Electrical Code ANSI/NFPA 70 for installation in
INSERTION DEPTH 4.550
accordance with US requirements, or Canadian Electrical Code, C22.1
for installation in accordance with Canadian requirements.

L40 Probe Length: L40 = 4" 2.200

HVAC SENSORS
T1 Filter Type:
SENSOR PROBE
T1 = Sintered Stainless Steel CAP
T2 = Slotted Stainless Steel CONNECTION BOX

HT490 Transmitter Model Number:

HT490 = Intrinsically Safe Transmitter 4.550
C Display:
C = Display, Metric Units (AH75_ Series Only)
F = Display, English Units (AH75_ Series Only)
N = No Display
1 Signal Output: 1 = 4-20mA 3.550
4.350
N25 Calibration Accuracy:
N25 = ±2.5% from 10% to 80% (25°C) with NIST Certificate
S25 = ±2.5% from 10% to 80% (25°C)
S Temperature Transmitter Range from table
AH751C1L40T1HT490C1N25S = Sample part number

Specifications subject to change

Page 9-13
Thermal Vial™ Temperature Sensing System
TCR: .00385 Ω/Ω/°C nominal from 0°C to 100°C.
Operating temperature range:
Probe and vial: -200 to 120°C (-328 to 248°F).
Transmitter: -25 to 85°C (-13 to 185°F).
Insulation resistance: 1000 megohms minimum at 500 VDC,
leads to probe case.
Leads: AWG #22, stranded, TFE insulated, with TFE jacket overall.
Thermal vial: Polyethylene bottle with cap.
Thermowell: Delrin material.
Overview
Transmitter: 4-20 mA output; 8.5 to 35 VDC loop powered.
• Ideal for ultralow freezers, laboratories, blood banks,
walk-in freezers and refrigerators, even incubators— Connection box: Polycarbonate enclosure, NEMA 4X.
anywhere accurate sensing of the contents instead
of the air is a vital concern.
• Sealed Polyethylene Thermal Vial™ eliminates spillage and Specification and order options
contamination. Simply fill with fluid such as ethylene glycol, AS103282 Model number
alcohol, water, or a cryopreservative to accurately emulate PD Sensing element, .00385 TCR:
the material being stored or processed. PM = 100 Ω Platinum ±.06%, Class A
PD = 100 Ω Platinum ±.12%, Class B
• Large (50 mm x 50 mm) footprint of the single well vial
PF = 1000 Ω Platinum ±.12%
provides stability on a shelf or rack. Holds 175 ml (6 oz) of fluid.
72 Cable length in inches
Other vial configurations are available. See next page.
D Vial configuration:
• Platinum RTD probe is constructed of 316 Stainless Steel and S = Single thermowell, standard vial
operates to -200°C (-328°F). D = Dual thermowell
T = Triple thermowell
• Metal shielded cable is rugged and washdown proof. M = Single thermowell, miniature vial
L = Single thermowell, large vial
• 4 to 20 mA transmitter is match calibrated to the RTD for
C Connection box type:
improved system accuracy. C = Indicating °C F = Indicating °F
B = Non-indicating
• System accuracy is a variable
75 System accuracy:
• NIST certificate and calibration data supplied at no 75 = .75% of span 50 = .50% of span
additional cost. 20= .20% of span or .1°C, whichever is greater
EZ Temptran temperature range code:
• Additional accessories available. EZ = -100/0°C (-148/32°F)
M = -50/50°C (-58/122°F)
• Customizable for validation requirements. C = 0/100°C ( 32/212°F)
• Connection box and indicator are polycarbonate and NEMA More ranges starting on page 5-20.
4X sealed to be washdown proof. AS103282PD72D75CEZ = Sample part number

Specifications
Probe case: Stainless steel.
Element: Platinum.
Resistance (excluding leadwire resistance):
PM platinum: 100.00 Ω ±.06% at 0°C (32°F) (Class A).
PD platinum: 100.00 Ω ±.12% at 0°C (32°F) (Class B).
PF platinum: 1000.00 Ω ±.12% at 0°C (32°F).

Specifications subject to change

Page 9-14
Thermal Vial™ Accessories
.45 REF
[11.4]

7/16 HEX

TFE JACKET OVER

TFE INSULATED LEADS
3.20 ±.06
PROBE
CONNECTION BOX [81 ±1.5]
Ø.188 [Ø4.78]
(TEMPERATURE INDICATOR TYPE SHOWN)

2.5 REF
[64]
Temperature Meter

4.52 REF
[115] Span STRIP
Zero
.5 [13] MIN

MODEL TI350 DUAL THERMOWELL

OPTION SHOWN
www.minco.com
CABLE GLAND (2)
THERMAL VIAL
(BOTTLE & CAP WITH
2.55 REF
1, 2, OR 3 THERMOWELLS)
[64.8]

UTILITY BOX TOP VIEW

Available Accessories
Dual/triple Single well
well bracket bracket

Air sensor bracket

Description Model
Single well bracket AC101540
Dual/triple well bracket AC102732
Air sensor bracket AC102074

Large HVAC SENSORS

Mini Dual Triple

Single
Description Capacity Model
Single 6 oz. 175 ml AC101394
Dual 8 oz. 250 ml AC102026 Loop-powered indicating Non-indicating
Triple 8 oz. 250 ml AC102647 Description Model
Mini 2 oz. 60 ml AC103316 Loop-powered indicating TI350
Large 32 oz. 1000 ml AC102551 Non-indicating CH102777

Specifications subject to change

Page 9-15
Refrigeration & Freezer Temperature System

Overview
• Ideal for refrigerated rooms, freezers, cold storage facilities
and laboratories — anywhere an accurate, rugged, and
weatherproof temperature sensor is needed.
• 100 Ω platinum RTD probe is constructed of 316 stainless
steel to be resistant to most chemicals, including ammonia.
Operates to -452°F (-269°C).
• 4 to 20 mA transmitter is epoxy potted to protect circuitry
from condensation and ice. Operates in ambient
temperatures down to -13°F (-25°C).
• Transmitter is match calibrated to RTD for 0.75% system
accuracy. Free NIST certificate.
Specification and order options
• Enclosure is gasketed and moisture resistant.
AS100279 Assembly number
• RTD probe is available in lengths ranging from 2 inches to 48 PD 100 Ω platinum RTD
inches, and the probe can be center-mounted for through-
the-wall installation, or end-mounted for flush-to-the-wall 67 Probe length:
Specify in 0.1" increments
mounting. (Ex: 67 = 6.7 inches)
Temperature range for 4-20 mA output:
Specifications M
M = -50 to 50°C (-58 to 122°F)
Temperature range: AD = -40 to 48.9°C (-40 to 120°F)
Probe: -269 to 260°C (-452 to 500°F). DN = -30 to 50°C (-22 to 122°F)
Transmitter: -25 to 85°C (-13 to 185°F). S = -18 to 37.8°C (0 to 100°F)
BY = -10 to 40°C (14 to 104°F)
RTD probe: 100 Ω platinum, 0.00385 TCR. Other ranges are available starting on
page 5-20.
Transmitter: 4-20 mA output, 8.5 to 35 VDC loop powered.
AS100279PD67M = Sample part number
2.75 0.10 2.30 PROBE
(70) (2.5) (58) LENGTH

½ - 14 NPT
[3]
4.50
(114) 0.25
(6.4) DIA.
8 HEX
7

Specifications subject to change

Page 9-16
Fluid Immersion Temperature Sensors
5.8" (147 mm) THERMOWELL LENGTH U

½ - 14 NPT 0.375" (9.5 mm) DIAMETER

Specification and order options:

Fluid immersion temperature sensors

S479P D Model number from table
Y Number of leads:
Y = 2 leads
OPTIONAL CONNECTION THERMOWELL REDUCED
TRANSMITTER HEAD PROBE TIP Z = 3 leads
Overview 60 Thermowell length U:
Specify in 0.1" increments
Immersion sensors include stainless steel thermowells for (Ex: 60 = 6.0 inches)
insertion directly into fluid streams. The sensing probe may be Standard thermowell lengths are
removed without breaking the fluid seal. Brass thermowells are 3" and 6", contact factory for
also available. other lengths
S479PDY60 = Sample part number
See page 5-2 for optional 4 to 20 mA temperature transmitters.

Specifications Replacement stainless steel thermowells

Temperature range: -45.5 to 260°C (-50 to 500°F). TW488 Model number
Leadwires: AWG 22, PTFE insulated, 4" (100 mm) long. U
60 Thermowell length U:
Thermowell pressure rating: 1880 psi (130 bar).
Specify in 0.1" increments
Moisture resistance: Meets MIL-STD-202, Method 104, (Ex: 60 = 6.0 inches)
Test Condition B. Standard thermowell lengths are
3" and 6", contact factory for other lengths
TW488U60 = Sample part number

STOCKED PARTS AVAILABLE

To order with transmitter, add

HVAC SENSORS
TT111 Transmitter Models
Model numbers TT111: Fixed Range (2 leads)
Element TCR Model number TT211: Fixed Range (2 leads)
Ω/Ω/°C TT321: Fixed Range (3 leads)
Contact for other transmitter options.
Platinum 100 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C 0.00391 S478PB Temperature Range Code:
A
Platinum 100 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C 0.00385 S479PD A = 20°F to 120°F (-6.7°C to 48.9°C)
(Meets EN60751, Class B) Contact for complete list of available temp. codes.
Platinum 1000 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C 0.00385 S480PF 1 Calibration:
Platinum 1000 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C 0.00375 S490PW* 1 = Nominal Calibration
Nickel-iron 1000 Ω ±0.12% at 70°F 0.00527 S476FB* 2 = Match Calibrated,
Nickel-iron 2000 Ω ±0.12% at 70°F 0.00527 S477FC* 0.75% Total System Accuracy
3 = Match Calibrated,
HW 3000 Ω at -30.2°C 0.00262 S100061PX*
0.5% Total System Accuracy
* Maximum temperature is 130°C (266°F). 4 = Match Calibrated,
0.2% or 1°C Total System Accuracy
Note: These sensors are intended for use in slow-moving fluid streams. Contact for other calibration options.
For applications where fluid velocity exceeds 3 ft/s, you may need to use TT111A1 = Sample part number addition
a thermowell assembly as an alternative. Contact Minco Sales and Customer
Service for additional information. Specifications subject to change

Page 9-17
Elements & Probes
Overview Specification and order options:
These models feature fast-responding RTD or thermistor elements in Probes
aluminum cases (except stainless steel on S482PW) with PTFE insulated S411PB Model number from table
leadwires. They can be assembled into probes or used separately as all- 60 Case length:
purpose sensors. Specify in 0.1" increments
(Ex: 60 = 6.0 inches)
Probes consist of elements assembled into stainless steel extension tubes.
Minimum length is 3"
They are not suitable for direct fluid immersion but may be used with
Z Number of leads:
thermowells. See Section 4 for thermowell options. Y = 2 leads
See Section 5 for optional 4 to 20 mA temperature transmitters. Z = 3 leads (platinum only)
4 Lead length in inches
S411PB60Z4 = Sample part number

LEAD LENGTH CASE LENGTH

1.0" (25.4 mm) Probe
SENSING TIP

0.250" (6.4 mm) DIAMETER 0.188" (4.8 mm) DIAMETER

Element Elements
LEAD LENGTH 2.00"* S458PD Model number from table
(50.8 mm) Z Number of leads:
Y = 2 leads
Z = 3 leads (platinum only)
0.188" (4.8 mm) DIAMETER 4 Lead length in inches
MODEL S482PW IS 2.4" (60.3 mm) LONG S458PDZ4 = Sample part number

Specifications To order with transmitter, add

Temperature range: -45.5 to 135°C (-50 to 275°F).
TT111 Transmitter Models
Leadwires: AWG 22, PTFE insulated. Standard lengths are 4", 12" and 18". TT111: Fixed Range (2 leads)
TT211: Fixed Range (2 leads)
Moisture resistance: Meets MIL-STD-202, Method 104, Test Condition B. TT321: Fixed Range (3 leads)
Contact for other transmitter options.
Insulation resistance: 1000 megohms min. at 500 VDC, leads to case.
A Temperature Range Code:
A = 20°F to 120°F (-6.7°C to 48.9°C)
Model numbers Contact for complete list of available temp. codes.
1 Calibration:
Element TCR Elements Probes 1 = Nominal Calibration
Ω /Ω/°C 2 = Match Calibrated,
RTDs 0.75% Total System Accuracy
Platinum 100 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C 0.00391 S402PB 411PB 3 = Match Calibrated,
0.5% Total System Accuracy
Platinum 100 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C 0.00385 S458PD S460PD
4 = Match Calibrated,
(Meets EN60751, Class B)
0.2% or 1°C Total System Accuracy
Platinum 1000 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C 0.00385 S459PF S461PF Contact for other calibration options.
Platinum 1000 Ω ±0.1% at 0°C 0.00375 S482PW S485PW TT111A1 = Sample part number addition
Nickel-iron 1000 Ω ±0.12% at 70°F 0.00527 S400FB S409FB
Nickel-iron 2000 Ω ±0.12% at 70°F 0.00527 S401FC S410FC
HW 3000 Ω at -30.2°C 0.00262 S100057PX S100837PX
Thermistors R25/
R125
STOCKED PARTS AVAILABLE
Thermistor 2,252 Ω ±1% at 25°C 29.2 TS438TA TS440TA
Thermistor 10,000 Ω ±1% at 25°C 23.5 TS439TB TS441TB
Specifications subject to change

Page 9-18
Temptran™ 4 to 20 mA Transmitters

Most HVAC sensors are available with companion 4 to 20 mA

transmitters. See page 5-2 for suitable models. (Room air
thermometers use model TT115, which has the same
specifications as TT111). Temptran™ temperature transmitters
convert low-level RTD output to a standard current signal that
is immune to lead resistance and electrical noise. You can get
accurate readings from points thousands of feet away.

How to order transmitters

Transmitters are mounted in the junction box Full size wall mount
To order HVAC/R sensors with integral transmitters, specify on duct sensors, or in the connection head of thermometers use the
both the RTD and the Temptran part numbers. fluid immersion sensors. TT115 circuit-board style
Temptran. The enclosure
Outside air thermometers and Thermal-
High-accuracy calibration Ribbons: Transmitters are furnished separately.
is thermally designed to
minimize heating of the
Standard transmitters are calibrated to the nominal resistance Install in an enclosure near the sensor, but
sensor by transmitter
values of the RTD at the zero and span points. Total system error away from excessive ambient temperatures.
electronics.
includes the tolerance of both the transmitter and the RTD sensor.
If you order Minco Temptrans calibrated to the actual
resistance of the RTD (as measured in Minco’s metrology lab), Free NIST traceability
this effectively subtracts the sensor tolerance from system
With each matched sensor/transmitter set, Minco sends you
accuracy specifications.
calibration data traceable to the National Institute of Standards
For example, consider a transmitter with a range of 0 to 500°C. & Technology. This helps you comply with ISO 9001 and other
The transmitter itself is accurate to ±1.0°C (±0.2% of span, quality standards.
including calibration accuracy and linearity). The RTD inter-
changeability contributes an additional error of ±0.3°C at 0°C Recalibration
and ±2.8°C at 500°C. Total system error would be ±1.3°C at 0°C Minco prints RTD resistance values right on the Temptran label
and ±3.8°C at 500°C. When you calibrate the sensor and trans- to simplify recalibration. You simply connect a resistance
mitter as a set, the sensor error disappears, reducing system decade box or “RTD simulator” in place of the RTD, dial in the
error to ±1.0°C over the full range — all for a nominal extra cost. correct values, and adjust zero and span. Because Minco RTDs
shift less than 0.05°F per year in a typical HVAC installation, the
0.75% guaranteed accuracy printed values remain valid for many years.
Minco guarantees a system accuracy (current signal vs temper-

HVAC SENSORS
ature) of 0.75% of span when you order specially calibrated
Temptrans with any RTD in the HVAC/R Sensors Section.
(An RTD with standard transmitter will deviate about 1-2%
of span.) Tighter accuracies are available on special order.

See Section 5 for complete details and ordering information.

Specifications subject to change

Page 9-19
 S E C T I O N 1 0 : T H E R M A L- R I B B O N S ™

• Fast response surface sensing in aerospace, medical, and industrial devices

• Thin, flexible RTDs and thermocouples offer easy, non-invasive installation
• Rugged laminated construction for use in extreme environments
• Polyimide, silicone rubber, Mylar™ insulation

Thermal-Ribbons™.........................................................................10-2 to 10-3
Thermal-Tabs™..................................................................................10-2 to 10-3
Discoil™ Thermal-Ribbons ..........................................................................10-4
Strip sensing Thermal-Ribbons ...............................................................10-5
Thermistor Thermal-Ribbons....................................................................10-6
Thermocouple Thermal-Ribbons...........................................................10-6
Installation and accessories.......................................................................10-7

Page 10-1
Thermal-Tab™ and Thermal-Ribbon™ Sensors
Install these compact sensors anywhere for accurate point sens- • Fast response surface sensing in aerospace, medical and
ing and fast response. All Thermal-Tab modules use a thin-film industrial devices
RTD element. All Thermal-Ribbon models conform to EN60751
• Rugged lamination construction
Class B tolerance when ordered with a PD platinum element.
• Polyimide, silicone rubber or Mylar™ insulation
• All models are RoHS compliant
Thermal-Tab Specifications
Dimensions Element Insulation Temperature Leadwires Time Features Model
W x L x Tmax options range constant*
0.20 x 0.50 x 0.08"
(5 x 12 x 2 mm) Polyimide with -50 to 155°C AWG 26, Stocked for
PD, PF, PW 0.8 sec. S665
elastomer cover coat -58 to 311°F PTFE insulated immediate shipment
0.20 x 0.60 x 0.08" PD, PF, PW, AWG 26, PTFE
(5 x 15 x 2 mm) -50 to 200°C Platinum
PS, NB, NA, Polyimide or polyimide 1.0 sec. S17624
-58 to 392°F models in stock
NJ insulated
0.20 x 0.60 x 0.08" AWG 26, PTFE
(5 x 15 x 2 mm) PD, PF, PW, -50 to 260°C Highest temperature
Polyimide film or polyimide 0.4 sec. S100820
PS -58 to 500°F capability
insulated
0.20 x 0.60 x 0.12" Silicone rubber with AWG 24, Waterproof; suitable
(5 x 15 x 3 mm) -50 to 155°C
PD, PF, PW elastomer cover and Silicone 1.3 sec. for continuous S667
-58 to 311°F
foil backing insulated immersion
0.20 x 0.60 x 0.045" AWG 26, PTFE
(5 x 15 x 1.15 mm) -50 to 200°C
PD, PF, PW Polyimide film or polyimide 0.6 sec. Thinnest profile S100725
-58 to 392°F
insulated
0.30 x 0.60 x 0.10" PD, PF, PW, AWG 22, PTFE Heavier leadwire for
(7 x 15 x 2.5 mm) -50 to 200°C
PS, NB, NA, Polyimide film or polyimide 1.2 sec. applications requiring S100724
-58 to 392°F
NJ insulated ruggedized design
0.40 x 0.80 x 0.08" Larger surface area
PD, PF, PW, AWG 26, PTFE
(10 x 20 x 2 mm) -50 to 200°C for easier handling
PS, NB, NA, Polyimide film or polyimide 0.9 sec. S100723
-58 to 392°F and maximum
NJ insulated
adhesive bond
0.40 x 0.80 x 0.08" High temperature
PD, PF, PW, AWG 26, PTFE
(10 x 20 x 2 mm) -50 to 220°C rating, available with
PS, NB, NA, Silicone rubber or polyimide 1.5 sec. S100721
-58 to 428°F wide range of ele-
NJ insulated
ment options

Thermal-Ribbon Specifications
0.20 x 1.50 x 0.030" Wire-wound
(5.1 x 38.1 x 0.8 mm) -200 to 200°C AWG 34, nickel-iron for
FA Polyimide 0.15 sec. S38
-328 to 392°F PTFE insulated high resistance
in small package
0.30 x 0.30 x 0.025"
(7.6 x 7.6 x 0.7 mm) Polyimide with foil -200 to 200°C AWG 28, Wire-wound
PD, PE 0.15 sec. S651
backing -328 to 392°F PTFE insulated element

0.75 x 0.75 x 0.04"

(19 x 19 x 1.0 mm Wire-wound
-200 to 150°C AWG 30, nickel-iron flat
FA Mylar 0.3 sec. S25
-328 to 302°F PTFE insulated element for high
resistance
Notes: Tmax is measured over the lead bulge.*Time constant is in water at 1 m/sec.

Specifications, continued
Leadwire insulation codes
S25, S38, S651, S665, S667 Leave blank
S17624, S100721, S100723, S100724, S100725, S100820 T = PTFE insulated wires K = Polyimide insulated wires
Specifications subject to change

Page 10-2
Sensing elements Specifications and order options
Sensing element specifications** Code S17624 Model number from table
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.12% at 0°C PD Sensing element from table
PD
(EN60751, Class B) Z Number of leads:
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.22% at 0°C PE Y = 2 leads Z = 3 leads (N/A on S25, S38)
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 1000 Ω ±0.12% at 0°C PF X = 4 leads (N/A on S25, S38 or S665/S667)
Platinum (0.00375 TCR) 1000 Ω ±0.12% at 0°C PW T Leadwire insulation code from table at left
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 10,000 Ω ±0.12% at 0°C PS 24 Lead length in inches: S665/S667: 60" max.
A Adhesive backing:
Nickel-iron (0.00518 TCR) 604 Ω ±0.26% at 0°C FA
A = No adhesive
Nickel (0.00618 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.22% at 0°C B = Pressure-sensitive adhesive (PSA)
NB
(DIN43760 NI100, Class B) Stop here for all models except S665 or S667.
Nickel (0.00672 TCR) 120 Ω ±0.50% at 0°C NA For models S665 and S667, add:
Nickel (0.00618 TCR) 1,000 Ω ±0.22% at 0°C C Compliancy:
NJ
(DIN43760 NI1000, Class B) C = RoHS Compliance
** See table on previous page for element options on each model. S665PDY40AC = Sample part number
Notes: PSA reduces temperature range to -20 to 177°C
Waterproof model (-4 to 350°F) and adds 0.005" (0.1 mm) to thickness.

Model S667 is waterproof and

Custom Thermal-Ribbon designs
suitable for continuous immersion.
Use it to monitor the temperature Minco can custom-wind Thermal-Ribbon elements in virtual-
of water in a tank or container, ly any shape and size. We can profile sensing elements to
or on equipment that must with- provide increased sensitivity in selected zones, and provide
stand wash-down or immersion. packaging to perfectly fit your applications.

Check with Minco for suitability Contact Minco Sales and Customer Service today
in other liquids. to discuss your application.

THERMAL-
RIBBONS
STOCKED PARTS AVAILABLE

Specifications subject to change

Page 10-3
Discoil™ Thermal-Ribbons

Overview
Install these compact sensors anywhere for accurate point
sensing. Discoil™ RTD elements are wound on a single plane for
faster time response.

Specifications
Dimensions Element Insulation Temperature Leadwires Time Features Model
W x L x Tmax options range constant*
0.79 x 1.87 x 0.055"
(20 x 47.5 x 1.4 mm) Only 0.010" thick
Polyimide
solder pad version shown (Optional) AWG over element, fast
(clear -73 to 200°C
PD, PE 24, PTFE insulat- 0.10 sec. time response, plat- S17422
polyester -100 to 392°F
ed inum PD accuracy
available)
available
1.00 x 1.25 x 0.090"
(25.4 x 31.8 x 2.3 mm) PB11, PB22 Silicone S32
AWG 24, High temperature
rubber with -62 to 220°C
silicone rubber 0.2 sec. rating, platinum PD
polyimide -80 to 428°F
insulated accuracy available
PD12, PE22 backing S385

1.00 x 1.25 x 0.065"

(25.4 x 31.8 x 1.7 mm)
-200 to 200°C AWG 26, High resistance
FA Polyimide 0.15 sec. S39
-328 to 392°F PTFE insulated nickel-iron element

Notes: Tmax is measured over the lead bulge.

*Time constant is in water at 1 m/sec.

Sensing elements Specification and order options

Sensing element specifications** Code S32 Model number from table
Platinum (0.00391 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C PA PB22 Sensing element from table
Platinum (0.00391 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.11% at 0°C PB11 Z Number of leads:
Platinum (0.00391 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.22% at 0°C PB22 Y = 2 leads
Z = 3 leads
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.12% at 0°C
PD, PD12 X = 4 leads
(EN60751, Class B)
W = Solder pads (S17422 only)
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.36% at 0°C PE (Discoil) 36 Lead length in inches
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.5% at 0°C PE (Strip sensing) (Specify 0 for solder pads, option on S17422 only)
Platinum (0.00385 TCR) 100 Ω ±0.22% at 0°C PE22 A Adhesive backing:
Nickel-iron (0.00518 TCR) 604 Ω ±0.26% at 0°C FA A = No adhesive
B = Pressure-sensitive adhesive (PSA)
Copper 427 10 Ω ±0.20% at 25°C CA
S32PB22Z36A = Sample part number
Nickel 672 120 Ω ±0.3% at 0°C NA
Notes: PSA reduces temperature range to -20 to 177°C
** See table above for element options on each model. (-4 to 350°F) and adds 0.005" (0.1 mm) to thickness.

Specifications subject to change

Page 10-4
Strip Sensing Thermal-Ribbons™

Overview
These models average temperatures along their length to eliminate point measurement errors. Wrap them around cylinders or
adhere them to flat surfaces.

Specifications
Dimensions Element Insulation Temperature Lead- Time Features Model
W x L x Tmax options range wires constant*
0.50 x 1.25 x 0.050" (12.7 x 31.8 x 1.3 mm)
PA, PE, -73 to 200°C Easy motor
Polyimide 0.17 sec. S3238
CA, NA -100 to 392°F installations

0.375 x 4.00 x 0.075" (9.5 x 101.6 x 1.9 mm) PB22 Silicone

-62 to 220°C AWG S34
PD12 rubber w/ poly- 26, 0.6 sec. Platinum PD accuracy
-80 to 428°F S386
PE22 imide backing PTFE
insu- Wire-wound nickel-iron
-200 to 200°C lated
0.375 x 4.00 x 0.065" (9.5 x 101.6 x 1.7 mm) FA Polyimide 0.2 sec. for high resistance, thin S35
-328 to 392°F
element
-100 to 150°C Wire-wound
FA Mylar 0.3 sec. S2
-148 to 302°F nickel-iron,low cost
Notes: Tmax is measured over the lead bulge.
*Time constant is in water at 1 m/sec.
Model S3238
Refer to Sensing Elements Table on Page 10-4 Model S3238 is specially designed to sense stator tempera-
tures in motors and generators. An alternative to the “stick”
sensors, the S3238 mounts on the end turns of stator windings
and provides an easy way to add overtemperature protection
Specification and order options when the stator is not being rewound.
S34 Model number from table (except S3238)
S3238 specification and order options
PB22 Sensing element from table
Y Number of leads: S3238 Model number S3238
Y = 2 leads PA Sensing element from table
Z = 3 leads (required on CA) Y Number of leads:
X = 4 leads (PD only) Y = 2 leads (not available on CA)
36 Lead length in inches: 36" stocked (42" on S2) Z = 3 leads X = 4 leads
A Adhesive backing: T Lead insulation:
A = No adhesive T = PTFE K = polyimide
B = Pressure-sensitive adhesive (PSA) TS = SS braid over PTFE
S34PB22Y36A = Sample part number 36 Lead length in inches: 36" stocked
Notes: PSA reduces temperature range to -20 to 177°C U Lead configuration:
(-4 to 350°F) and adds 0.005" (0.1 mm) to thickness. T = Twisted U = Untwisted
A Adhesive backing:
A = No adhesive
B = Pressure-sensitive adhesive (PSA) THERMAL-
S3238PAYT36UA = Sample part number RIBBONS

STOCKED PARTS AVAILABLE

Note: Available up to 10 pieces or contact Minco Customer Service Specifications subject to change

Page 10-5
Thermistor Thermal-Tab™
Overview
Model TS665 and TS667 offer extremely sensitive NTC thermistors for applications with small temperature changes.
Model TS667 also features waterproof construction, making it suitable for continuous immersion.
Specifications
Dimensions Element Insulation Temp. range Leadwires Time Feature Model
W x L x Tmax options constant
0.20 x 0.47 x 0.079"
Polyimide with AWG 26,
(5.0 x 12.0 x 2.0 mm) 0.8 sec. Small, low-cost TS665
elastomer cover coat PTFE insulated
-50 to 125°C
0.20 x 0.60 x 0.118" TF, TK
Silicone rubber with (-58 to 257°F) Waterproof, suitable
(5.0 x 15.2 x 3.0 mm) AWG 24,
elastomer cover and 1.3 sec. for continuous TS667
Silicone insulated
foil backing immersion
Notes: Tmax is measured over the lead bulge. TS665 is suitable for the CT325 temperature controller (page 5-20). *Time constant is in water at 1 m/sec.

Sensing elements Specification and order options

Sensing element specifications** Code TS665 Model number from table
NTC thermistor 50k Ω ±1% at 25°C TF TF Sensing element from table
NTC thermistor 10k Ω ±1% at 25°C TK Y Number of leads: Y = 2 leads
** See table above for element options on each model. 40 Lead length in inches: 40" stocked, 60" max.
A Adhesive backing:
A = No adhesive B = Pressure-sensitive adhesive (PSA)
C Compliancy:
C = RoHS compliant
TS665TFY40AC = Sample part number
Note: PSA reduces temp. range to -20 to 177°C (-4 to 350°F) and adds 0.005" (0.1 mm) to thickness.

STOCKED PARTS AVAILABLE

Thermocouple Thermal-Ribbon™
Overview
TC40 is a patch-style thermocouple that adheres to all types of surfaces for quick and easy mounting.

Specifications Specification and order options

Dimensions 0.75 x 0.75 x 0.065" TC40 Model number
W x L x Tmax (19.1 x 19.1 x 1.7 mm)
J Junction type: E, J, K, or T
Junction type E, J, K, or T T Covering over leadwires:
T = PTFE only S = Stainless steel braid
Insulation Polyimide
Temp. range -200 to 200°C (-328 to 392°F) 36 Lead length in inches:
36" and 144" are stocked for type J, K, T
Leadwires AWG 24, solid PTFE insulated
A Adhesive backing:
Time constant 0.6 sec. A = No adhesive B = Pressure-sensitive adhesive (PSA)
Features Surface mounting TC40JT36A = Sample part number
Model TC40
Note: PSA reduces temperature range to -20 to 177°C
Notes: Tmax is measured over the lead bulge.
(-4 to 350°F) and adds 0.005" (0.1 mm) to thickness. Specifications subject to change
*Time constant is in water at 1 m/sec.

Page 10-6
Thermal-Ribbon Installation and Accessories
Thermal-Ribbons lend themselves to a variety of installation #6 RTV cement
methods. You should avoid repeated bending during the instal-
Room temperature vulcanizing cement for mounting silicone
lation process, and Thermal-Ribbons should not flex in use
rubber Thermal-Ribbons to flat or curved surfaces. It is avail-
unless they are specifically designed to do so. Take care to
able in 3 oz. (89 ml) tubes. Contact Minco for other adhesives
secure leadwires so they do not pull against sensor bodies.
usable with Kapton™ or Mylar™ Thermal-Ribbons.
Leadwires should be routed along the sensed surface a short
distance so that they do not sink heat away from the sensing Shrink bands
element. Listed below are some standard installation methods.
Minco shrink bands are pre-stretched plastic strips with
Pressure sensitive adhesive adhesive at both ends. Use them to mount Thermal-Ribbons
to cylinders. Simply wrap the band around the sensor and
PSA (option B in part number) is the simplest mounting
cylinder, secure the ends, and heat to shrink in place.
method, but it is restricted to flat surfaces and temperatures
To order, specify band width and cylinder diameter.
below 177°C (350°F). PSA is usually factory applied to the
mounting surface of the Thermal-Ribbon. To install, just remove #21 Polyimide tape
the backing paper and press in place.
High temperature tape with silicone-based adhesive. Useful for
#20 stretch tape quick mounting of Thermal-Ribbon or Thermal-Tab sensors to
flat surfaces. Makes a strong but removable bond to most
High temperature silicone rubber tape for mounting Thermal-
smooth and clean surfaces. Maximum operating temperature is
Ribbons to pipes or other cylinders as shown above. It comes
150°C. 0.5 inch wide x 108 ft. long roll.
in 1" wide rolls, 6 or 36 feet long.

THERMAL-
RIBBONS

Thermal Ribbons for pipe sensing Minco manufactures flexible Thermofoil™ etched-foil
Thermal Ribbons make a practical, economical alternative heaters for precision temperature control of critical
to traditional immersed sensors for sensing fluid tempera- applications. We can integrate heaters with Thermal-
tures in pipes or tanks. They mount directly on pipe Ribbons and other sensors and controllers to provide
surfaces, so there is no need to tap and drain systems to
complete turnkey thermal solutions.
install thermowells. If the Thermal-Ribbon is installed
correctly, tests show that the thermal response is as quick
and accurate as traditional invasive sensors. See page 9-7 Learn more about Thermofoil heater solutions at
for Thermal-Ribbons specially designed for pipe sensing. www.minco.com

Specifications subject to change

Page 10-7
 S E C T I O N 1 1 : E L E M E N TS

• Accurate sensing from -200 to 600°C (-328 to 1112°F)

• Wide choice of sizes and styles for application versatility
• Low cost thin-film elements
• Wire wound elements
Wire-wound elements..................................................................................11-2
Thin-film elements ..........................................................................................11-2
Installation ............................................................................................................11-3
Extension leads..................................................................................................11-3

Page 11-1
Wire-wound & Thin-film Elements
Overview: Wire-wound Elements Overview: Thin-film Elements
Use these elements for general purpose sensing in probes or Thin film elements offer low cost and resistances to 10k Ω.
equipment. PD models meet EN60751, Class B. Specifications
Tolerance: ±0.12% (EN60751 Class B) To order optional ±0.06%
Specifications
tolerance (EN60751 Class A), change 12 to 06 for ±0.06%
Temperature range: See table below. Some elements may be
(EN60751 Class A). Not available with S101162PD, S101163PF,
used down to -269°C in certain applications. Contact factory or S19827PS.
for advice on cryogenic use. Material: Aluminum oxide substrate with fused glass cover.
Element Body: Glass-coated ceramic Dimensional tolerance:
Resistance Tolerance: ± 0.1% at 0°C 400, 600°C elements: ±0.02" (0.5 mm).
Lead Length Tolerance: ± 0.4" (10.2mm) SMT models: Length x Width ±0.008 (0.2 mm),
TCR: 0.00385 Ω/Ω/°C Thickness ±0.004 (0.1 mm).
Element Diameter tolerance: ±0.005" (0.13 mm) TCR: 0.00385 Ω/Ω/°C.
Element Length tolerance: ±0.06 (1.5 mm) Repeatability: ±0.1°C or better.
Stability: Drift less than 0.1°C/year in normal use.
Repeatability: ±0.1°C or better
Vibration: Withstands 20 G’s minimum at 10 to 2,000 Hz.
Stability: Drift less than 0.1°C/year (normal use)
Shock: Withstands 100 G’s minimum sine wave shock of
Vibration: Withstands 20 G’s minimum at 10 to 2,000 Hz. 8 milliseconds duration.
Shock: Withstands 100G’s minimum sine wave shock of
8 milliseconds duration Order options: order part number from table.
Dimensions in inches (mm) R (0°C) Temp. range Leads Model
550°C wire-wound elements
0.040 ø -20 to 550°C 0.006” (0.15 mm) ø
(1.020) 0.45 (11.4) 1.0 (25) S200PD
(-4 to 1022°F) Platinum
0.058 ø
S201PD
(1.47) 0.40 (10.2) 1.0 (25) 0.010” (0.25 mm) ø
0.077 ø Platinum clad palladium
(1.96) 0.30 (7.6) 1.0 (25) 100 Ω S202PD

0.100 ø 0.014” (0.35 mm) ø

S203PD
(2.54) 0.40 (10.2) 1.0 (25) -100 to 550°C Platinum clad palladium
0.135 ø (-148 to 1022°F) 0.014” (0.35 mm) ø
S204PD
(3.43) 0.40 (10.2) 1.0 (25) Platinum clad palladium
0.077 ø 0.010” (0.25 mm) ø
S212PG
(1.96) 1.00 (25.4) 1.0 (25) Platinum clad palladium
500 Ω
0.135 ø 0.014” (0.35 mm) ø
S214PG
(3.43) 1.20 (30.5) 1.0 (25) Platinum clad palladium
400°C and 600°C thin-film elements
0.063 (1.6) 0.016 (41) THICK -50 to 150°C
100 Ω Solder contacts:
0.126 (3.2) (-58 to 302°F) SMT S101162PD
Tin plated,
(surface mount
1000 Ω 0.020” (.51 mm) S101163PF
technology)
0.05 (1.3) 0.025 (0.7) THICK 100 Ω 0.010” (0.25 mm) ø Ag S100144PD12
0.07 (1.7) Lead length: 0.4 (10) .0004 Ω / mm / lead
1000 Ω -50 to 400°C S101503PF12
0.10 (2.5) 0.04 (1.1) THICK (-58 to 752°F)
0.010” (0.25 mm) ø Ag
10000 Ω S19827PS12
0.20 (5.0) Lead length: 0.6 (15) .0004 Ω / mm / lead
0.08 (2.0) 0.05 (1.3) THICK -70 to 400°C 0.010” (0.25 mm) ø Ag
S245PD12
0.09 (2.3) Lead length (-94 to 752°F) .0004 Ω / mm / lead
S245: 0.6 (15) 100 Ω
S249: 0.4 (10) -70 to 600°C 0.008” (0.20 mm) ø Pt/Ni
S249PD12
(-94 to 1112°F) .003 Ω / mm / lead
0.08 (2.0) 0.05 (1.3) THICK -70 to 400°C 0.010” (0.25 mm) ø Ag
S247PF12
0.20 (5.0) Lead length (-94 to 752°F) .0004 Ω / mm / lead
S247: 0.6 (15) 1000 Ω
-70 to 600°C 0.008” (0.20 mm) ø Pt/Ni
S251: 0.4 (10) S251PF12
(-94 to 1112°F) .003 Ω / mm / lead
Note: Contact Minco Customer Service for quantities available Specifications subject to change

Page 11-2
Installation & Accessories

Installation
Ceramic elements can be assembled into probes or potted Model AC888
inside holes in heat sinks and platens. Ceramic cement is Insulation: Mica/glass, glass braid over connections
recommended for high temperature potting. Epoxy is Maximum temperature: 550°C (1022°F).
recommended for intermediate temperatures.
Lead Maximum diameter over lead bundle in inches (mm)
Round elements provide the best time response in round sheaths AWG 2 leads 3 leads 4 leads
and holes. Flat thin film elements can be bonded to surfaces. 22 0.16 (4.0) 0.20 (5.1) 0.20 (5.1)
Elements are calibrated at the end of their leads. The leads
Model AC889
have resistances ranging from 0.6 to 2.4 Ω per foot, so you
Insulation: Polyimide, FEP tubing over connections
should connect extension leads as close as possible to the end
of the element leads to maintain tolerance. Maximum temperature: 200°C (392°F).
Lead Maximum diameter over lead bundle in inches (mm)
Minco can supply elements with extension leadwires welded
AWG 2 leads 3 leads 4 leads
onto the sensor leads. Use the standard models below or
22 0.14 (3.5) 0.16 (4.0) 0.17 (4.3)
contact us for a quote on your custom design. 26 0.13 (3.3) 0.15 (3.8) 0.15 (3.8)
One final note: Ceramic elements are fragile and can suffer 30 0.11 (2.8) 0.12 (3.0) 0.12 (3.0)
damage or loss of accuracy from improper installation. In many
cases, the best alternative is to buy a complete encased probe Model AC101828
assembly from Minco. Take advantage of our expertise and Insulation: Glass braid, glass braid over connections
equipment for best overall performance and value. Maximum temperature: 550°C (1022°F).
Lead Maximum diameter over lead bundle in inches (mm)
#8 high temperature cement
AWG 2 leads 3 leads 4 leads
#8 comes as a powder in 1 oz. packages. Just add water to form 27 0.10 (2.5) 0.12 (3.0) 0.13 (3.3)
a potting compound rated to 850°C (1562°F). solid
leads

Extension lead specification and order options

AC887 Model number
Z Number of leads:
Y = 2 leads
Z = 3 leads
Extension leads
X = 4 leads
26 Lead gauge (AWG)
Extension leads L
All elements are available with factory-welded extension leads 48 Lead length in inches
insulated with PTFE, polyimide, or mica/glass. AC887Z26L48 = Sample part number
Model AC887
Insulation: PTFE, FEP tubing over connections
Maximum temperature: 200°C (392°F).
ELEMENTS

Lead Maximum diameter over lead bundle in inches (mm)

AWG 2 leads 3 leads 4 leads
22 0.15 (3.8) 0.16 (4.0) 0.18 (4.6)
24 0.14 (3.5) 0.14 (3.5) 0.17 (4.3)
26 0.13 (3.3) 0.14 (3.5) 0.14 (3.5)
28 0.13 (3.3) 0.13 (3.3) 0.13 (3.3)
30 0.11 (2.8) 0.12 (3.0) 0.12 (3.0)
Specifications subject to change

Page 11-3
SECTION 12: REFERENCE

Part number index.........................................................................12-2 to 12-3

Industry specifications..................................................................................12-4
Next steps.............................................................................................................12-5

Page 12-1
Part Number Index
Accessories AC101656 ..............6-4 AS800.........2-16, 2-20 AS869....................2-18 CH356......................4-3 FG563 ......................4-9 S25 .........................10-2
#6 RTV AC101657 ..............6-4 AS801.........2-16, 2-20 AS870.........2-16, 2-20 CH357......................4-3 FG579 ......................4-9 S32 .........................10-4
adhesive ......9-7, 10-7
AC101750......4-6, 4-7 AS802.........2-16, 2-20 AS871.........2-16, 2-20 CH358......................4-3 FG602 ......................4-9 S34 .........................10-5
#8 high temperature
AC101828............11-3 AS803.........2-16, 2-20 AS872.........2-16, 2-20 CH359......................4-2 FG709 ......................4-9 S35 .........................10-5
cement .................11-3
AC101926 ..............4-3 AS804.........2-16, 2-20 AS873.........2-16, 2-20 CH360......................4-2 FG714 ......................4-9 S38 .........................10-2
#20 stretch
tape...............9-7, 10-7 AC102026............9-15 AS805.........2-16, 2-20 AS874.........2-16, 2-20 CH366......................4-2 FG801 ......................4-4 S39 .........................10-4

#21 Polyimide AC102074............9-15 AS806....................2-18 AS875.........2-16, 2-20 CH405......................4-3 FG802 ......................4-4 S44............................3-6
tape .......................10-7 AC102551............9-15 AS807....................2-18 AS876....................2-18 CH407......................4-3 FG810 ......................4-4 S51............................3-2
AC171 ...................7-10 AC102647............9-15 AS808....................2-18 AS877....................2-18 CH102777............9-15 FG854 ......................4-9 S52............................3-8
AC172 ...................7-10 AC102708 ..............4-3 AS809....................2-18 AS878....................2-18 FG911 ......................4-4 S53............................3-2
AC190 ...................7-10 AC102732............9-15 AS810.........2-16, 2-20 AS879....................2-18 Controllers FG912 ......................4-4 S54............................3-2
AC191 ...................7-10 AC102734............5-27 AS811.........2-16, 2-20 AS5000....................6-3 CT15..............5-33, 8-8 FG914 ......................4-4 S56............................3-2
AC192 ...................7-10 AC102765.5-24, 9-11 AS812.........2-16, 2-20 AS5002....................6-3 CT16A ...................5-35 FG1015 .................4-12 S57............................3-2
AC195 ...................7-10 AC103133 ...4-3, 5-22 AS813.........2-16, 2-20 AS5004....................2-2 CT224. ..........5-25, 8-8 FG3015 .................4-12 S59............................3-2
AC196 ...................7-10 AC103168............9-11 AS814.........2-16, 2-20 AS5005....................2-2 CT325....................5-29 FG101072...............4-4 S71 .........................3-10
AC197 ...................7-10 AC103253............9-11 AS815.........2-16, 2-20 AS5010....................6-3 CT335....................5-31 FG101078...............4-4 S72 .........................3-10
AC551......................9-6 AC103316............9-15 AS816....................2-18 AS5012....................6-3 CT424....................5-27 FG101080...............4-4 S73 .........................3-10
AC692......................9-6 AC103512............9-11 AS817....................2-18 AS5140....................2-6 MFG811................4-10 S74 .........................3-10
AC717 ...................4-11 AC103513............9-11 AS818....................2-18 AS5141....................2-6 Fittings MFG812................4-10 S80 .........................3-10
AC718 ...................4-11 AC103528 ...4-3, 5-22 AS819....................2-18 AS5145....................2-7 FG110-1 ..................4-4 MFG816................4-10 S81 .........................3-10
AC743 ...................5-36 AC203350...........3-14, AS830.........2-16, 2-20 AS5146....................2-7 FG111 ......................4-4 MFG817................4-10 S151 .........................3-2
AC744 ...................5-36 .....................3-15, 3-16
AS831.........2-16, 2-20 AS5160....................2-8 FG112 ......................4-4 MTW1208 ............4-10 S153 .........................3-2
AC745 ...................5-36 AS832.........2-16, 2-20 AS5165....................2-9 FG113-1 ..................4-4 S154 .........................3-2
AC746 ...................5-36 Assemblies
AS833.........2-16, 2-20 AS5191....................2-3 FG114-1 ..................4-4 Humidity S156 .........................3-2
AC766......................9-7 AS700.........2-10, 2-14
AS834.........2-16, 2-20 AS5192....................2-3 FG116 ......................4-4 AH429 .....................9-8 S157 .........................3-2
AC805 ...................5-22 AS701....................2-10
AS835.........2-16, 2-20 AS5200....................2-4 FG117 ......................4-4 AH439 .....................9-8 S159 .........................3-2
AC807 ...................5-22 AS702.........2-10, 2-14
AS836....................2-18 AS5201....................2-4 FG120 ......................4-5 AH471 ...................9-10 S200.......................11-2
AC887 ...................11-3 AS703....................2-10
AS837....................2-18 AS5205....................2-5 FG122 ......................4-5 AH472 ...................9-10 S201.......................11-2
AC888 ...................11-3 AS704.........2-10, 2-14
AS838....................2-18 AS5206....................2-5 FG126 ......................4-5 AH473 ...................9-10 S202.......................11-2
AC889 ...................11-3 AS706....................2-12
AS839....................2-18 AS5240 .................2-22 FG130 ......................4-5 AH474 ...................9-12 S203.......................11-2
AC915 ...................7-10 AS707....................2-12
AS840.........2-16, 2-20 AS5241 .................2-22 FG132 ......................4-5 AH475 ...................9-12 S204.......................11-2
AC958 ...................4-11 AS708....................2-12
AS841.........2-16, 2-20 AS5245 .................2-22 FG140 ......................4-5 S212.......................11-2
AC961 ...................4-11 AS709....................2-12
AS842.........2-16, 2-20 AS5246 .................2-22 FG141 ......................4-5 Indicators S214.......................11-2
AC996 ...................5-36 AS720.........2-10, 2-14
AS843.........2-16, 2-20 AS100279 ............9-16 FG142 ......................4-5 TI196......................5-23 S245.......................11-2
AC1001.................5-36 AS721....................2-10
AS844.........2-16, 2-20 AS103282 ............9-14 FG143 ......................4-5 TI350 ..........5-23, 9-15 S247.......................11-2
AC1009.................5-36 AS722.........2-10, 2-14
AS845.........2-16, 2-20 AS103759...............9-2 FG144 ......................4-9 S249.......................11-2
AC1015.................4-12 AS723....................2-10 Level
AS846....................2-18 FG145 ......................4-5 S251.......................11-2
AC1039 ...................4-3 AS724.........2-10, 2-14 LT364.....................3-16
AS847....................2-18 Connection Heads FG151 ......................4-5 S304 .........................7-2
AC3015.................4-12 AS725....................2-10
AS848....................2-18 CH103......................4-2 FG180 ......................4-9 S305 .........................7-2
AC100324............4-14 AS726....................2-12 RTDs
AS849....................2-18 CH104......................4-2 FG210 ......................4-4 S306 .........................7-2
AC100375............3-18 AS727....................2-12 S2............................10-5
AS860.........2-16, 2-20 CH106......................4-2 FG213 ......................4-4 S307 .........................7-2
AC100427 ..............4-3 AS728....................2-12 S3 ..............................8-4
AS861.........2-16, 2-20 CH301......................4-2 FG214 ......................4-4 S308 .........................7-2
AC101122 ..............4-3 AS729....................2-12 S4 ..............................8-4
AS862.........2-16, 2-20 CH302......................4-2 FG215 ......................4-4 S309 .........................7-2
AC101377 ..............4-3 AS760.........2-10, 2-14 S11............................8-4
AS863.........2-16, 2-20 CH328......................4-3 FG216 ......................4-4 S324 .........................7-2
AC100427 ..............4-3 AS761....................2-10 S13............................8-4
AS864.........2-16, 2-20 CH330......................4-3 FG310 ......................4-4 S325 .........................7-2
AC101248............3-18 AS762.........2-10, 2-14 S15............................8-4
AS865.........2-16, 2-20 CH335......................4-2 FG313 ......................4-4 S326 .........................7-2
AC101377 ..............4-3 AS763....................2-10 S18............................8-4
AS866....................2-18 CH339......................4-2 FG314 ......................4-4 S330 .........................7-2
AC101394............9-15 AS766....................2-12 S23............................8-4
AS867....................2-18 CH342......................4-3 FG537 ......................4-9 S331 .........................7-2
AC101540............9-15 AS767....................2-12 S24............................8-4
AS868....................2-18 CH343......................4-3 FG556 ......................4-9 S332 .........................7-2

Page 12-2
RTDs cont. S475 .........................9-4 S912.......................3-12 S19827..................11-2 S102410..................7-9 TC357.......................3-2 TT190 .............................
....replace with TT519
S340 .........................7-2 S476.......................9-17 S913.......................3-12 S20080 ....................9-4 S102617..................7-4 TC358.......................3-2
TT205.......................5-6
S341 .........................7-2 S477.......................9-17 S914.......................3-12 S100001..................9-7 S102618..................7-4 TC359.......................3-2
TT220 .............................
S342 .........................7-2 S478.......................9-17 S932.......................3-13 S100050..................8-2 S102619..................7-4 TC360.......................3-7
....replace with TT520
S385.......................10-4 S479.......................9-17 S933.......................3-13 S100051..................8-2 S102662..................7-4 TC361.......................3-7
TT221 .............................
S386.......................10-5 S480.......................9-17 S942.......................3-13 S100052..................8-2 S102737..................7-9 TC2084 ....................7-3 ....replace with TT520
S400.......................9-18 S482.......................9-18 S943.......................3-13 S100053..................8-2 S200050..................8-2 TC2096 ....................7-3 TT211.......................5-2
S401.......................9-18 S483 .........................9-6 S944.......................3-13 S100054..................8-2 S200051..................8-2 TC2162 ....................7-3 TT246.......................5-4
S402.......................9-18 S484 .........................9-5 S953.......................3-13 S100057 ...............9-18 S200052..................8-2 TC2198 ....................3-9 TT273 ....................5-12
S403 .........................9-6 S485.......................9-18 S1120.......................8-4 S100060..................9-5 S200053..................8-2 TC2303 ....................7-3 TT274 ....................5-14
S404 .........................9-6 S486 .........................9-5 S1140.......................8-4 S100061 ...............9-17 S200054..................8-2 TC2520 ....................7-3 TT363 ....................3-15
S405 .........................9-6 S488 .........................9-4 S1220.......................8-4 S100062..................9-5 S205459 ...............3-14 TC2623 ....................7-3 TT518.......................5-8
S406 .........................9-5 S489 .........................9-6 S1240.......................8-4 S100063..................9-6 S207595..................7-6 TC2698 ....................7-3 TT519 ....................5-10
S407 .........................9-5 S490.......................9-17 S1320.......................8-4 S100064..................9-6 S207596..................7-6 TC2741 ....................7-3 TT520 ....................5-16
S408 .........................9-5 S492 .........................9-4 S1420.......................8-4 S100144 ...............11-2 S207597..................7-6 TC2837 ....................7-3 TT521 ....................5-18
S409.......................9-18 S493 .........................9-4 S3238............8-8, 10-5 S100147..................9-6 S207598..................7-6 TC102620 ...............7-5 TT530 ....................5-16
S410.......................9-18 S551 .........................3-2 S4026.......................7-2 S100148..................9-6 TC102621 ...............7-5 TT531 ....................5-18
S411.......................9-18 S553 .........................3-2 S5020.......................6-2 S100305..................8-4 Thermistors TC102622 ...............7-5
S412 .........................9-5 S554 .........................3-2 S5022.......................6-2 S100415..................8-4 TS424.......................9-6 TC102663 ...............7-5 Wire/Cable
S413 .........................9-5 S557 .........................3-2 S7304.......................7-2 S100721 ...............10-2 TS425.......................9-6 TC207600 ...............7-6 WS122B ................4-15
S414 .........................9-5 S559 .........................3-2 S7401.......................8-4 S100723 ...............10-2 TS426.......................9-6 TC207601 ...............7-6 WS122R ................4-15
S421 .........................9-4 S601 .........................3-4 S7682.......................8-4 S100724 ...............10-2 TS427.......................9-6 TC207602 ...............7-6 WS122W...............4-15
S422 .........................9-4 S602 .........................3-4 S7746.......................7-2 S100725 ...............10-2 TS428.......................9-5 TC207603 ...............7-6 WS122Y ................4-15
S423 .........................9-4 S603 .........................3-4 S7792.......................7-2 S100820 ...............10-2 TS429.......................9-5 WS126B ................4-15
S445 .........................9-4 S604 .........................3-4 S7908.......................7-2 S100837 ...............9-18 TS430.......................9-5 Thermowells WS126R ................4-15
S446 .........................9-4 S614 .........................3-4 S8009.......................8-4 S101162 ...............11-2 TS431.......................9-5 TW201.....................4-6 WS126W...............4-15
S447 .........................9-4 S623 .........................3-5 S8010.......................8-4 S101163 ...............11-2 TS436.......................9-7 TW203.....................4-6 WS126Y ................4-15
S448 .........................9-6 S628 .........................3-5 S8011.......................8-4 S101456..................9-6 TS437.......................9-7 TW204.....................4-6 WS222R ................4-15
S449 .........................9-6 S634 .........................3-5 S8012.......................8-4 S101503 ...............11-2 TS438 ....................9-18 TW222.....................4-7 WS222W...............4-15
S450 .........................9-5 S639 .........................3-5 S8013.......................8-4 S101608..................9-6 TS439 ....................9-18 TW228.....................4-7 WS322S ................4-15
S451 .........................9-5 S651.......................10-2 S8014.......................8-4 S101730..................7-8 TS440 ....................9-18 TW234.....................4-7 WS326S ................4-15
S454 .........................9-5 S665.......................10-2 S8015.......................8-4 S101731..................7-8 TS441 ....................9-18 TW238.....................4-7 WS426S ................4-15
S455 .........................9-5 S667.......................10-2 S8016.......................8-4 S101732..................7-8 TS665 ....................10-6 TW239.....................4-7 WS522T ................4-15
S456 .........................9-4 S844 .........................3-6 S8025.......................8-7 S101733..................7-8 TS667 ....................10-6 TW248.....................4-7 WT120G ...............4-15
S457 .........................9-4 S851 .........................3-2 S9030.......................8-6 S101734..................7-8 TS100149 ...............9-6 TW252.....................4-7 WT120S ................4-15
S458.......................9-18 S852 .........................3-8 S9050.......................8-6 S101797..................7-8 TS100150 ...............9-6 TW447.....................4-7 WT120T ................4-15
S459.......................9-18 S853 .........................3-2 S9078.......................8-6 S101907..................7-2 TS101769 ...............9-6 TW477.....................4-7 WT124G ...............4-15
S460.......................9-18 S854 .........................3-2 S9125.......................8-6 S101908..................7-2 TW488..........4-6, 9-17 WT124S ................4-15
S461.......................9-18 S856 .........................3-2 S11016 ....................8-4 S101909..................7-2 Thermocouples TW1204 ..................4-7 WT124T ................4-15
S462 .........................9-7 S857 .........................3-2 S11636 ....................7-2 S101910..................7-2 TC40.......................10-6 TW1218 ..................4-7
S463 .........................9-7 S859 .........................3-2 S12414 ....................7-2 S101911..................7-2 TC171 ....................3-11 TW1219 ..................4-8
S464 .........................9-7 S874 .........................3-6 S13282 ....................7-2 S101912..................7-2 TC173 ....................3-11 TW1220 ..................4-8
S467 .........................9-7 S881 .........................3-2 S14320 ....................7-2 S101913..................7-2 TC311.......................7-3 TW1231 ..................4-7
S468 .........................9-7 S882 .........................3-8 S14405 ....................7-2 S102404..................7-9 TC312.......................7-3 TW1237 ..................4-7
S470 .........................9-6 S883 .........................3-2 S14455 ....................7-2 S102405..................7-9 TC333.......................7-3
Transmitters
S471 .........................9-6 S884 .........................3-2 S14456 ....................7-2 S102406..................7-9 TC344.......................7-3
TT111............5-2, 9-19
S472 .........................9-6 S886 .........................3-2 S15215 ....................9-4 S102407..................7-9 TC354.......................3-2
REFERENCE

TT115............9-6, 9-19
S473 .........................9-6 S887 .........................3-2 S17422..................10-4 S102408..................7-9 TC355.......................3-2
TT176 .............................
S474 .........................9-6 S889 .........................3-2 S17624..................10-2 S102409..................7-9 TC356.......................3-2
....replace with TT518

Page 12-3
Industry Specifications for Sensors

ISO 9001: 2000 / AS/EN/SJAC9100 (Registrar: TÜV) JIS C 1604-1989

Minco’s Quality Assurance system has been audited and Issued by: Japanese Standards Assn.
certified to this internationally recognized standard. Specifies 100 Ω 0.00385 platinum thermometers in accordance
with EN60751, but also makes provision for 0.003916 TCR.
ATEX DIRECTIVE 94/9/EC Minco can supply RTDs to either curve.

Issued by: European Commission

Minco has qualified specific models of sensors and accessories MIL-T-24388C(SH)
used in potentially hazardous areas to these international Issued by: U.S. Naval Sea Systems Command
requirements. RTDs and thermocouples for shipboard use. Included are plat-
* Temperature range of individual models may vary. inum RTDs with 0.00392 TCR and nickel models with 0.00672
TCR. See Section 7 for bearing embedment RTDs qualified to
CENELEC this specification. Minco does not currently offer probe or ther-
mowell models to MIL-T-24388.
Issued by: European Committee for Electrotechnical
Standardization
Minco has qualified specific models of sensors and accessories NBS (NIST) Monograph 175, based on ITS-90
used in potentially hazardous areas to these international Issued by: National Institute of Standards and Technology
requirements. Sets general standards for thermocouples, including millivolt
tables, limits of error, and wire color codes.
CSA All Minco thermocouples confirm to this specification.

Issued by: Canadian Standards Assn.

CSA Standards are met through recognized testing labs, such as SAMA RC21-4-1966
Underwriters Labs, whose testing covers both the U.S. and Issued by: Scientific Apparatus Makers Association
Canada (see UL). Specifies various curves for platinum, nickel, and copper RTDs. The
platinum curve, available from Minco, has a resistance of 98.129 Ω
DIN 43760 at 0°C and TCR of 0.003923. Placing a fixed resistor of 1.871 Ω in
series with this element makes it fit the EN60751 curve.
Issued by: Deutsches Institut für Normung (Germany)
Specifies resistance curves and tolerance for nickel RTDs.
Platinum curves are now covered under IEC EN60751. UL
Issued by: Underwriters Laboratories
FM Selected Minco temperature controllers and temperature trans-
mitters are UL-Listed, and/or UL Recognized Components (see
Issued by: Factory Mutual product listings for details).
Selected temperature sensors and Temptran™ transmitter
models are certified compliant to FM specifications and require- Additional Quality system standards
ments for use in hazardous areas, for the purposes
of safety and property loss prevention. Minco also has the capability of meeting MIL-Q-9858,
MIL-I-45208, FDA-GMP, and 10CFR50 and -21.

IEC EN60751 (IEC 751)

Issued by: International Electrotechnical Commission
IEC 751 has the widest international scope of any RTD standard.
It calls for platinum RTDs, 100 Ω at 0°C, TCR 0.00385 Ω/Ω/°C, in
one of two tolerance classes:
Class A: ±0.06% at 0°C.
Class B: ±0.12% at 0°C.
All Minco RTDs with PD element code meet Class B. Selected
models have Class A as an option.

Page 12-4